Use nla_parse_nested instead of open-coding the call to
nla_parse() with the attribute data/len.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Wrap several common instances of:
kmemdup(nla_data(attr), nla_len(attr), GFP_KERNEL);
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel says:
While trying out [1][2], I noticed that tc monitor doesn't show the
correct handle on delete:
$ tc monitor
qdisc clsact ffff: dev eno1 parent ffff:fff1
filter dev eno1 ingress protocol all pref 49152 bpf handle 0x2a [...]
deleted filter dev eno1 ingress protocol all pref 49152 bpf handle 0xf3be0c80
some context to explain the above:
The user identity of any tc filter is represented by a 32-bit
identifier encoded in tcm->tcm_handle. Example 0x2a in the bpf filter
above. A user wishing to delete, get or even modify a specific filter
uses this handle to reference it.
Every classifier is free to provide its own semantics for the 32 bit handle.
Example: classifiers like u32 use schemes like 800:1:801 to describe
the semantics of their filters represented as hash table, bucket and
node ids etc.
Classifiers also have internal per-filter representation which is different
from this externally visible identity. Most classifiers set this
internal representation to be a pointer address (which allows fast retrieval
of said filters in their implementations). This internal representation
is referenced with the "fh" variable in the kernel control code.
When a user successfuly deletes a specific filter, by specifying the correct
tcm->tcm_handle, an event is generated to user space which indicates
which specific filter was deleted.
Before this patch, the "fh" value was sent to user space as the identity.
As an example what is shown in the sample bpf filter delete event above
is 0xf3be0c80. This is infact a 32-bit truncation of 0xffff8807f3be0c80
which happens to be a 64-bit memory address of the internal filter
representation (address of the corresponding filter's struct cls_bpf_prog);
After this patch the appropriate user identifiable handle as encoded
in the originating request tcm->tcm_handle is generated in the event.
One of the cardinal rules of netlink rules is to be able to take an
event (such as a delete in this case) and reflect it back to the
kernel and successfully delete the filter. This patch achieves that.
Note, this issue has existed since the original TC action
infrastructure code patch back in 2004 as found in:
https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/history/history.git/commit/
[1] http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/682828/
[2] http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/682829/
Fixes: 4e54c4816bfe ("[NET]: Add tc extensions infrastructure.")
Reported-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The user may want to use only some bits of the skb mark in
his skbedit rules because the remaining part might be used by
something else.
Introduce the "mask" parameter to the skbedit actor in order
to implement such functionality.
When the mask is specified, only those bits selected by the
latter are altered really changed by the actor, while the
rest is left untouched.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When I prepared commit d250a5f90e ("pkt_sched: gen_estimator: Dont
report fake rate estimators"), htb still had an implicit rate estimator
for all its classes.
Then later, I made this rate estimator optional in commit 64153ce0a7
("net_sched: htb: do not setup default rate estimators"), but I forgot
to update htb use of gnet_stats_copy_rate_est()
After this patch, "tc -s qdisc ..." no longer report fake rate
estimators for HTB classes.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
META_COLLECTOR int_vlan_tag() assumes that if the accel tag (vlan_tci)
is zero, then no vlan accel tag is present.
This is incorrect for zero VID vlan accel packets, making the following
match fail:
tc filter add ... basic match 'meta(vlan mask 0xfff eq 0)' ...
Apparently 'int_vlan_tag' was implemented prior VLAN_TAG_PRESENT was
introduced in 05423b2 "vlan: allow null VLAN ID to be used"
(and at time introduced, the 'vlan_tx_tag_get' call in em_meta was not
adapted).
Fix, testing skb_vlan_tag_present instead of testing skb_vlan_tag_get's
value.
Fixes: 05423b2413 ("vlan: allow null VLAN ID to be used")
Fixes: 1a31f2042e ("netsched: Allow meta match on vlan tag on receive")
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
geneve:
- Merge __geneve_change_mtu back into geneve_change_mtu, set max_mtu
- This one isn't quite as straight-forward as others, could use some
closer inspection and testing
macvlan:
- set min/max_mtu
tun:
- set min/max_mtu, remove tun_net_change_mtu
vxlan:
- Merge __vxlan_change_mtu back into vxlan_change_mtu
- Set max_mtu to IP_MAX_MTU and retain dynamic MTU range checks in
change_mtu function
- This one is also not as straight-forward and could use closer inspection
and testing from vxlan folks
bridge:
- set max_mtu of IP_MAX_MTU and retain dynamic MTU range checks in
change_mtu function
openvswitch:
- set min/max_mtu, remove internal_dev_change_mtu
- note: max_mtu wasn't checked previously, it's been set to 65535, which
is the largest possible size supported
sch_teql:
- set min/max_mtu (note: max_mtu previously unchecked, used max of 65535)
macsec:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 65535
macvlan:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 65535
ntb_netdev:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 65535
veth:
- min_mtu = 68, max_mtu = 65535
8021q:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 65535
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
CC: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
CC: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
CC: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
CC: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
CC: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
CC: WANG Cong <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
CC: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
CC: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
CC: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
CC: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
CC: Maxim Krasnyansky <maxk@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
stats_update callback is called by NIC drivers doing hardware
offloading of the mirred action. Lastuse is passed as argument
to specify when the stats was actually last updated and is not
always the current time.
Fixes: 9798e6fe4f ('net: act_mirred: allow statistic updates from offloaded actions')
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up until now, 'action mirred' supported only egress actions (either
TCA_EGRESS_REDIR or TCA_EGRESS_MIRROR).
This patch implements the corresponding ingress actions
TCA_INGRESS_REDIR and TCA_INGRESS_MIRROR.
This allows attaching filters whose target is to hand matching skbs into
the rx processing of a specified device.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move detection logic that tests whether device expects skb data to point
at mac_header upon xmit into a function.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'tcfm_ok_push' specifies whether a mac_len sized push is needed upon
egress to the target device (if action is performed at ingress).
Rename it to 'tcfm_mac_header_xmit' as this is actually an attribute of
the target device (and use a bool instead of int).
This allows to decouple the attribute from the action to be taken.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Krister reported a kernel NULL pointer dereference after
tcf_action_init_1() invokes a_o->init(), it is a race condition
where one thread calling tcf_register_action() to initialize
the netns data after putting act ops in the global list and
the other thread searching the list and then calling
a_o->init(net, ...).
Fix this by moving the pernet ops registration before making
the action ops visible. This is fine because: a) we don't
rely on act_base in pernet ops->init(), b) in the worst case we
have a fully initialized netns but ops is still not ready so
new actions still can't be created.
Reported-by: Krister Johansen <kjlx@templeofstupid.com>
Tested-by: Krister Johansen <kjlx@templeofstupid.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two ways to get tc filters from kernel to user space.
1) Full dump (tc_dump_tfilter())
2) RTM_GETTFILTER to get one precise filter, reducing overhead.
The second operation is unfortunately broadcasting its result,
polluting "tc monitor" users.
This patch makes sure only the requester gets the result, using
netlink_unicast() instead of rtnetlink_send()
Jamal cooked an iproute2 patch to implement "tc filter get" operation,
but other user space libraries already use RTM_GETTFILTER when a single
filter is queried, instead of dumping all filters.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Generic skb_vlan_push/skb_vlan_pop functions don't properly handle the
case where the input skb data pointer does not point at the mac header:
- They're doing push/pop, but fail to properly unwind data back to its
original location.
For example, in the skb_vlan_push case, any subsequent
'skb_push(skb, skb->mac_len)' calls make the skb->data point 4 bytes
BEFORE start of frame, leading to bogus frames that may be transmitted.
- They update rcsum per the added/removed 4 bytes tag.
Alas if data is originally after the vlan/eth headers, then these
bytes were already pulled out of the csum.
OTOH calling skb_vlan_push/skb_vlan_pop with skb->data at mac_header
present no issues.
act_vlan is the only caller to skb_vlan_*() that has skb->data pointing
at network header (upon ingress).
Other calles (ovs, bpf) already adjust skb->data at mac_header.
This patch fixes act_vlan to point to the mac_header prior calling
skb_vlan_*() functions, as other callers do.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code use the encapsulation key id value as the mask of that
parameter which is wrong. Fix that by using a full mask.
Fixes: bc3103f1ed ('net/sched: cls_flower: Classify packet in ip tunnels')
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On ife encode side, the action stores the different tlvs inside the ife
header, where each tlv length field should refer to the length of the
whole tlv (without additional padding) and not just the data length.
On ife decode side, the action iterates over the tlvs in the ife header
and parses them one by one, where in each iteration the current pointer is
advanced according to the tlv size.
Before, the encoding encoded only the data length inside the tlv, which led
to false parsing of ife the header. In addition, due to the fact that the
loop counter was unsigned, it could lead to infinite parsing loop.
This fix changes the loop counter to be signed and fixes the encoding to
take into account the tlv type and size.
Fixes: 28a10c426e ("net sched: fix encoding to use real length")
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On ife encode side, external mac header is copied from the original packet
and may be overridden if the user requests. Before, the mac header copy
was done from memory region that might not be accessible anymore, as
skb_cow_head might free it and copy the packet. This led to random values
in the external mac header once the values were not set by user.
This fix takes the internal mac header from the packet, after the call to
skb_cow_head.
Fixes: ef6980b6be ("net sched: introduce IFE action")
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It looks like the following patch can make FQ very precise, even in VM
or stressed hosts. It matters at high pacing rates.
We take into account the difference between the time that was programmed
when last packet was sent, and current time (a drift of tens of usecs is
often observed)
Add an EWMA of the unthrottle latency to help diagnostics.
This latency is the difference between current time and oldest packet in
delayed RB-tree. This accounts for the high resolution timer latency,
but can be different under stress, as fq_check_throttled() can be
opportunistically be called from a dequeue() called after an enqueue()
for a different flow.
Tested:
// Start a 10Gbit flow
$ netperf --google-pacing-rate 1250000000 -H lpaa24 -l 10000 -- -K bbr &
Before patch :
$ sar -n DEV 10 5 | grep eth0 | grep Average
Average: eth0 17106.04 756876.84 1102.75 1119049.02 0.00 0.00 0.52
After patch :
$ sar -n DEV 10 5 | grep eth0 | grep Average
Average: eth0 17867.00 800245.90 1151.77 1183172.12 0.00 0.00 0.52
A new iproute2 tc can output the 'unthrottle latency' :
$ tc -s qd sh dev eth0 | grep latency
0 gc, 0 highprio, 32490767 throttled, 2382 ns latency
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reported-by: Stas Nichiporovich <stasn77@gmail.com>
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On error path in route4_change(), 'f' could be NULL,
so we should check NULL before calling tcf_exts_destroy().
Fixes: b9a24bb76b ("net_sched: properly handle failure case of tcf_exts_init()")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCA_VLAN_ACT_MODIFY allows one to change an existing tag.
It accepts same attributes as TCA_VLAN_ACT_PUSH (protocol, id,
priority).
If packet is vlan tagged, then the tag gets overwritten according to
user specified attributes.
For example, this allows user to replace a tag's vid while preserving
its priority bits (as opposed to "action vlan pop pipe action vlan push").
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement .stats_update() callback. The implementation
is generic and can be reused by other simple actions if
needed.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call into offloaded filters to update stats.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cls_bpf support for the TCA_CLS_FLAGS_SKIP_SW flag.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cls_bpf support for the TCA_CLS_FLAGS_SKIP_HW flag.
Unlike U32 and flower cls_bpf already has some netlink
flags defined. Create a new attribute to be able to use
the same flag values as the above.
Unlike U32 and flower reject unknown flags.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds hardware offload capability to cls_bpf classifier,
similar to what have been done with U32 and flower.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit adds to the fq module a low_rate_threshold parameter to
insert a delay after all packets if the socket requests a pacing rate
below the threshold.
This helps achieve more precise control of the sending rate with
low-rate paths, especially policers. The basic issue is that if a
congestion control module detects a policer at a certain rate, it may
want fq to be able to shape to that policed rate. That way the sender
can avoid policer drops by having the packets arrive at the policer at
or just under the policed rate.
The default threshold of 550Kbps was chosen analytically so that for
policers or links at 500Kbps or 512Kbps fq would very likely invoke
this mechanism, even if the pacing rate was briefly slightly above the
available bandwidth. This value was then empirically validated with
two years of production testing on YouTube video servers.
Signed-off-by: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the batch changes that translated transient actions into
a temporary list lost in the translation was the fact that
tcf_action_destroy() will eventually delete the action from
the permanent location if the refcount is zero.
Example of what broke:
...add a gact action to drop
sudo $TC actions add action drop index 10
...now retrieve it, looks good
sudo $TC actions get action gact index 10
...retrieve it again and find it is gone!
sudo $TC actions get action gact index 10
Fixes: 22dc13c837 ("net_sched: convert tcf_exts from list to pointer array"),
Fixes: 824a7e8863 ("net_sched: remove an unnecessary list_del()")
Fixes: f07fed82ad ("net_sched: remove the leftover cleanup_a()")
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
setting conforming action to drop is a valid policy.
When it is set we need to at least see the stats indicating it
for debugging.
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sample use case of how this is encoded:
user space via tuntap (or a connected VM/Machine/container)
encodes the tcindex TLV.
Sample use case of decoding:
IFE action decodes it and the skb->tc_index is then used to classify.
So something like this for encoded ICMP packets:
.. first decode then reclassify... skb->tcindex will be set
sudo $TC filter add dev $ETH parent ffff: prio 2 protocol 0xbeef \
u32 match u32 0 0 flowid 1:1 \
action ife decode reclassify
...next match the decode icmp packet...
sudo $TC filter add dev $ETH parent ffff: prio 4 protocol ip \
u32 match ip protocol 1 0xff flowid 1:1 \
action continue
... last classify it using the tcindex classifier and do someaction..
sudo $TC filter add dev $ETH parent ffff: prio 5 protocol ip \
handle 0x11 tcindex classid 1:1 \
action blah..
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change replaces sk_buff_head struct in Qdiscs with new qdisc_skb_head.
Its similar to the skb_buff_head api, but does not use skb->prev pointers.
Qdiscs will commonly enqueue at the tail of a list and dequeue at head.
While skb_buff_head works fine for this, enqueue/dequeue needs to also
adjust the prev pointer of next element.
The ->prev pointer is not required for qdiscs so we can just leave
it undefined and avoid one cacheline write access for en/dequeue.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After previous patch these functions are identical.
Replace __skb_dequeue in qdiscs with __qdisc_dequeue_head.
Next patch will then make __qdisc_dequeue_head handle
single-linked list instead of strcut sk_buff_head argument.
Doesn't change generated code.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moves qdisc stat accouting to qdisc_dequeue_head.
The only direct caller of the __qdisc_dequeue_head version open-codes
this now.
This allows us to later use __qdisc_dequeue_head as a replacement
of __skb_dequeue() (which operates on sk_buff_head list).
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A followup change will replace the sk_buff_head in the qdisc
struct with a slightly different list.
Use of the sk_buff_head helpers will thus cause compiler
warnings.
Open-code these accesses in an extra change to ease review.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When fq is used on 32bit kernels, we need to lock the qdisc before
copying 64bit fields.
Otherwise "tc -s qdisc ..." might report bogus values.
Fixes: afe4fd0624 ("pkt_sched: fq: Fair Queue packet scheduler")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit c3f8324188 "net: Add full IPv6 addresses to flow_keys" added an
unused instance of struct flow_dissector_key_addrs into struct fl_flow_key,
remove it.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the definitions for src/dst udp/tcp port masks and use
them when setting && dumping the relevant keys.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This action is intended to be an upgrade from a usability perspective
from pedit (as well as operational debugability).
Compare this:
sudo tc filter add dev $ETH parent 1: protocol ip prio 10 \
u32 match ip protocol 1 0xff flowid 1:2 \
action pedit munge offset -14 u8 set 0x02 \
munge offset -13 u8 set 0x15 \
munge offset -12 u8 set 0x15 \
munge offset -11 u8 set 0x15 \
munge offset -10 u16 set 0x1515 \
pipe
to:
sudo tc filter add dev $ETH parent 1: protocol ip prio 10 \
u32 match ip protocol 1 0xff flowid 1:2 \
action skbmod dmac 02:15:15:15:15:15
Also try to do a MAC address swap with pedit or worse
try to debug a policy with destination mac, source mac and
etherype. Then make few rules out of those and you'll get my point.
In the future common use cases on pedit can be migrated to this action
(as an example different fields in ip v4/6, transports like tcp/udp/sctp
etc). For this first cut, this allows modifying basic ethernet header.
The most important ethernet use case at the moment is when redirecting or
mirroring packets to a remote machine. The dst mac address needs a re-write
so that it doesnt get dropped or confuse an interconnecting (learning) switch
or dropped by a target machine (which looks at the dst mac). And at times
when flipping back the packet a swap of the MAC addresses is needed.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have a small skb_at_tc_ingress() helper for testing for ingress, so
make use of it. cls_bpf already uses it and so should act_bpf.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The skb_mac_header_was_set() test in cls_bpf's and act_bpf's fast-path is
actually unnecessary and can be removed altogether. This was added by
commit a166151cbe ("bpf: fix bpf helpers to use skb->mac_header relative
offsets"), which was later on improved by 3431205e03 ("bpf: make programs
see skb->data == L2 for ingress and egress"). We're always guaranteed to
have valid mac header at the time we invoke cls_bpf_classify() or tcf_bpf().
Reason is that since 6d1ccff627 ("net: reset mac header in dev_start_xmit()")
we do skb_reset_mac_header() in __dev_queue_xmit() before we could call
into sch_handle_egress() or any subsequent enqueue. sch_handle_ingress()
always sees a valid mac header as well (things like skb_reset_mac_len()
would badly fail otherwise). Thus, drop the unnecessary test in classifier
and action case.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove rcu_read_lock protection from tunnel_key_dump and use
rtnl_dereference, dump operation is protected by rtnl lock.
Also, remove rcu_read_lock from tunnel_key_release and use
rcu_dereference_protected.
Both operations are running exclusively and a writer couldn't modify
t->params while those functions are executed.
Fixes: 54d94fd89d90 ('net/sched: Introduce act_tunnel_key')
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This action could be used before redirecting packets to a shared tunnel
device, or when redirecting packets arriving from a such a device.
The action will release the metadata created by the tunnel device
(decap), or set the metadata with the specified values for encap
operation.
For example, the following flower filter will forward all ICMP packets
destined to 11.11.11.2 through the shared vxlan device 'vxlan0'. Before
redirecting, a metadata for the vxlan tunnel is created using the
tunnel_key action and it's arguments:
$ tc filter add dev net0 protocol ip parent ffff: \
flower \
ip_proto 1 \
dst_ip 11.11.11.2 \
action tunnel_key set \
src_ip 11.11.0.1 \
dst_ip 11.11.0.2 \
id 11 \
action mirred egress redirect dev vxlan0
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce classifying by metadata extracted by the tunnel device.
Outer header fields - source/dest ip and tunnel id, are extracted from
the metadata when classifying.
For example, the following will add a filter on the ingress Qdisc of shared
vxlan device named 'vxlan0'. To forward packets with outer src ip
11.11.0.2, dst ip 11.11.0.1 and tunnel id 11. The packets will be
forwarded to tap device 'vnet0' (after metadata is released):
$ tc filter add dev vxlan0 protocol ip parent ffff: \
flower \
enc_src_ip 11.11.0.2 \
enc_dst_ip 11.11.0.1 \
enc_key_id 11 \
dst_ip 11.11.11.1 \
action tunnel_key release \
action mirred egress redirect dev vnet0
The action tunnel_key, will be introduced in the next patch in this
series.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The addition of VLAN support caused a possible use of uninitialized
data if we encounter a zero TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ETH_TYPE key, as pointed
out by "gcc -Wmaybe-uninitialized":
net/sched/cls_flower.c: In function 'fl_change':
net/sched/cls_flower.c:366:22: error: 'ethertype' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
This changes the code to only set the ethertype field if it
was nonzero, as before the patch.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 9399ae9a6c ("net_sched: flower: Add vlan support")
Cc: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Should qdisc_alloc() fail, we must release the module refcount
we got right before.
Fixes: 6da7c8fcbc ("qdisc: allow setting default queuing discipline")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Encoding of the metadata was using the padded length as opposed to
the real length of the data which is a bug per specification.
This has not been an issue todate because all metadatum specified
so far has been 32 bit where aligned and data length are the same width.
This also includes a bug fix for validating the length of a u16 field.
But since there is no metadata of size u16 yes we are fine to include it
here.
While at it get rid of magic numbers.
Fixes: ef6980b6be ("net sched: introduce IFE action")
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 22dc13c837 ("net_sched: convert tcf_exts from list to pointer array")
we do dynamic allocation in tcf_exts_init(), therefore we need
to handle the ENOMEM case properly.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current vlan push action supports only vid and protocol options.
Add priority option.
Example script that adds vlan push action with vid and
priority:
tc filter add dev veth0 protocol ip parent ffff: \
flower \
indev veth0 \
action vlan push id 100 priority 5
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enhance flower to support 802.1Q vlan protocol classification.
Currently, the supported fields are vlan_id and vlan_priority.
Example:
# add a flower filter with vlan id and priority classification
tc filter add dev ens4f0 protocol 802.1Q parent ffff: \
flower \
indev ens4f0 \
vlan_ethtype ipv4 \
vlan_id 100 \
vlan_prio 3 \
action vlan pop
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current flower implementation checks the mask range and set all the
keys included in that range as "used_keys", even if a specific key in
the range has a zero mask.
This behavior can cause a false positive return value of
dissector_uses_key function and unnecessary dissection in
__skb_flow_dissect.
This patch checks explicitly the mask of each key and "used_keys" will
be set accordingly.
Fixes: 77b9900ef5 ('tc: introduce Flower classifier')
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tc_dump_qdisc() performs dumping of the per-device qdiscs in two phases;
first, the "standard" dev->qdisc is being dumped. Second, if there is/are
ingress queue(s), they are being dumped as well.
After conversion of netdevice's qdisc linked-list into hashtable, these
two sets are not in two disjunctive sets/lists any more, but are both
"reachable" directly from netdevice's hashtable. As a consequence, the
"full-depth" dump of the ingress qdiscs results in immediately hitting the
netdevice hashtable again, and duplicating the dump that has already been
performed for dev->qdisc.
What in fact needs to be dumped in case of ingress queue is "just" the
top-level ingress qdisc, as everything else has been dumped already.
Fix this by extending tc_dump_qdisc_root() in a way that it can be instructed
whether it should (while performing the "full" per-netdev qdisc dump) perform
the whole recursion, or just dump "additional" top-level (ingress) qdiscs
without performing any kind of recursion.
This fixes duplicate dumps such as
qdisc mq 0: root
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :4 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :3 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :2 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :1 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc clsact ffff: parent ffff:fff1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :4 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :3 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :2 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :1 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Fixes: 59cc1f61f ("net: sched: convert qdisc linked list to hashtable")
Reported-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Tested-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qdisc_match_from_root() is now iterating over per-netdevice qdisc
hashtable instead of going through a linked-list of qdiscs (independently
on the actual underlying netdev), which was the case before the switch to
hashtable for qdiscs.
For singleton qdiscs, there is no underlying netdev associated though, and
therefore dumping a singleton qdisc will panic, as qdisc_dev(root) will
always be NULL.
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000410
IP: [<ffffffff8167efac>] qdisc_match_from_root+0x2c/0x70
PGD 1aceba067 PUD 1aceb7067 PMD 0
Oops: 0000 [#1] PREEMPT SMP
[ ... ]
task: ffff8801ec996e00 task.stack: ffff8801ec934000
RIP: 0010:[<ffffffff8167efac>] [<ffffffff8167efac>] qdisc_match_from_root+0x2c/0x70
RSP: 0018:ffff8801ec937ab0 EFLAGS: 00010203
RAX: 0000000000000408 RBX: ffff88025e612000 RCX: ffffffffffffffd8
RDX: 0000000000000000 RSI: 00000000ffff0000 RDI: ffffffff81cf8100
RBP: ffff8801ec937ab0 R08: 000000000001c160 R09: ffff8802668032c0
R10: ffffffff81cf8100 R11: 0000000000000030 R12: 00000000ffff0000
R13: ffff88025e612000 R14: ffffffff81cf3140 R15: 0000000000000000
FS: 00007f24b9af6740(0000) GS:ffff88026f280000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033
CR2: 0000000000000410 CR3: 00000001aceec000 CR4: 00000000001406e0
Stack:
ffff8801ec937ad0 ffffffff81681210 ffff88025dd51a00 00000000fffffff1
ffff8801ec937b88 ffffffff81681e4e ffffffff81c42bc0 ffff880262431500
ffffffff81cf3140 ffff88025dd51a10 ffff88025dd51a24 00000000ec937b38
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff81681210>] qdisc_lookup+0x40/0x50
[<ffffffff81681e4e>] tc_modify_qdisc+0x21e/0x550
[<ffffffff8166ae25>] rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x95/0x220
[<ffffffff81209602>] ? __kmalloc_track_caller+0x172/0x230
[<ffffffff8166ad90>] ? rtnl_newlink+0x870/0x870
[<ffffffff816897b7>] netlink_rcv_skb+0xa7/0xc0
[<ffffffff816657c8>] rtnetlink_rcv+0x28/0x30
[<ffffffff8168919b>] netlink_unicast+0x15b/0x210
[<ffffffff81689569>] netlink_sendmsg+0x319/0x390
[<ffffffff816379f8>] sock_sendmsg+0x38/0x50
[<ffffffff81638296>] ___sys_sendmsg+0x256/0x260
[<ffffffff811b1275>] ? __pagevec_lru_add_fn+0x135/0x280
[<ffffffff811b1a90>] ? pagevec_lru_move_fn+0xd0/0xf0
[<ffffffff811b1140>] ? trace_event_raw_event_mm_lru_insertion+0x180/0x180
[<ffffffff811b1b85>] ? __lru_cache_add+0x75/0xb0
[<ffffffff817708a6>] ? _raw_spin_unlock+0x16/0x40
[<ffffffff811d8dff>] ? handle_mm_fault+0x39f/0x1160
[<ffffffff81638b15>] __sys_sendmsg+0x45/0x80
[<ffffffff81638b62>] SyS_sendmsg+0x12/0x20
[<ffffffff810038e7>] do_syscall_64+0x57/0xb0
Fix this by special-casing singleton qdiscs (those that don't have
underlying netdevice) and introduce immediate handling of those rather
than trying to go over an underlying netdevice. We're in the same
situation in tc_dump_qdisc_root() and tc_dump_tclass_root().
Ultimately, this will have to be slightly reworked so that we are actually
able to show singleton qdiscs (noop) in the dump properly; but we're not
currently doing that anyway, so no regression there, and better do this in
a gradual manner.
Fixes: 59cc1f61f ("net: sched: convert qdisc linked list to hashtable")
Reported-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Tested-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Reported-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minor overlapping changes for both merge conflicts.
Resolution work done by Stephen Rothwell was used
as a reference.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The act_police uses its own code to walk the
action hashtable, which leads to that we could
not flush standalone tc police actions, so just
switch to tcf_generic_walker() like other actions.
(Joint work from Roman and Cong.)
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jamal reported a crash when we create a police action
with a specific index, this is because the init logic
is not correct, we should always create one for this
case. Just unify the logic with other tc actions.
Fixes: a03e6fe569 ("act_police: fix a crash during removal")
Reported-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As pointed out by Jamal, an action could be shared by
multiple filters, so we can't use list to chain them
any more after we get rid of the original tc_action.
Instead, we could just save pointers to these actions
in tcf_exts, since they are refcount'ed, so convert
the list to an array of pointers.
The "ugly" part is the action API still accepts list
as a parameter, I just introduce a helper function to
convert the array of pointers to a list, instead of
relying on the C99 feature to iterate the array.
Fixes: a85a970af2 ("net_sched: move tc_action into tcf_common")
Reported-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This list_del() for tc action is not needed actually,
because we only use this list to chain bulk operations,
therefore should not be carried for latter operations.
Fixes: ec0595cc44 ("net_sched: get rid of struct tcf_common")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After refactoring tc_action into tcf_common, we no
longer need to cleanup temporary "actions" in list,
they are permanently stored in the hashtable.
Fixes: a85a970af2 ("net_sched: move tc_action into tcf_common")
Reported-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the per-device linked list into a hashtable. The primary
motivation for this change is that currently, we're not tracking all the
qdiscs in hierarchy (e.g. excluding default qdiscs), as the lookup
performed over the linked list by qdisc_match_from_root() is rather
expensive.
The ultimate goal is to get rid of hidden qdiscs completely, which will
bring much more determinism in user experience.
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code using this variable has been commented out in the past as it
was causing issues in upperlimited link-sharing scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Michal Soltys <soltys@ziu.info>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch simplifies how we update fsc and calculate vt from it - while
keeping the expected functionality identical with how hfsc behaves
curently. It also fixes a certain issue introduced with
a very old patch.
The idea is, that instead of correcting cl_vt before fsc curve update
(rtsc_min) and correcting cl_vt after calculation (rtsc_y2x) to keep
cl_vt local to the current period - we can simply rely on virtual times
and curve values always being in sync - analogously to how rsc and usc
function, except that we use virtual time here.
Why hasn't it been done since the beginning this way ? The likely scenario
(basing on the code trying to correct curves whenever possible) was to
keep the virtual times as small as possible - as they have tendency to
"gallop" forward whenever their siblings and other fair sharing
subtrees are idling. On top of that, current code is subtly bugged, so
cumulative time (without any corrections) is always kept and used in
init_vf() when a new backlog period begins (using cl_cvtoff).
Is cumulative value safe ? Generally yes, though corner cases are easy
to create. For example consider:
1gbit interface
some 100kbit leaf, everything else idle
With current tick (64ns) 1s is 15625000 ticks, but the leaf is alone and
it's virtual time, so in reality it's 10000 times more. ITOW 38 bits are
needed to hold 1 second. 54 - 1 day, 59 - 1 month, 63 - 1 year (all
logarithms rounded up). It's getting somewhat dangerous, but also
requires setup excusing this kind of values not mentioning permanently
backlogged class for a year. In near most extreme case (10gbit, 10kbit
leaf), we have "enough" to hold ~13.6 days in 64 bits.
Well, the issue remains mostly theoretical and cl_cvtoff has been
working fine for all those years. Sensible configuration are de-facto
immune to this issue, and not so sensible can solve it with a cronjob
and its period inversely proportional to the insanity of such setup =)
Now let's explain the subtle bug mentioned earlier.
The issue is related to how offsets are kept and how we calculate
virtual times and update fair service curve(s). The issue itself is
subtle, but easy to observe with long m1 segments. It was introduced in
rather old patch:
Commit 99296150c7: "[NET_SCHED]: O(1) children vtoff adjustment
in HFSC scheduler"
(available in git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tglx/history.git)
Originally when a new backlog period was started, cl_vtoff of each
sibling was updated with cl_cvtmax from past period - naturally moving
all cl_vt to proper starting point. That patch adjusted it so cumulative
offset is kept in the parent, and there is no need for traversing the
list (as any subsequent child activation derives new vt from already
active sibling(s)).
But with this change, cl_vtoff (of each sibling) is no longer persistent
across the inactivity periods, as it's calculated from parent's
cl_cvtoff on a new backlog period, conflicting with the following curve
correction from the previous period:
if (cl->cl_virtual.x == vt) {
cl->cl_virtual.x -= cl->cl_vtoff;
cl->cl_vtoff = 0;
}
This essentially tries to keep curve as if it was local to the period
and resets cl_vtoff (cumulative vt offset of the class) to 0 when
possible (read: when we have an intersection or if a new curve is below
the old one). But then it's recalculated from cl_cvtoff on next active
period. Then rtsc_min() call preceding the above if() doesn't really
do what we expect it to do in such scenario - as it calculates the
minimum of corrected curve (from the previous backlog period) and the
new uncorrected curve (with offset derived from cl_cvtoff).
Example:
tc class add dev $ife parent 1:0 classid 1:1 hfsc ls m2 100mbit ul m2 100mbit
tc class add dev $ife parent 1:1 classid 1:10 hfsc ls m1 80mbit d 10s m2 20mbit
tc class add dev $ife parent 1:1 classid 1:11 hfsc ls m2 20mbit
start B, keep it backlogged, let it run 6s (30s worth of vt as A is idle)
pause B briefly to force cl_cvtoff update in parent (whole 1:1 going idle)
start A, let it run 10s
pause A briefly to force rtsc_min()
At this point we would expect A to continue at 20mbit after a brief
moment of 80mbit. But instead A will use 80mbit for full 10s again. It's
the effect of first correcting A (during 'start A'), and then - after
unpausing - calculating rtsc_min() from old corrected and new uncorrected
curve.
The patch fixes this bug and keepis vt and fsc in sync (virtual times
are cumulative, not local to the backlog period).
Signed-off-by: Michal Soltys <soltys@ziu.info>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the previous patch, struct tc_action should be enough
to represent the generic tc action, tcf_common is not necessary
any more. This patch gets rid of it to make tc action code
more readable.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct tc_action is confusing, currently we use it for two purposes:
1) Pass in arguments and carry out results from helper functions
2) A generic representation for tc actions
The first one is error-prone, since we need to make sure we don't
miss anything. This patch aims to get rid of this use, by moving
tc_action into tcf_common, so that they are allocated together
in hashtable and can be cast'ed easily.
And together with the following patch, we could really make
tc_action a generic representation for all tc actions and each
type of action can inherit from it.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following the work that have been done on offloading classifiers like u32
and flower, now the match-all classifier hw offloading is possible. if
the interface supports tc offloading.
To control the offloading, two tc flags have been introduced: skip_sw and
skip_hw. Typical usage:
tc filter add dev eth25 parent ffff: \
matchall skip_sw \
action mirred egress mirror \
dev eth27
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The matchall classifier matches every packet and allows the user to apply
actions on it. This filter is very useful in usecases where every packet
should be matched, for example, packet mirroring (SPAN) can be setup very
easily using that filter.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In kernel HTB keeps tokens in signed 64-bit in nanoseconds. In netlink
protocol these values are converted into pshed ticks (64ns for now) and
truncated to 32-bit. In struct tc_htb_xstats fields "tokens" and "ctokens"
are declared as unsigned 32-bit but they could be negative thus tool 'tc'
prints them as signed. Big values loose higher bits and/or become negative.
This patch clamps tokens in xstat into range from INT_MIN to INT_MAX.
In this way it's easier to understand what's going on here.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hfsc_sched is huge (size: 920, cachelines: 15), but we can get it to 14
cachelines by placing level after filter_cnt (covering 4 byte hole) and
reducing period/nactive/flags to u32 (period is just a counter,
incremented when class becomes active -- 2**32 is plenty for this
purpose, also, long is only 32bit wide on 32bit platforms anyway).
cl_vtperiod is exported to userspace via tc_hfsc_stats, but its period
member is already u32, so no precision is lost there either.
Cc: Michal Soltys <soltys@ziu.info>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en.h
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_main.c
drivers/net/usb/r8152.c
All three conflicts were overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extremely useful for setting packet type to host so i dont
have to modify the dst mac address using pedit (which requires
that i know the mac address)
Example usage:
tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: protocol ip pref 9 u32 \
match ip src 5.5.5.5/32 \
flowid 1:5 action skbedit ptype host
This will tag all packets incoming from 5.5.5.5 with type
PACKET_HOST
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to commit 9b368814b3 ("net: fix bridge multicast packet checksum validation")
we need to fixup the checksum for CHECKSUM_COMPLETE when
pushing skb on RX path. Otherwise we get similar splats.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since bpf_prog_get() and program type check is used in a couple of places,
refactor this into a small helper function that we can make use of. Since
the non RO prog->aux part is not used in performance critical paths and a
program destruction via RCU is rather very unlikley when doing the put, we
shouldn't have an issue just doing the bpf_prog_get() + prog->type != type
check, but actually not taking the ref at all (due to being in fdget() /
fdput() section of the bpf fd) is even cleaner and makes the diff smaller
as well, so just go for that. Callsites are changed to make use of the new
helper where possible.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cl->cl_vt alone is relative only to the current backlog period, while
the curve operates on cumulative virtual time. This patch adds missing
cl->cl_vtoff.
Signed-off-by: Michal Soltys <soltys@ziu.info>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a class is going passive, it should update its cl_vt first
to be consistent with the last dequeue operation.
Otherwise its cl_vt will be one packet behind and parent's cvtmax might
not be updated as well.
One possible side effect is if some class goes passive and subsequently
goes active /without/ its parent going passive - with cl_vt lagging one
packet behind - comparison made in init_vf() will be affected (same
period).
Signed-off-by: Michal Soltys <soltys@ziu.info>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is update to:
commit a09ceb0e08 ("sched: remove qdisc->drop")
That commit removed qdisc->drop, but left alone dlist and droplist
that no longer serve any meaningful purpose.
Signed-off-by: Michal Soltys <soltys@ziu.info>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The condition can only succeed on wrong configurations.
Signed-off-by: Michal Soltys <soltys@ziu.info>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Realtime scheduling implemented in HFSC uses head of the queue to make
the decision about which packet to schedule next. But in case of any
head drop, the deadline calculated for the previous head is not
necessarily correct for the next head (unless both packets have the same
length).
Thanks to peek() function used during dequeue - which internally is a
dequeue operation - hfsc is almost safe from this issue, as peek()
dequeues and isolates the head storing it temporarily until the real
dequeue happens.
But there is one exception: if after the class activation a drop happens
before the first dequeue operation, there's never a chance to do the
peek().
Adding peek() call in enqueue - if this is the first packet in a new
backlog period AND the scheduler has realtime curve defined - fixes that
one corner case. The 1st hfsc_dequeue() will use that peeked packet,
similarly as every subsequent hfsc_dequeue() call uses packet peeked by
the previous call.
Signed-off-by: Michal Soltys <soltys@ziu.info>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several cases of overlapping changes, except the packet scheduler
conflicts which deal with the addition of the free list parameter
to qdisc_enqueue().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If skb_unshare() fails, we call qdisc_drop() with a NULL skb, which
is no longer supported.
Fixes: 520ac30f45 ("net_sched: drop packets after root qdisc lock is released")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When qdisc bulk dequeue was added in linux-3.18 (commit
5772e9a346 "qdisc: bulk dequeue support for qdiscs
with TCQ_F_ONETXQUEUE"), it was constrained to some
specific qdiscs.
With some extra care, we can extend this to all qdiscs,
so that typical traffic shaping solutions can benefit from
small batches (8 packets in this patch).
For example, HTB is often used on some multi queue device.
And bonding/team are multi queue devices...
Idea is to bulk-dequeue packets mapping to the same transmit queue.
This brings between 35 and 80 % performance increase in HTB setup
under pressure on a bonding setup :
1) NUMA node contention : 610,000 pps -> 1,110,000 pps
2) No node contention : 1,380,000 pps -> 1,930,000 pps
Now we should work to add batches on the enqueue() side ;)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Cc: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We already get child qdisc qlen, we also can get its backlog
so that class dumps can report it.
Also replace qstats by a single drop counter, but move it in
a separate cache line so that drops do not dirty useful cache lines.
Tested:
$ tc -s cl sh dev eth0
class htb 1:1 root leaf 3: prio 0 rate 1Gbit ceil 1Gbit burst 500000b cburst 500000b
Sent 2183346912 bytes 9021815 pkt (dropped 2340774, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
rate 1001Mbit 517543pps backlog 120758b 499p requeues 0
lended: 9021770 borrowed: 0 giants: 0
tokens: 9 ctokens: 9
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now we defer skb drops, it makes sense to keep a copy
of skb->truesize in struct codel_skb_cb to avoid one
cache line miss per dropped skb in fq_codel_drop(),
to reduce latencies a bit further.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Qdisc performance suffers when packets are dropped at enqueue()
time because drops (kfree_skb()) are done while qdisc lock is held,
delaying a dequeue() draining the queue.
Nominal throughput can be reduced by 50 % when this happens,
at a time we would like the dequeue() to proceed as fast as possible.
Even FQ is vulnerable to this problem, while one of FQ goals was
to provide some flow isolation.
This patch adds a 'struct sk_buff **to_free' parameter to all
qdisc->enqueue(), and in qdisc_drop() helper.
I measured a performance increase of up to 12 %, but this patch
is a prereq so that future batches in enqueue() can fly.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the packet was dropped by lower qdisc, then we must not
access it later.
Save qdisc_pkt_len(skb) in a temp variable.
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: WANG Cong <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexey reported that we have GFP_KERNEL allocation when
holding the spinlock tcf_lock. Actually we don't have
to take that spinlock for all the cases, especially
for the new one we just create. To modify the existing
actions, we still need this spinlock to make sure
the whole update is atomic.
For net-next, we can get rid of this spinlock because
we already hold the RTNL lock on slow path, and on fast
path we can use RCU to protect the metalist.
Joint work with Jamal.
Reported-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we check for RTM_DELTFILTER, we should also reject the request
for deleting all filters under a given parent when TCA_KIND attribute
is present. If present, it's currently just ignored but there's also
no point to let it pass in the first place either since this doesn't
have any meaning with wild-card removal.
Fixes: ea7f8277f9 ("net, cls: allow for deleting all filters for given parent")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
saw a debug splat:
net/include/net/sch_generic.h:287 suspicious rcu_dereference_check() usage!
other info that might help us debug this:
rcu_scheduler_active = 1, debug_locks = 0
2 locks held by kworker/2:1/710:
#0: ("events"){.+.+.+}, at: [<ffffffff8106ca1d>]
#1: ((&q->work)){+.+...}, at: [<ffffffff8106ca1d>] process_one_work+0x14d/0x690
Workqueue: events htb_work_func
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff812dc763>] dump_stack+0x85/0xc2
[<ffffffff8109fee7>] lockdep_rcu_suspicious+0xe7/0x120
[<ffffffff814ced47>] htb_work_func+0x67/0x70
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sfq_reset() can use rtnl_kfree_skbs() instead of kfree_skb()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pie_change() can use rtnl_qdisc_drop() to benefit from
deferred freeing.
pie_reset() is already using qdisc_reset_queue()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rtnl_kfree_skbs() can be used in tfifo_reset()
It would be nice if we could iterate through rb tree instead
of removing one skb at a time, and build a single skb chain.
But this is left for a future patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both htb_reset() and htb_destroy() can use __qdisc_reset_queue()
instead of __skb_queue_purge() to defer skb freeing of internal
queues.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both hhf_reset() and hhf_change() can use rtnl_kfree_skbs()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both fq_codel_change() and fq_codel_reset() can use rtnl_kfree_skbs()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both fq_change() and fq_reset() can use rtnl_kfree_skbs()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
codel_change() can use rtnl_qdisc_drop()
to defer expensive skb freeing after locks are released.
codel_reset() already has support for deferred skb freeing
because it uses qdisc_reset_queue()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
choke_reset() and choke_change() can use rtnl_qdisc_drop()
to defer expensive skb freeing after locks are released.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qdisc are changed under RTNL protection and often
while blocking BH and root qdisc spinlock.
When lots of skbs need to be dropped, we free
them under these locks causing TX/RX freezes,
and more generally latency spikes.
This commit adds rtnl_kfree_skbs(), used to queue
skbs for deferred freeing.
Actual freeing happens right after RTNL is released,
with appropriate scheduling points.
rtnl_qdisc_drop() can also be used in place
of disc_drop() when RTNL is held.
qdisc_reset_queue() and __qdisc_reset_queue() get
the new behavior, so standard qdiscs like pfifo, pfifo_fast...
have their ->reset() method automatically handled.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This refers to commands to direct action access as follows:
sudo tc actions add action drop index 12
sudo tc actions add action pipe index 10
And then dumping them like so:
sudo tc actions ls action gact
iproute2 worked because it depended on absence of TCA_ACT_TAB TLV
as end of message.
This fix has been tested with iproute2 and is backward compatible.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And avoid calling tcf_hash_check() twice.
Fixes: a57f19d30b ("net sched: ipt action fix late binding")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now prio_init() can return -ENOMEM, it also has to make sure
any allocated qdiscs are freed, since the caller (qdisc_create()) wont
call ->destroy() handler for us.
More generally, we want a transactional behavior for "tc qdisc
change ...", so prio_tune() should not make modifications if
any error is returned.
It means that we must validate parameters and allocate missing qdisc(s)
before taking root qdisc lock exactly once, to not leave the prio qdisc
in an intermediate state.
Fixes: cbdf451164 ("net_sched: prio: properly report out of memory errors")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function is just ->init(), rename it to make it obvious.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These should be gone when we removed CONFIG_NET_CLS_POLICE.
We can not totally remove them since they are exposed
to userspace.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When skip_sw is set and hardware fails to apply filter, return error to
user. This will make error propagation logic similar to the one
currently used in u32 classifier.
Also, changed code to use tc_skip_sw() utility function.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirva@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the qdisc is full, we drop a packet at the head of the queue,
queue the current skb and return NET_XMIT_CN
Now we track backlog on upper qdiscs, we need to call
qdisc_tree_reduce_backlog(), even if the qlen did not change.
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: WANG Cong <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sch_atm returns this when TC_ACT_SHOT classification occurs.
But all other schedulers that use tc_classify
(htb, hfsc, drr, fq_codel ...) return NET_XMIT_SUCCESS | __BYPASS
in this case so just do that in atm.
BATMAN uses it as an intermediate return value to signal
forwarding vs. buffering, but it did not return POLICED to
callers outside of BATMAN.
Reviewed-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At Qdisc creation or change time, prio_tune() creates missing
pfifo qdiscs but does not return an error code if one
qdisc could not be allocated.
Leaving a qdisc in non operational state without telling user
anything about this problem is not good.
Also, testing if we replace something different than noop_qdisc
a second time makes no sense so I removed useless code.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__QDISC_STATE_THROTTLED bit manipulation is rather expensive
for HTB and few others.
I already removed it for sch_fq in commit f2600cf02b
("net: sched: avoid costly atomic operation in fq_dequeue()")
and so far nobody complained.
When one ore more packets are stuck in one or more throttled
HTB class, a htb dequeue() performs two atomic operations
to clear/set __QDISC_STATE_THROTTLED bit, while root qdisc
lock is held.
Removing this pair of atomic operations bring me a 8 % performance
increase on 200 TCP_RR tests, in presence of throttled classes.
This patch has no side effect, since nothing actually uses
disc_is_throttled() anymore.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Looks like it is only there as some optimization attempt.
Since __QDISC_STATE_THROTTLED set/unset is way too expensive,
and netem is the last user, just remove this check.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So far no qdisc ever unset the throttled bit at enqueue() time,
so CBQ usage of qdisc_is_throttled() was flaky.
Since __QDISC_STATE_THROTTLED set/unset is way too expensive
considering that only CBQ was eventually caring for this status,
it would make sense to implement a Qdisc ops ->is_throttled()
if we find that this is needed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We want to get rid of generic qdisc throttled management,
so this qdisc has to use a private flag.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a possibility where the user can just specify the parent and
all filters under that parent are then being purged. Currently,
for example for scripting, one needs to specify pref/prio to have
a well-defined number for 'tc filter del' command for addressing
the previously created instance or additionally filter handle in
case of priorities being the same. Improve usage by allowing the
option for tc to specify the parent and removing the whole chain
for that given parent.
Example usage after patch, no tc changes required:
# tc qdisc replace dev foo clsact
# tc filter add dev foo egress bpf da obj ./bpf.o
# tc filter add dev foo egress bpf da obj ./bpf.o
# tc filter show dev foo egress
filter protocol all pref 49151 bpf
filter protocol all pref 49151 bpf handle 0x1 bpf.o:[classifier] direct-action
filter protocol all pref 49152 bpf
filter protocol all pref 49152 bpf handle 0x1 bpf.o:[classifier] direct-action
# tc filter del dev foo egress
# tc filter show dev foo egress
#
Previously, RTM_DELTFILTER requests with invalid prio of 0 were
rejected, so only netlink requests with RTM_NEWTFILTER and NLM_F_CREATE
flag were allowed where the kernel would auto-generate a pref/prio.
We can piggyback on that and use prio of 0 as a wildcard for
requests of RTM_DELTFILTER.
For notifying tc netlink monitoring users (e.g. libnl uses this
for caching), there are two options, that is, sending individual
tfilter_notify() notifications for each tcf_proto, or sending a
single one indicating wildcard removal. I tried both and there
are pros and cons for each, eventually I decided for sending
individual tfilter_notify(), so that user space can support this
seamlessly and there won't be a mess of changing each and every
application to make sure expectations from the kernel won't break
when they don't understand single notification. Since linear chains
don't really scale, I expect only a handful of classifiers to be
attached at max for a given parent anyway.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/sched/act_police.c
net/sched/sch_drr.c
net/sched/sch_hfsc.c
net/sched/sch_prio.c
net/sched/sch_red.c
net/sched/sch_tbf.c
In net-next the drop methods of the packet schedulers got removed, so
the bug fixes to them in 'net' are irrelevant.
A packet action unload crash fix conflicts with the addition of the
new firstuse timestamp.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) qdisc_run_begin() is really using the equivalent of a trylock.
Instead of using write_seqcount_begin(), use a combination of
raw_write_seqcount_begin() and correct lockdep annotation.
2) sch_direct_xmit() should use regular spin_lock(root_lock)
Fixes: f9eb8aea2a ("net_sched: transform qdisc running bit into a seqcount")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
after removal of TCA_CBQ_OVL_STRATEGY from cbq scheduler, there are no
more callers of ->drop() outside of other ->drop functions, i.e.
nothing calls them.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the removal of TCA_CBQ_POLICE in cbq scheduler qdisc->reshape_fail
is always NULL, i.e. qdisc_rehape_fail is now the same as qdisc_drop.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
iproute2 doesn't implement any cbq option that results in this attribute
being sent to kernel.
To make use of it, user would have to
- patch iproute2
- add a class
- attach a qdisc to the class (default pfifo doesn't work as
q->handle is 0 and cbq_set_police() is a no-op in this case)
- re-'add' the same class (tc class change ...) again
- user must also specifiy a defmap (e.g. 'split 1:0 defmap 3f'), since
this 'police' feature relies on its presence
- the added qdisc must be one of bfifo, pfifo or netem
If all of these conditions are met and _some_ leaf qdiscs, namely
p/bfifo, netem, plug or tbf would drop a packet, kernel calls back into
cbq, which will attempt to re-queue the skb into a different class
as indicated by the parents' defmap entry for TC_PRIO_BESTEFFORT.
[ i.e. we behave as if tc_classify returned TC_ACT_RECLASSIFY ].
This feature, which isn't documented or implemented in iproute2,
and isn't implemented consistently (most qdiscs like sfq, codel, etc
drop right away instead of attempting this reclassification) is the
sole reason for the reshape_fail and __parent member in Qdisc struct.
So remove TCA_CBQ_POLICE support from the kernel, reject it via EOPNOTSUPP
so userspace knows we don't support it, and then remove no-longer needed
infrastructure in followup commit.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
since initial revision of cbq in 2004 iproute 2 has never implemented
support for TCA_CBQ_OVL_STRATEGY, which is what needs to be set to
activate the class->drop() call (TC_CBQ_OVL_DROP strategy must be
set by userspace value must be set by userspace).
David Miller says:
It seems really safe to kill this thing off, flag an error if someone
tries to set the attribute, and therefore kill off all of the
non-default cbq_ovl_*() functions.
A followup commit can then remove all .drop qdisc methods since this
removed the only caller.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we need to create a new aggregate to enqueue the skb we call kzalloc.
If that fails we returned ENOBUFS without freeing the skb.
Spotted during code review.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return an error if user requested skip-sw and the underlaying
hardware cannot handle tc offloads (or offloads are disabled).
This patch fixes the knode handling.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Errors reported by u32_replace_hw_hnode() were not propagated.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When offloading classifiers such as u32 or flower to hardware, and the
qdisc is clsact (TC_H_CLSACT), then we need to differentiate its classes,
since not all of them handle ingress, therefore we must leave those in
software path. Add a .tcf_cl_offload() callback, so we can generically
handle them, tested on ixgbe.
Fixes: 10cbc68434 ("net/sched: cls_flower: Hardware offloaded filters statistics support")
Fixes: 5b33f48842 ("net/flower: Introduce hardware offload support")
Fixes: a1b7c5fd7f ("net: sched: add cls_u32 offload hooks for netdevs")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Large tc dumps (tc -s {qdisc|class} sh dev ethX) done by Google BwE host
agent [1] are problematic at scale :
For each qdisc/class found in the dump, we currently lock the root qdisc
spinlock in order to get stats. Sampling stats every 5 seconds from
thousands of HTB classes is a challenge when the root qdisc spinlock is
under high pressure. Not only the dumps take time, they also slow
down the fast path (queue/dequeue packets) by 10 % to 20 % in some cases.
An audit of existing qdiscs showed that sch_fq_codel is the only qdisc
that might need the qdisc lock in fq_codel_dump_stats() and
fq_codel_dump_class_stats()
In v2 of this patch, I now use the Qdisc running seqcount to provide
consistent reads of packets/bytes counters, regardless of 32/64 bit arches.
I also changed rate estimators to use the same infrastructure
so that they no longer need to lock root qdisc lock.
[1]
http://static.googleusercontent.com/media/research.google.com/en//pubs/archive/43838.pdf
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Kevin Athey <kda@google.com>
Cc: Xiaotian Pei <xiaotian@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using a single bit (__QDISC___STATE_RUNNING)
in sch->__state, use a seqcount.
This adds lockdep support, but more importantly it will allow us
to sample qdisc/class statistics without having to grab qdisc root lock.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We properly scan the flow list to count number of packets,
but John passed 0 to gnet_stats_copy_queue() so we report
a zero value to user space instead of the result.
Fixes: 6401585366 ("net: sched: restrict use of qstats qlen")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return an error if user requested skip-sw and the underlaying
hardware cannot handle tc offloads (or offloads are disabled).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'err' variable is not set in this test, we would return whatever
previous test set 'err' to.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Useful to know when the action was first used for accounting
(and debugging)
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to make a filter processed only by hardware, skip_sw flag
should be supplied. This is an addition to the already existing skip_hw
flag (filter will be processed by software only). If no flag is
specified, filter will be processed by both software and hardware.
If only hardware offloaded filters exist, fl_classify() will return
without doing anything.
A following userspace patch will be sent once kernel patch is accepted.
Example:
tc filter add dev enp0s9 protocol ip prio 20 parent ffff: \
flower \
ip_proto 6 \
indev enp0s9 \
skip_sw \
action skbedit mark 0x1234
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirva@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My prior attempt to fix the backlogs of parents failed.
If we return NET_XMIT_CN, our parents wont increase their backlog,
so our qdisc_tree_reduce_backlog() should take this into account.
v2: Florian Westphal pointed out that we could drop the packet,
so we need to save qdisc_pkt_len(skb) in a temp variable before
calling fq_codel_drop()
Fixes: 9d18562a22 ("fq_codel: add batch ability to fq_codel_drop()")
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Reported-by: Stas Nichiporovich <stasn77@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: WANG Cong <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For gso_skb we only update qlen, backlog should be updated too.
Note, it is correct to just update these stats at one layer,
because the gso_skb is cached there.
Reported-by: Stas Nichiporovich <stasn77@gmail.com>
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to update backlog too when we update qlen.
Joint work with Stas.
Reported-by: Stas Nichiporovich <stasn77@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stas Nichiporovich <stasn77@gmail.com>
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hfsc updates backlog lazily, that is only when we
dump the stats. This is problematic after we begin to
update backlog in qdisc_tree_reduce_backlog().
Reported-by: Stas Nichiporovich <stasn77@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stas Nichiporovich <stasn77@gmail.com>
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Policer was not dumping or updating timestamps
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I found a serious performance bug in packet schedulers using hrtimers.
sch_htb and sch_fq are definitely impacted by this problem.
We constantly rearm high resolution timers if some packets are throttled
in one (or more) class, and other packets are flying through qdisc on
another (non throttled) class.
hrtimer_start() does not have the mod_timer() trick of doing nothing if
expires value does not change :
if (timer_pending(timer) &&
timer->expires == expires)
return 1;
This issue is particularly visible when multiple cpus can queue/dequeue
packets on the same qdisc, as hrtimer code has to lock a remote base.
I used following fix :
1) Change htb to use qdisc_watchdog_schedule_ns() instead of open-coding
it.
2) Cache watchdog prior expiration. hrtimer might provide this, but I
prefer to not rely on some hrtimer internal.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We saw the following extra refcount release on veth device:
kernel: [7957821.463992] unregister_netdevice: waiting for mesos50284 to become free. Usage count = -1
Since we heavily use mirred action to redirect packets to veth, I think
this is caused by the following race condition:
CPU0:
tcf_mirred_release(): (in RCU callback)
struct net_device *dev = rcu_dereference_protected(m->tcfm_dev, 1);
CPU1:
mirred_device_event():
spin_lock_bh(&mirred_list_lock);
list_for_each_entry(m, &mirred_list, tcfm_list) {
if (rcu_access_pointer(m->tcfm_dev) == dev) {
dev_put(dev);
/* Note : no rcu grace period necessary, as
* net_device are already rcu protected.
*/
RCU_INIT_POINTER(m->tcfm_dev, NULL);
}
}
spin_unlock_bh(&mirred_list_lock);
CPU0:
tcf_mirred_release():
spin_lock_bh(&mirred_list_lock);
list_del(&m->tcfm_list);
spin_unlock_bh(&mirred_list_lock);
if (dev) // <======== Stil refers to the old m->tcfm_dev
dev_put(dev); // <======== dev_put() is called on it again
The action init code path is good because it is impossible to modify
an action that is being removed.
So, fix this by moving everything under the spinlock.
Fixes: 2ee22a90c7 ("net_sched: act_mirred: remove spinlock in fast path")
Fixes: 6bd00b8506 ("act_mirred: fix a race condition on mirred_list")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
memory_usage must be decreased in dequeue_func(), not in
fq_codel_dequeue(), otherwise packets dropped by Codel algo
are missing this decrease.
Also we need to clear memory_usage in fq_codel_reset()
Fixes: 95b58430ab ("fq_codel: add memory limitation per queue")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a new command in ndo_setup_tc() for hardware offloaded
filters, to call the NIC driver, and make it update the statistics.
This will be done before dumping the filter and its statistics.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirva@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the stats_update callback that will be called by NIC drivers
for hardware offloaded filters.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirva@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On devices that support TC U32 offloads, this flag enables a filter to be
added only to HW. skip-sw and skip-hw are mutually exclusive flags. By
default without any flags, the filter is added to both HW and SW, but no
error checks are done in case of failure to add to HW. With skip-sw,
failure to add to HW is treated as an error.
Here is a sample script that adds 2 filters, one with skip-sw and the other
with skip-hw flag.
# add ingress qdisc
tc qdisc add dev p4p1 ingress
# enable hw tc offload.
ethtool -K p4p1 hw-tc-offload on
# add u32 filter with skip-sw flag.
tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 800:0:1 u32 ht 800: flowid 800:1 \
skip-sw \
match ip src 192.168.1.0/24 \
action drop
# add u32 filter with skip-hw flag.
tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 800:0:2 u32 ht 800: flowid 800:2 \
skip-hw \
match ip src 192.168.2.0/24 \
action drop
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The nf_conntrack_core.c fix in 'net' is not relevant in 'net-next'
because we no longer have a per-netns conntrack hash.
The ip_gre.c conflict as well as the iwlwifi ones were cases of
overlapping changes.
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/intel/iwlwifi/mvm/tx.c
net/ipv4/ip_gre.c
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_core.c
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The process below was broken and is fixed with this patch.
//add an ife action and give it an instance id of 1
sudo tc actions add action ife encode \
type 0xDEAD allow mark dst 02:15:15:15:15:15 index 1
//create a filter which binds to ife action id 1
sudo tc filter add dev $DEV parent ffff: protocol ip prio 1 u32\
match ip dst 17.0.0.1/32 flowid 1:11 action ife index 1
Message before fix was:
RTNETLINK answers: Invalid argument
We have an error talking to the kernel
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The process below was broken and is fixed with this patch.
//add a skbedit action and give it an instance id of 1
sudo tc actions add action skbedit mark 10 index 1
//create a filter which binds to skbedit action id 1
sudo tc filter add dev $DEV parent ffff: protocol ip prio 1 u32\
match ip dst 17.0.0.1/32 flowid 1:10 action skbedit index 1
Message before fix was:
RTNETLINK answers: Invalid argument
We have an error talking to the kernel
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The process below was broken and is fixed with this patch.
//add a simple action and give it an instance id of 1
sudo tc actions add action simple sdata "foobar" index 1
//create a filter which binds to simple action id 1
sudo tc filter add dev $DEV parent ffff: protocol ip prio 1 u32\
match ip dst 17.0.0.1/32 flowid 1:10 action simple index 1
Message before fix was:
RTNETLINK answers: Invalid argument
We have an error talking to the kernel
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The process below was broken and is fixed with this patch.
//add an mirred action and give it an instance id of 1
sudo tc actions add action mirred egress mirror dev $MDEV index 1
//create a filter which binds to mirred action id 1
sudo tc filter add dev $DEV parent ffff: protocol ip prio 1 u32\
match ip dst 17.0.0.1/32 flowid 1:10 action mirred index 1
Message before bug fix was:
RTNETLINK answers: Invalid argument
We have an error talking to the kernel
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This was broken and is fixed with this patch.
//add an ipt action and give it an instance id of 1
sudo tc actions add action ipt -j mark --set-mark 2 index 1
//create a filter which binds to ipt action id 1
sudo tc filter add dev $DEV parent ffff: protocol ip prio 1 u32\
match ip dst 17.0.0.1/32 flowid 1:10 action ipt index 1
Message before bug fix was:
RTNETLINK answers: Invalid argument
We have an error talking to the kernel
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Late vlan action binding was broken and is fixed with this patch.
//add a vlan action to pop and give it an instance id of 1
sudo tc actions add action vlan pop index 1
//create filter which binds to vlan action id 1
sudo tc filter add dev $DEV parent ffff: protocol ip prio 1 u32 \
match ip dst 17.0.0.1/32 flowid 1:1 action vlan index 1
current message(before bug fix) was:
RTNETLINK answers: Invalid argument
We have an error talking to the kernel
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On small embedded routers, one wants to control maximal amount of
memory used by fq_codel, instead of controlling number of packets or
bytes, since GRO/TSO make these not practical.
Assuming skb->truesize is accurate, we have to keep track of
skb->truesize sum for skbs in queue.
This patch adds a new TCA_FQ_CODEL_MEMORY_LIMIT attribute.
I chose a default value of 32 MBytes, which looks reasonable even
for heavy duty usages. (Prior fq_codel users should not be hurt
when they upgrade their kernels)
Two fields are added to tc_fq_codel_qd_stats to report :
- Current memory usage
- Number of drops caused by memory limits
# tc qd replace dev eth1 root est 1sec 4sec fq_codel memory_limit 4M
..
# tc -s -d qd sh dev eth1
qdisc fq_codel 8008: root refcnt 257 limit 10240p flows 1024
quantum 1514 target 5.0ms interval 100.0ms memory_limit 4Mb ecn
Sent 2083566791363 bytes 1376214889 pkt (dropped 4994406, overlimits 0
requeues 21705223)
rate 9841Mbit 812549pps backlog 3906120b 376p requeues 21705223
maxpacket 68130 drop_overlimit 4994406 new_flow_count 28855414
ecn_mark 0 memory_used 4190048 drop_overmemory 4994406
new_flows_len 1 old_flows_len 177
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Cc: Dave Täht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Cc: Sebastian Möller <moeller0@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
allow cls_bpf and act_bpf programs access skb->data and skb->data_end pointers.
The bpf helpers that change skb->data need to update data_end pointer as well.
The verifier checks that programs always reload data, data_end pointers
after calls to such bpf helpers.
We cannot add 'data_end' pointer to struct qdisc_skb_cb directly,
since it's embedded as-is by infiniband ipoib, so wrapper struct is needed.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
previous patches removed all direct accesses to dev->trans_start,
so change the netif_trans_update helper to update trans_start of
netdev queue 0 instead and then remove trans_start from struct net_device.
AFAICS a lot of the netif_trans_update() invocations are now useless
because they occur in ndo_start_xmit and driver doesn't set LLTX
(i.e. stack already took care of the update).
As I can't test any of them it seems better to just leave them alone.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/ipv4/ip_gre.c
Minor conflicts between tunnel bug fixes in net and
ipv6 tunnel cleanups in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In presence of inelastic flows and stress, we can call
fq_codel_drop() for every packet entering fq_codel qdisc.
fq_codel_drop() is quite expensive, as it does a linear scan
of 4 KB of memory to find a fat flow.
Once found, it drops the oldest packet of this flow.
Instead of dropping a single packet, try to drop 50% of the backlog
of this fat flow, with a configurable limit of 64 packets per round.
TCA_FQ_CODEL_DROP_BATCH_SIZE is the new attribute to make this
limit configurable.
With this strategy the 4 KB search is amortized to a single cache line
per drop [1], so fq_codel_drop() no longer appears at the top of kernel
profile in presence of few inelastic flows.
[1] Assuming a 64byte cache line, and 1024 buckets
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Cc: Jonathan Morton <chromatix99@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Dave Taht
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This was recently reported to me, and reproduced on the latest net kernel,
when attempting to run netperf from a host that had a netem qdisc attached
to the egress interface:
[ 788.073771] ---------------------[ cut here ]---------------------------
[ 788.096716] WARNING: at net/core/dev.c:2253 skb_warn_bad_offload+0xcd/0xda()
[ 788.129521] bnx2: caps=(0x00000001801949b3, 0x0000000000000000) len=2962
data_len=0 gso_size=1448 gso_type=1 ip_summed=3
[ 788.182150] Modules linked in: sch_netem kvm_amd kvm crc32_pclmul ipmi_ssif
ghash_clmulni_intel sp5100_tco amd64_edac_mod aesni_intel lrw gf128mul
glue_helper ablk_helper edac_mce_amd cryptd pcspkr sg edac_core hpilo ipmi_si
i2c_piix4 k10temp fam15h_power hpwdt ipmi_msghandler shpchp acpi_power_meter
pcc_cpufreq nfsd auth_rpcgss nfs_acl lockd grace sunrpc ip_tables xfs libcrc32c
sd_mod crc_t10dif crct10dif_generic mgag200 syscopyarea sysfillrect sysimgblt
i2c_algo_bit drm_kms_helper ahci ata_generic pata_acpi ttm libahci
crct10dif_pclmul pata_atiixp tg3 libata crct10dif_common drm crc32c_intel ptp
serio_raw bnx2 r8169 hpsa pps_core i2c_core mii dm_mirror dm_region_hash dm_log
dm_mod
[ 788.465294] CPU: 16 PID: 0 Comm: swapper/16 Tainted: G W
------------ 3.10.0-327.el7.x86_64 #1
[ 788.511521] Hardware name: HP ProLiant DL385p Gen8, BIOS A28 12/17/2012
[ 788.542260] ffff880437c036b8 f7afc56532a53db9 ffff880437c03670
ffffffff816351f1
[ 788.576332] ffff880437c036a8 ffffffff8107b200 ffff880633e74200
ffff880231674000
[ 788.611943] 0000000000000001 0000000000000003 0000000000000000
ffff880437c03710
[ 788.647241] Call Trace:
[ 788.658817] <IRQ> [<ffffffff816351f1>] dump_stack+0x19/0x1b
[ 788.686193] [<ffffffff8107b200>] warn_slowpath_common+0x70/0xb0
[ 788.713803] [<ffffffff8107b29c>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x5c/0x80
[ 788.741314] [<ffffffff812f92f3>] ? ___ratelimit+0x93/0x100
[ 788.767018] [<ffffffff81637f49>] skb_warn_bad_offload+0xcd/0xda
[ 788.796117] [<ffffffff8152950c>] skb_checksum_help+0x17c/0x190
[ 788.823392] [<ffffffffa01463a1>] netem_enqueue+0x741/0x7c0 [sch_netem]
[ 788.854487] [<ffffffff8152cb58>] dev_queue_xmit+0x2a8/0x570
[ 788.880870] [<ffffffff8156ae1d>] ip_finish_output+0x53d/0x7d0
...
The problem occurs because netem is not prepared to handle GSO packets (as it
uses skb_checksum_help in its enqueue path, which cannot manipulate these
frames).
The solution I think is to simply segment the skb in a simmilar fashion to the
way we do in __dev_queue_xmit (via validate_xmit_skb), with some minor changes.
When we decide to corrupt an skb, if the frame is GSO, we segment it, corrupt
the first segment, and enqueue the remaining ones.
tested successfully by myself on the latest net kernel, to which this applies
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: netem@lists.linux-foundation.org
CC: eric.dumazet@gmail.com
CC: stephen@networkplumber.org
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No more users in the tree, remove NETDEV_TX_LOCKED support.
Adds another hole in softnet_stats struct, but better than keeping
the unused collision counter around.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It was impossible to include codel.h for the
purpose of having access to codel_params or
codel_vars structure definitions and using them
for embedding in other more complex structures.
This splits allows codel.h itself to be treated
like any other header file while codel_qdisc.h and
codel_impl.h contain function definitions with
logic that was previously in codel.h.
This copies over copyrights and doesn't involve
code changes other than adding a few additional
include directives to net/sched/sch*codel.c.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This strips out qdisc specific bits from the code
and makes it slightly more reusable. Codel will be
used by wireless/mac80211 in the future.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts were two cases of simple overlapping changes,
nothing serious.
In the UDP case, we need to add a hlist_add_tail_rcu()
to linux/rculist.h, because we've moved UDP socket handling
away from using nulls lists.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A failure in validate_xmit_skb_list() triggered an unconditional call
to dev_requeue_skb with skb=NULL. This slowly grows the queue
discipline's qlen count until all traffic through the queue stops.
We take the optimistic approach and continue running the queue after a
failure since it is unknown if later packets also will fail in the
validate path.
Fixes: 55a93b3ea7 ("qdisc: validate skb without holding lock")
Signed-off-by: Lars Persson <larper@axis.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The meta_type_ops structures are never modified, so declare them as const.
Done with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two issues with the current code. First one is that we need
to set res->class to 0 in case we use non-default classid matching.
This is important for the case where cls_bpf was initially set up with
an optional binding to a default class with tcf_bind_filter(), where
the underlying qdisc implements bind_tcf() that fills res->class and
tests for it later on when doing the classification. Convention for
these cases is that after tc_classify() was called, such qdiscs (atm,
drr, qfq, cbq, hfsc, htb) first test class, and if 0, then they lookup
based on classid.
Second, there's a bug with da mode, where res->classid is only assigned
a 16 bit minor, but it needs to expand to the full 32 bit major/minor
combination instead, therefore we need to expand with the bound major.
This is fine as classes belonging to a classful qdisc must share the
same major.
Fixes: 045efa82ff ("cls_bpf: introduce integrated actions")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cast pointer to unsigned long instead of u64, to fix compilation warning
on 32 bit arch, spotted by 0day build.
Fixes: 5b33f48 ("net/flower: Introduce hardware offload support")
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is based on a patch made by John Fastabend.
It adds support for offloading cls_flower.
when NETIF_F_HW_TC is on:
flags = 0 => Rule will be processed twice - by hardware, and if
still relevant, by software.
flags = SKIP_HW => Rull will be processed by software only
If hardware fail/not capabale to apply the rule, operation will NOT
fail. Filter will be processed by SW only.
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Suggested-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fix is for dsmark similar to commit 3557619f0f
("net_sched: prio: use qdisc_dequeue_peeked")
and makes use of qdisc_dequeue_peeked() instead of direct dequeue() call.
First time, wrr peeks dsmark, which will then peek into sfq.
sfq dequeues an skb and it's stored in sch->gso_skb.
Next time, wrr tries to dequeue from dsmark, which will call sfq dequeue
directly. This results skipping the previously peeked skb.
So changed dsmark dequeue to call qdisc_dequeue_peeked() instead to use
peeked skb if exists.
Signed-off-by: Kyeong Yoo <kyeong.yoo@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several cases of overlapping changes, as well as one instance
(vxlan) of a bug fix in 'net' overlapping with code movement
in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before calling the destroy() or target() callbacks, the family parameter
field has to be initialized. Otherwise at least the LOG target will
refuse to work and upon removal oops the kernel.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some devices declare a high number of TX queues, then set a much
lower real_num_tx_queues
This cause setups using fq_codel, sfq or fq as the default qdisc to consume
more memory than really needed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC [M] net/sched/sch_mqprio.o
net/sched/sch_mqprio.c: In function ?mqprio_init?:
net/sched/sch_mqprio.c:145: error: unknown field ?tc? specified in initializer
net/sched/sch_mqprio.c:145: warning: missing braces around initializer
net/sched/sch_mqprio.c:145: warning: (near initialization for ?tc.<anonymous>?)
make[2]: *** [net/sched/sch_mqprio.o] Error 1
make[1]: *** [net/sched] Error 2
make: *** [net] Error 2
Several people reported this, surround the unnamed union
member initialization with braces to fix.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 52bd2d62ce ("net: better skb->sender_cpu and skb->napi_id cohabitation")
skb_sender_cpu_clear() becomes empty and can be removed.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Example usage:
Set the skb priority using skbedit then allow it to be encoded
sudo tc qdisc add dev $ETH root handle 1: prio
sudo tc filter add dev $ETH parent 1: protocol ip prio 10 \
u32 match ip protocol 1 0xff flowid 1:2 \
action skbedit prio 17 \
action ife encode \
allow prio \
dst 02:15:15:15:15:15
Note: You dont need the skbedit action if you are already encoding the
skb priority earlier. A zero skb priority will not be sent
Alternative hard code static priority of decimal 33 (unlike skbedit)
then mark of 0x12 every time the filter matches
sudo $TC filter add dev $ETH parent 1: protocol ip prio 10 \
u32 match ip protocol 1 0xff flowid 1:2 \
action ife encode \
type 0xDEAD \
use prio 33 \
use mark 0x12 \
dst 02:15:15:15:15:15
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Example usage:
Set the skb using skbedit then allow it to be encoded
sudo tc qdisc add dev $ETH root handle 1: prio
sudo tc filter add dev $ETH parent 1: protocol ip prio 10 \
u32 match ip protocol 1 0xff flowid 1:2 \
action skbedit mark 17 \
action ife encode \
allow mark \
dst 02:15:15:15:15:15
Note: You dont need the skbedit action if you are already encoding the
skb mark earlier. A zero skb mark, when seen, will not be encoded.
Alternative hard code static mark of 0x12 every time the filter matches
sudo $TC filter add dev $ETH parent 1: protocol ip prio 10 \
u32 match ip protocol 1 0xff flowid 1:2 \
action ife encode \
type 0xDEAD \
use mark 0x12 \
dst 02:15:15:15:15:15
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This action allows for a sending side to encapsulate arbitrary metadata
which is decapsulated by the receiving end.
The sender runs in encoding mode and the receiver in decode mode.
Both sender and receiver must specify the same ethertype.
At some point we hope to have a registered ethertype and we'll
then provide a default so the user doesnt have to specify it.
For now we enforce the user specify it.
Lets show example usage where we encode icmp from a sender towards
a receiver with an skbmark of 17; both sender and receiver use
ethertype of 0xdead to interop.
YYYY: Lets start with Receiver-side policy config:
xxx: add an ingress qdisc
sudo tc qdisc add dev $ETH ingress
xxx: any packets with ethertype 0xdead will be subjected to ife decoding
xxx: we then restart the classification so we can match on icmp at prio 3
sudo $TC filter add dev $ETH parent ffff: prio 2 protocol 0xdead \
u32 match u32 0 0 flowid 1:1 \
action ife decode reclassify
xxx: on restarting the classification from above if it was an icmp
xxx: packet, then match it here and continue to the next rule at prio 4
xxx: which will match based on skb mark of 17
sudo tc filter add dev $ETH parent ffff: prio 3 protocol ip \
u32 match ip protocol 1 0xff flowid 1:1 \
action continue
xxx: match on skbmark of 0x11 (decimal 17) and accept
sudo tc filter add dev $ETH parent ffff: prio 4 protocol ip \
handle 0x11 fw flowid 1:1 \
action ok
xxx: Lets show the decoding policy
sudo tc -s filter ls dev $ETH parent ffff: protocol 0xdead
xxx:
filter pref 2 u32
filter pref 2 u32 fh 800: ht divisor 1
filter pref 2 u32 fh 800::800 order 2048 key ht 800 bkt 0 flowid 1:1 (rule hit 0 success 0)
match 00000000/00000000 at 0 (success 0 )
action order 1: ife decode action reclassify
index 1 ref 1 bind 1 installed 14 sec used 14 sec
type: 0x0
Metadata: allow mark allow hash allow prio allow qmap
Action statistics:
Sent 0 bytes 0 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
xxx:
Observe that above lists all metadatum it can decode. Typically these
submodules will already be compiled into a monolithic kernel or
loaded as modules
YYYY: Lets show the sender side now ..
xxx: Add an egress qdisc on the sender netdev
sudo tc qdisc add dev $ETH root handle 1: prio
xxx:
xxx: Match all icmp packets to 192.168.122.237/24, then
xxx: tag the packet with skb mark of decimal 17, then
xxx: Encode it with:
xxx: ethertype 0xdead
xxx: add skb->mark to whitelist of metadatum to send
xxx: rewrite target dst MAC address to 02:15:15:15:15:15
xxx:
sudo $TC filter add dev $ETH parent 1: protocol ip prio 10 u32 \
match ip dst 192.168.122.237/24 \
match ip protocol 1 0xff \
flowid 1:2 \
action skbedit mark 17 \
action ife encode \
type 0xDEAD \
allow mark \
dst 02:15:15:15:15:15
xxx: Lets show the encoding policy
sudo tc -s filter ls dev $ETH parent 1: protocol ip
xxx:
filter pref 10 u32
filter pref 10 u32 fh 800: ht divisor 1
filter pref 10 u32 fh 800::800 order 2048 key ht 800 bkt 0 flowid 1:2 (rule hit 0 success 0)
match c0a87aed/ffffffff at 16 (success 0 )
match 00010000/00ff0000 at 8 (success 0 )
action order 1: skbedit mark 17
index 6 ref 1 bind 1
Action statistics:
Sent 0 bytes 0 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
action order 2: ife encode action pipe
index 3 ref 1 bind 1
dst MAC: 02:15:15:15:15:15 type: 0xDEAD
Metadata: allow mark
Action statistics:
Sent 0 bytes 0 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
xxx:
test by sending ping from sender to destination
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the initial implementation the only way to stop a rule from being
inserted into the hardware table was via the device feature flag.
However this doesn't work well when working on an end host system
where packets are expect to hit both the hardware and software
datapaths.
For example we can imagine a rule that will match an IP address and
increment a field. If we install this rule in both hardware and
software we may increment the field twice. To date we have only
added support for the drop action so we have been able to ignore
these cases. But as we extend the action support we will hit this
example plus more such cases. Arguably these are not even corner
cases in many working systems these cases will be common.
To avoid forcing the driver to always abort (i.e. the above example)
this patch adds a flag to add a rule in software only. A careful
user can use this flag to build software and hardware datapaths
that work together. One example we have found particularly useful
is to use hardware resources to set the skb->mark on the skb when
the match may be expensive to run in software but a mark lookup
in a hash table is cheap. The idea here is hardware can do in one
lookup what the u32 classifier may need to traverse multiple lists
and hash tables to compute. The flag is only passed down on inserts.
On deletion to avoid stale references in hardware we always try
to remove a rule if it exists.
The flags field is part of the classifier specific options. Although
it is tempting to lift this into the generic structure doing this
proves difficult do to how the tc netlink attributes are implemented
along with how the dump/change routines are called. There is also
precedence for putting seemingly generic pieces in the specific
classifier options such as TCA_U32_POLICE, TCA_U32_ACT, etc. So
although not ideal I've left FLAGS in the u32 options as well as it
simplifies the code greatly and user space has already learned how
to manage these bits ala 'tc' tool.
Another thing if trying to update a rule we require the flags to
be unchanged. This is to force user space, software u32 and
the hardware u32 to keep in sync. Thanks to Simon Horman for
catching this case.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The offload decision was originally very basic and tied to if the dev
implemented the appropriate ndo op hook. The next step is to allow
the user to more flexibly define if any paticular rule should be
offloaded or not. In order to have this logic in one function lift
the current check into a helper routine tc_should_offload().
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly, we need to update backlog too when we update qlen.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We saw qlen!=0 but backlog==0 on our production machine:
qdisc htb 1: dev eth0 root refcnt 2 r2q 10 default 1 direct_packets_stat 0 ver 3.17
Sent 172680457356 bytes 222469449 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 123575834 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 72p requeues 0
The problem is we only count qlen for HTB qdisc but not backlog.
We need to update backlog too when we update qlen, so that we
can at least know the average packet length.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the bottom qdisc decides to, for example, drop some packet,
it calls qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen() to update the queue length
for all its ancestors, we need to update the backlog too to
keep the stats on root qdisc accurate.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove nearly duplicated code and prepare for the following patch.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently tc actions are stored in a per-module hashtable,
therefore are visible to all network namespaces. This is
probably the last part of the tc subsystem which is not
aware of netns now. This patch makes them per-netns,
several tc action API's need to be adjusted for this.
The tc action API code is ugly due to historical reasons,
we need to refactor that code in the future.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We only release the memory of the hashtable itself, not its
entries inside. This is not a problem yet since we only call
it in module release path, and module is refcount'ed by
actions. This would be a problem after we move the per module
hinfo into per netns in the latter patch.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/phy/bcm7xxx.c
drivers/net/phy/marvell.c
drivers/net/vxlan.c
All three conflicts were cases of simple overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we're dealing with clones and the area is not writeable, try
harder and get a copy via pskb_expand_head(). Replace also other
occurences in tc actions with the new skb_try_make_writable().
Reported-by: Ashhad Sheikh <ashhadsheikh394@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
actions could change the etherproto in particular with ethernet
tunnelled data. Typically such actions, after peeling the outer header,
will ask for the packet to be reclassified. We then need to restart
the classification with the new proto header.
Example setup used to catch this:
sudo tc qdisc add dev $ETH ingress
sudo $TC filter add dev $ETH parent ffff: pref 1 protocol 802.1Q \
u32 match u32 0 0 flowid 1:1 \
action vlan pop reclassify
Fixes: 3b3ae88026 ("net: sched: consolidate tc_classify{,_compat}")
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows netdev drivers to consume cls_u32 offloads via
the ndo_setup_tc ndo op.
This works aligns with how network drivers have been doing qdisc
offloads for mqprio.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates setup_tc so we can pass additional parameters into
the ndo op in a generic way. To do this we provide structured union
and type flag.
This lets each classifier and qdisc provide its own set of attributes
without having to add new ndo ops or grow the signature of the
callback.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ndo_setup_tc() op was added to support drivers offloading tx
qdiscs however only support for mqprio was ever added. So we
only ever added support for passing the number of traffic classes
to the driver.
This patch generalizes the ndo_setup_tc op so that a handle can
be provided to indicate if the offload is for ingress or egress
or potentially even child qdiscs.
CC: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
CC: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
CC: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
CC: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com>
CC: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
CC: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
CC: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
CC: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are cases where qdisc_dequeue_peeked can return NULL, and the result
is dereferenced later on in the function.
Similarly to the other qdisc dequeue functions, check whether the skb
pointer is NULL and if it is, goto out.
Signed-off-by: Bernie Harris <bernie.harris@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/bonding/bond_main.c
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum.h
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum_switchdev.c
The bond_main.c and mellanox switch conflicts were cases of
overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
only when user space passes the addresses should we consider their
presence
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work adds a generalization of the ingress qdisc as a qdisc holding
only classifiers. The clsact qdisc works on ingress, but also on egress.
In both cases, it's execution happens without taking the qdisc lock, and
the main difference for the egress part compared to prior version of [1]
is that this can be applied with _any_ underlying real egress qdisc (also
classless ones).
Besides solving the use-case of [1], that is, allowing for more programmability
on assigning skb->priority for the mqprio case that is supported by most
popular 10G+ NICs, it also opens up a lot more flexibility for other tc
applications. The main work on classification can already be done at clsact
egress time if the use-case allows and state stored for later retrieval
f.e. again in skb->priority with major/minors (which is checked by most
classful qdiscs before consulting tc_classify()) and/or in other skb fields
like skb->tc_index for some light-weight post-processing to get to the
eventual classid in case of a classful qdisc. Another use case is that
the clsact egress part allows to have a central egress counterpart to
the ingress classifiers, so that classifiers can easily share state (e.g.
in cls_bpf via eBPF maps) for ingress and egress.
Currently, default setups like mq + pfifo_fast would require for this to
use, for example, prio qdisc instead (to get a tc_classify() run) and to
duplicate the egress classifier for each queue. With clsact, it allows
for leaving the setup as is, it can additionally assign skb->priority to
put the skb in one of pfifo_fast's bands and it can share state with maps.
Moreover, we can access the skb's dst entry (f.e. to retrieve tclassid)
w/o the need to perform a skb_dst_force() to hold on to it any longer. In
lwt case, we can also use this facility to setup dst metadata via cls_bpf
(bpf_skb_set_tunnel_key()) without needing a real egress qdisc just for
that (case of IFF_NO_QUEUE devices, for example).
The realization can be done without any changes to the scheduler core
framework. All it takes is that we have two a-priori defined minors/child
classes, where we can mux between ingress and egress classifier list
(dev->ingress_cl_list and dev->egress_cl_list, latter stored close to
dev->_tx to avoid extra cacheline miss for moderate loads). The egress
part is a bit similar modelled to handle_ing() and patched to a noop in
case the functionality is not used. Both handlers are now called
sch_handle_ingress() and sch_handle_egress(), code sharing among the two
doesn't seem practical as there are various minor differences in both
paths, so that making them conditional in a single handler would rather
slow things down.
Full compatibility to ingress qdisc is provided as well. Since both
piggyback on TC_H_CLSACT, only one of them (ingress/clsact) can exist
per netdevice, and thus ingress qdisc specific behaviour can be retained
for user space. This means, either a user does 'tc qdisc add dev foo ingress'
and configures ingress qdisc as usual, or the 'tc qdisc add dev foo clsact'
alternative, where both, ingress and egress classifier can be configured
as in the below example. ingress qdisc supports attaching classifier to any
minor number whereas clsact has two fixed minors for muxing between the
lists, therefore to not break user space setups, they are better done as
two separate qdiscs.
I decided to extend the sch_ingress module with clsact functionality so
that commonly used code can be reused, the module is being aliased with
sch_clsact so that it can be auto-loaded properly. Alternative would have been
to add a flag when initializing ingress to alter its behaviour plus aliasing
to a different name (as it's more than just ingress). However, the first would
end up, based on the flag, choosing the new/old behaviour by calling different
function implementations to handle each anyway, the latter would require to
register ingress qdisc once again under different alias. So, this really begs
to provide a minimal, cleaner approach to have Qdisc_ops and Qdisc_class_ops
by its own that share callbacks used by both.
Example, adding qdisc:
# tc qdisc add dev foo clsact
# tc qdisc show dev foo
qdisc mq 0: root
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :1 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :2 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :3 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :4 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc clsact ffff: parent ffff:fff1
Adding filters (deleting, etc works analogous by specifying ingress/egress):
# tc filter add dev foo ingress bpf da obj bar.o sec ingress
# tc filter add dev foo egress bpf da obj bar.o sec egress
# tc filter show dev foo ingress
filter protocol all pref 49152 bpf
filter protocol all pref 49152 bpf handle 0x1 bar.o:[ingress] direct-action
# tc filter show dev foo egress
filter protocol all pref 49152 bpf
filter protocol all pref 49152 bpf handle 0x1 bar.o:[egress] direct-action
A 'tc filter show dev foo' or 'tc filter show dev foo parent ffff:' will
show an empty list for clsact. Either using the parent names (ingress/egress)
or specifying the full major/minor will then show the related filter lists.
Prior work on a mqprio prequeue() facility [1] was done mainly by John Fastabend.
[1] http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/512949/
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a skb_at_tc_ingress() as this will be needed elsewhere as well and
can hide the ugly ifdef.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a qdisc is using per cpu stats (currently just the ingress
qdisc) only the bstats are being freed. This also free's the qstats.
Fixes: b0ab6f9275 ("net: sched: enable per cpu qstats")
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Stas Nichiporovich reported a regression in his HFSC qdisc setup
on a non multi queue device.
It turns out I mistakenly added a TCQ_F_NOPARENT flag on all qdisc
allocated in qdisc_create() for non multi queue devices, which was
rather buggy. I was clearly mislead by the TCQ_F_ONETXQUEUE that is
also set here for no good reason, since it only matters for the root
qdisc.
Fixes: 4eaf3b84f2 ("net_sched: fix qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen() races")
Reported-by: Stas Nichiporovich <stasn77@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stas Nichiporovich <stasn77@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen() suffers from two problems on multiqueue
devices.
One problem is that it updates sch->q.qlen and sch->qstats.drops
on the mq/mqprio root qdisc, while it should not : Daniele
reported underflows errors :
[ 681.774821] PAX: sch->q.qlen: 0 n: 1
[ 681.774825] PAX: size overflow detected in function qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen net/sched/sch_api.c:769 cicus.693_49 min, count: 72, decl: qlen; num: 0; context: sk_buff_head;
[ 681.774954] CPU: 2 PID: 19 Comm: ksoftirqd/2 Tainted: G O 4.2.6.201511282239-1-grsec #1
[ 681.774955] Hardware name: ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. X302LJ/X302LJ, BIOS X302LJ.202 03/05/2015
[ 681.774956] ffffffffa9a04863 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 ffffffffa990ff7c
[ 681.774959] ffffc90000d3bc38 ffffffffa95d2810 0000000000000007 ffffffffa991002b
[ 681.774960] ffffc90000d3bc68 ffffffffa91a44f4 0000000000000001 0000000000000001
[ 681.774962] Call Trace:
[ 681.774967] [<ffffffffa95d2810>] dump_stack+0x4c/0x7f
[ 681.774970] [<ffffffffa91a44f4>] report_size_overflow+0x34/0x50
[ 681.774972] [<ffffffffa94d17e2>] qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen+0x152/0x160
[ 681.774976] [<ffffffffc02694b1>] fq_codel_dequeue+0x7b1/0x820 [sch_fq_codel]
[ 681.774978] [<ffffffffc02680a0>] ? qdisc_peek_dequeued+0xa0/0xa0 [sch_fq_codel]
[ 681.774980] [<ffffffffa94cd92d>] __qdisc_run+0x4d/0x1d0
[ 681.774983] [<ffffffffa949b2b2>] net_tx_action+0xc2/0x160
[ 681.774985] [<ffffffffa90664c1>] __do_softirq+0xf1/0x200
[ 681.774987] [<ffffffffa90665ee>] run_ksoftirqd+0x1e/0x30
[ 681.774989] [<ffffffffa90896b0>] smpboot_thread_fn+0x150/0x260
[ 681.774991] [<ffffffffa9089560>] ? sort_range+0x40/0x40
[ 681.774992] [<ffffffffa9085fe4>] kthread+0xe4/0x100
[ 681.774994] [<ffffffffa9085f00>] ? kthread_worker_fn+0x170/0x170
[ 681.774995] [<ffffffffa95d8d1e>] ret_from_fork+0x3e/0x70
mq/mqprio have their own ways to report qlen/drops by folding stats on
all their queues, with appropriate locking.
A second problem is that qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen() calls qdisc_lookup()
without proper locking : concurrent qdisc updates could corrupt the list
that qdisc_match_from_root() parses to find a qdisc given its handle.
Fix first problem adding a TCQ_F_NOPARENT qdisc flag that
qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen() can use to abort its tree traversal,
as soon as it meets a mq/mqprio qdisc children.
Second problem can be fixed by RCU protection.
Qdisc are already freed after RCU grace period, so qdisc_list_add() and
qdisc_list_del() simply have to use appropriate rcu list variants.
A future patch will add a per struct netdev_queue list anchor, so that
qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen() can have more efficient lookups.
Reported-by: Daniele Fucini <dfucini@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SYNACK packets might be attached to request sockets.
Fixes: ca6fb06518 ("tcp: attach SYNACK messages to request sockets instead of listener")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SYNACK packets might be attached to request sockets.
Fixes: ca6fb06518 ("tcp: attach SYNACK messages to request sockets instead of listener")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/asix_common.c
net/ipv4/inet_connection_sock.c
net/switchdev/switchdev.c
In the inet_connection_sock.c case the request socket hashing scheme
is completely different in net-next.
The other two conflicts were overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
selinux needs few changes to accommodate fact that SYNACK messages
can be attached to a request socket, lacking sk_security pointer
(Only syncookies are still attached to a TCP_LISTEN socket)
Adds a new sk_listener() helper, and use it in selinux and sch_fq
Fixes: ca6fb06518 ("tcp: attach SYNACK messages to request sockets instead of listener")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported by: kernel test robot <ying.huang@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Cc: Stephen Smalley <sds@tycho.nsa.gov>
Cc: Eric Paris <eparis@parisplace.org>
Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to commit c0afd9ce4d ("fq_codel: fix return value of fq_codel_drop()")
->drop() is supposed to return the number of bytes it dropped,
but hhf_drop () returns the id of the bucket where it drops
a packet from.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Terry Lam <vtlam@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Kconfig currently controlling compilation of this code is:
net/sched/Kconfig:menuconfig NET_SCHED
net/sched/Kconfig: bool "QoS and/or fair queueing"
...meaning that it currently is not being built as a module by anyone.
Lets remove the modular code that is essentially orphaned, so that
when reading the driver there is no doubt it is builtin-only.
Since module_init translates to device_initcall in the non-modular
case, the init ordering remains unchanged with this commit. We can
change to one of the other priority initcalls (subsys?) at any later
date, if desired.
We also delete the MODULE_LICENSE tag since all that information
is already contained at the top of the file in the comments.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to commit c29390c6df ("xps: must clear sender_cpu before forwarding")
the skb->sender_cpu needs to be cleared when moving from Rx
Tx, otherwise kernel could crash.
Fixes: 2bd82484bb ("xps: fix xps for stacked devices")
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Align with other tc actions.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 1ce87720d4 ("net: sched: make cls_u32 lockless")
we began to release tc actions in a RCU callback. However,
mirred action relies on RTNL lock to protect the global
mirred_list, therefore we could have a race condition
between RCU callback and netdevice event, which caused
a list corruption as reported by Vinson.
Instead of relying on RTNL lock, introduce a spinlock to
protect this list.
Note, in non-bind case, it is still called with RTNL lock,
therefore should disable BH too.
Reported-by: Vinson Lee <vlee@twopensource.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using routing realms as part of the classifier is quite useful, it
can be viewed as a tag for one or multiple routing entries (think of
an analogy to net_cls cgroup for processes), set by user space routing
daemons or via iproute2 as an indicator for traffic classifiers and
later on processed in the eBPF program.
Unlike actions, the classifier can inspect device flags and enable
netif_keep_dst() if necessary. tc actions don't have that possibility,
but in case people know what they are doing, it can be used from there
as well (e.g. via devs that must keep dsts by design anyway).
If a realm is set, the handler returns the non-zero realm. User space
can set the full 32bit realm for the dst.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a listen backlog is very big (to avoid syncookies), then
the listener sk->sk_wmem_alloc is the main source of false
sharing, as we need to touch it twice per SYNACK re-transmit
and TX completion.
(One SYN packet takes listener lock once, but up to 6 SYNACK
are generated)
By attaching the skb to the request socket, we remove this
source of contention.
Tested:
listen(fd, 10485760); // single listener (no SO_REUSEPORT)
16 RX/TX queue NIC
Sustain a SYNFLOOD attack of ~320,000 SYN per second,
Sending ~1,400,000 SYNACK per second.
Perf profiles now show listener spinlock being next bottleneck.
20.29% [kernel] [k] queued_spin_lock_slowpath
10.06% [kernel] [k] __inet_lookup_established
5.12% [kernel] [k] reqsk_timer_handler
3.22% [kernel] [k] get_next_timer_interrupt
3.00% [kernel] [k] tcp_make_synack
2.77% [kernel] [k] ipt_do_table
2.70% [kernel] [k] run_timer_softirq
2.50% [kernel] [k] ip_finish_output
2.04% [kernel] [k] cascade
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/ipv4/arp.c
The net/ipv4/arp.c conflict was one commit adding a new
local variable while another commit was deleting one.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fw filter uses tp->root==NULL to check if it is the old method,
so it doesn't need allocation at all in this case. This patch
reverts the offending commit and adds some comments for old
method to make it obvious.
Fixes: 33f8b9ecdb ("net_sched: move tp->root allocation into fw_init()")
Reported-by: Akshat Kakkar <akshat.1984@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jamal suggested to further limit the currently allowed subset of opcodes
that may be used by a direct action return code as the intention is not
to replace the full action engine, but rather to have a minimal set that
can be used in the fast-path on things like ingress for some features
that cls_bpf supports.
Classifiers can, of course, still be chained together that have direct
action mode with those that have a full exec pass. For more complex
scenarios that go beyond this minimal set here, the full tcf_exts_exec()
path must be used.
Suggested-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The binding to a particular classid was so far always mandatory for
cls_bpf, but it doesn't need to be. Therefore, lift this restriction
as similarly done in other classifiers.
Only a couple of qdiscs make use of class from the tcf_result, others
don't strictly care, so let the user choose his needs (those that read
out class can handle situations where it could be NULL).
An explicit check for tcf_unbind_filter() is also not needed here, as
the previous r->class was 0, so the xchg() will return that and
therefore a callback to the qdisc's unbind_tcf() is skipped.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 43388da42a49 ("cls_bpf: introduce integrated actions") we
have added TCA_BPF_FLAGS. We can also retrieve this information from
the prog, dump it back to user space as well. It's useful in tc when
displaying/dumping filter info.
Also, remove tp from cls_bpf_prog_from_efd(), came in as a conflict
from a rebase and it's unused here (later work may add it along with
a real user).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As gre does not have the srckey in the packet gre_pkt_to_tuple
needs to perform a lookup in it's per network namespace tables.
Pass in the proper network namespace to all pkt_to_tuple
implementations to ensure gre (and any similar protocols) can get this
right.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Stop guessing the struct net instead of remember it. Guessing is just
silly and will be problematic in the future when I implement routes
between network namespaces.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
As xt_action_param lives on the stack this does not bloat any
persistent data structures.
This is a first step in making netfilter code that needs to know
which network namespace it is executing in simpler.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Memory placement in sch_dsmark is silly : Better place mask/value
in the same cache line.
Also, we can embed small arrays in the first cache line and
remove a potential cache miss.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Existing bpf_clone_redirect() helper clones skb before redirecting
it to RX or TX of destination netdev.
Introduce bpf_redirect() helper that does that without cloning.
Benchmarked with two hosts using 10G ixgbe NICs.
One host is doing line rate pktgen.
Another host is configured as:
$ tc qdisc add dev $dev ingress
$ tc filter add dev $dev root pref 10 u32 match u32 0 0 flowid 1:2 \
action bpf run object-file tcbpf1_kern.o section clone_redirect_xmit drop
so it receives the packet on $dev and immediately xmits it on $dev + 1
The section 'clone_redirect_xmit' in tcbpf1_kern.o file has the program
that does bpf_clone_redirect() and performance is 2.0 Mpps
$ tc filter add dev $dev root pref 10 u32 match u32 0 0 flowid 1:2 \
action bpf run object-file tcbpf1_kern.o section redirect_xmit drop
which is using bpf_redirect() - 2.4 Mpps
and using cls_bpf with integrated actions as:
$ tc filter add dev $dev root pref 10 \
bpf run object-file tcbpf1_kern.o section redirect_xmit integ_act classid 1
performance is 2.5 Mpps
To summarize:
u32+act_bpf using clone_redirect - 2.0 Mpps
u32+act_bpf using redirect - 2.4 Mpps
cls_bpf using redirect - 2.5 Mpps
For comparison linux bridge in this setup is doing 2.1 Mpps
and ixgbe rx + drop in ip_rcv - 7.8 Mpps
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Often cls_bpf classifier is used with single action drop attached.
Optimize this use case and let cls_bpf return both classid and action.
For backwards compatibility reasons enable this feature under
TCA_BPF_FLAG_ACT_DIRECT flag.
Then more interesting programs like the following are easier to write:
int cls_bpf_prog(struct __sk_buff *skb)
{
/* classify arp, ip, ipv6 into different traffic classes
* and drop all other packets
*/
switch (skb->protocol) {
case htons(ETH_P_ARP):
skb->tc_classid = 1;
break;
case htons(ETH_P_IP):
skb->tc_classid = 2;
break;
case htons(ETH_P_IPV6):
skb->tc_classid = 3;
break;
default:
return TC_ACT_SHOT;
}
return TC_ACT_OK;
}
Joint work with Daniel Borkmann.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The flags argument will allow control of the dissection process (for
instance whether to parse beyond L3).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just some minor noise follow-up to address some stylistic issues of
commit 3b3ae88026 ("net: sched: consolidate tc_classify{,_compat}").
Accidentally v1 instead of v2 of that commit got applied, so this
patch adds the relative diff.
Suggested-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that noqueue qdisc can be attached just like any other qdisc, no
special treatment is necessary anymore when attaching it as default
qdisc.
This change has the added benefit that 'tc qdisc show' prints noqueue
instead of nothing for devices defaulting to noqueue.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This way users can attach noqueue just like any other qdisc using tc
without having to mess with tx_queue_len first.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since alloc_netdev_mqs() sets IFF_NO_QUEUE for drivers not initializing
tx_queue_len, it is safe to assume that if tx_queue_len is zero,
dev->priv flags always contains IFF_NO_QUEUE.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For classifiers getting invoked via tc_classify(), we always need an
extra function call into tc_classify_compat(), as both are being
exported as symbols and tc_classify() itself doesn't do much except
handling of reclassifications when tp->classify() returned with
TC_ACT_RECLASSIFY.
CBQ and ATM are the only qdiscs that directly call into tc_classify_compat(),
all others use tc_classify(). When tc actions are being configured
out in the kernel, tc_classify() effectively does nothing besides
delegating.
We could spare this layer and consolidate both functions. pktgen on
single CPU constantly pushing skbs directly into the netif_receive_skb()
path with a dummy classifier on ingress qdisc attached, improves
slightly from 22.3Mpps to 23.1Mpps.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to act_gact/act_mirred, act_bpf can be lockless in packet processing
with extra care taken to free bpf programs after rcu grace period.
Replacement of existing act_bpf (very rare) is done with synchronize_rcu()
and final destruction is done from tc_action_ops->cleanup() callback that is
called from tcf_exts_destroy()->tcf_action_destroy()->__tcf_hash_release() when
bind and refcnt reach zero which is only possible when classifier is destroyed.
Previous two patches fixed the last two classifiers (tcindex and rsvp) to
call tcf_exts_destroy() from rcu callback.
Similar to gact/mirred there is a race between prog->filter and
prog->tcf_action. Meaning that the program being replaced may use
previous default action if it happened to return TC_ACT_UNSPEC.
act_mirred race betwen tcf_action and tcfm_dev is similar.
In all cases the race is harmless.
Long term we may want to improve the situation by replacing the whole
tc_action->priv as single pointer instead of updating inner fields one by one.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adjust destroy path of cls_rsvp to call tcf_exts_destroy() after
rcu grace period.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adjust destroy path of cls_tcindex to call tcf_exts_destroy() after
rcu grace period.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix harmless typo and avoid unnecessary copy of empty 'prog' into
unused 'strcut tcf_bpf_cfg old'.
Fixes: f4eaed28c7 ("act_bpf: fix memory leaks when replacing bpf programs")
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_hash_destroy() used once. Make it static.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 1e052be69d ("net_sched: destroy proto tp when all filters are gone")
I added a check in u32_destroy() to see if all real filters are gone
for each tp, however, that is only done for root_ht, same is needed
for others.
This can be reproduced by the following tc commands:
tc filter add dev eth0 parent 1:0 prio 5 handle 15: protocol ip u32 divisor 256
tc filter add dev eth0 protocol ip parent 1: prio 5 handle 15:2:2 u32
ht 15:2: match ip src 10.0.0.2 flowid 1:10
tc filter add dev eth0 protocol ip parent 1: prio 5 handle 15:2:3 u32
ht 15:2: match ip src 10.0.0.3 flowid 1:10
Fixes: 1e052be69d ("net_sched: destroy proto tp when all filters are gone")
Reported-by: Akshat Kakkar <akshat.1984@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Those were all workarounds for the formerly double meaning of
tx_queue_len, which broke scheduling algorithms if untreated.
Now that all in-tree drivers have been converted away from setting
tx_queue_len = 0, it should be safe to drop these workarounds for
categorically broken setups.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inet_proto_csum_replace4,2,16 take a pseudohdr argument which indicates
the checksum field carries a pseudo header. This argument should be a
boolean instead of an int.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work adds a direction parameter to netfilter zones, so identity
separation can be performed only in original/reply or both directions
(default). This basically opens up the possibility of doing NAT with
conflicting IP address/port tuples from multiple, isolated tenants
on a host (e.g. from a netns) without requiring each tenant to NAT
twice resp. to use its own dedicated IP address to SNAT to, meaning
overlapping tuples can be made unique with the zone identifier in
original direction, where the NAT engine will then allocate a unique
tuple in the commonly shared default zone for the reply direction.
In some restricted, local DNAT cases, also port redirection could be
used for making the reply traffic unique w/o requiring SNAT.
The consensus we've reached and discussed at NFWS and since the initial
implementation [1] was to directly integrate the direction meta data
into the existing zones infrastructure, as opposed to the ct->mark
approach we proposed initially.
As we pass the nf_conntrack_zone object directly around, we don't have
to touch all call-sites, but only those, that contain equality checks
of zones. Thus, based on the current direction (original or reply),
we either return the actual id, or the default NF_CT_DEFAULT_ZONE_ID.
CT expectations are direction-agnostic entities when expectations are
being compared among themselves, so we can only use the identifier
in this case.
Note that zone identifiers can not be included into the hash mix
anymore as they don't contain a "stable" value that would be equal
for both directions at all times, f.e. if only zone->id would
unconditionally be xor'ed into the table slot hash, then replies won't
find the corresponding conntracking entry anymore.
If no particular direction is specified when configuring zones, the
behaviour is exactly as we expect currently (both directions).
Support has been added for the CT netlink interface as well as the
x_tables raw CT target, which both already offer existing interfaces
to user space for the configuration of zones.
Below a minimal, simplified collision example (script in [2]) with
netperf sessions:
+--- tenant-1 ---+ mark := 1
| netperf |--+
+----------------+ | CT zone := mark [ORIGINAL]
[ip,sport] := X +--------------+ +--- gateway ---+
| mark routing |--| SNAT |-- ... +
+--------------+ +---------------+ |
+--- tenant-2 ---+ | ~~~|~~~
| netperf |--+ +-----------+ |
+----------------+ mark := 2 | netserver |------ ... +
[ip,sport] := X +-----------+
[ip,port] := Y
On the gateway netns, example:
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -j CT --zone mark --zone-dir ORIGINAL
iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -o <dev> -j SNAT --to-source <ip> --random-fully
iptables -t mangle -A PREROUTING -m conntrack --ctdir ORIGINAL -j CONNMARK --save-mark
iptables -t mangle -A POSTROUTING -m conntrack --ctdir REPLY -j CONNMARK --restore-mark
conntrack dump from gateway netns:
netperf -H 10.1.1.2 -t TCP_STREAM -l60 -p12865,5555 from each tenant netns
tcp 6 431995 ESTABLISHED src=40.1.1.1 dst=10.1.1.2 sport=5555 dport=12865 zone-orig=1
src=10.1.1.2 dst=10.1.1.1 sport=12865 dport=1024
[ASSURED] mark=1 secctx=system_u:object_r:unlabeled_t:s0 use=1
tcp 6 431994 ESTABLISHED src=40.1.1.1 dst=10.1.1.2 sport=5555 dport=12865 zone-orig=2
src=10.1.1.2 dst=10.1.1.1 sport=12865 dport=5555
[ASSURED] mark=2 secctx=system_u:object_r:unlabeled_t:s0 use=1
tcp 6 299 ESTABLISHED src=40.1.1.1 dst=10.1.1.2 sport=39438 dport=33768 zone-orig=1
src=10.1.1.2 dst=10.1.1.1 sport=33768 dport=39438
[ASSURED] mark=1 secctx=system_u:object_r:unlabeled_t:s0 use=1
tcp 6 300 ESTABLISHED src=40.1.1.1 dst=10.1.1.2 sport=32889 dport=40206 zone-orig=2
src=10.1.1.2 dst=10.1.1.1 sport=40206 dport=32889
[ASSURED] mark=2 secctx=system_u:object_r:unlabeled_t:s0 use=2
Taking this further, test script in [2] creates 200 tenants and runs
original-tuple colliding netperf sessions each. A conntrack -L dump in
the gateway netns also confirms 200 overlapping entries, all in ESTABLISHED
state as expected.
I also did run various other tests with some permutations of the script,
to mention some: SNAT in random/random-fully/persistent mode, no zones (no
overlaps), static zones (original, reply, both directions), etc.
[1] http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.comp.security.firewalls.netfilter.devel/57412/
[2] https://paste.fedoraproject.org/242835/65657871/
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Handle IFF_NO_QUEUE as alternative to tx_queue_len being zero.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/Kconfig
The cavium conflict was overlapping dependency
changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch replaces the zone id which is pushed down into functions
with the actual zone object. It's a bigger one-time change, but
needed for later on extending zones with a direction parameter, and
thus decoupling this additional information from all call-sites.
No functional changes in this patch.
The default zone becomes a global const object, namely nf_ct_zone_dflt
and will be returned directly in various cases, one being, when there's
f.e. no zoning support.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Since the introduction of the BPF action in d23b8ad8ab ("tc: add BPF
based action"), late binding was not working as expected. I.e. setting
the action part for a classifier only via 'bpf index <num>', where <num>
is the index of an existing action, is being rejected by the kernel due
to other missing parameters.
It doesn't make sense to require these parameters such as BPF opcodes
etc, as they are not going to be used anyway: in this case, they're just
allocated/parsed and then freed again w/o doing anything meaningful.
Instead, parse and verify the remaining parameters *after* the test on
tcf_hash_check(), when we really know that we're dealing with creation
of a new action or replacement of an existing one and where late binding
is thus irrelevant.
After patch, test case is now working:
FOO="1,6 0 0 4294967295,"
tc actions add action bpf bytecode "$FOO"
tc filter add dev foo parent 1: bpf bytecode "$FOO" flowid 1:1 action bpf index 1
tc actions show action bpf
action order 0: bpf bytecode '1,6 0 0 4294967295' default-action pipe
index 1 ref 2 bind 1
tc filter show dev foo
filter protocol all pref 49152 bpf
filter protocol all pref 49152 bpf handle 0x1 flowid 1:1 bytecode '1,6 0 0 4294967295'
action order 1: bpf bytecode '1,6 0 0 4294967295' default-action pipe
index 1 ref 2 bind 1
Late binding of a BPF action can be useful for preloading maps (e.g. before
they hit traffic) in case of eBPF programs, or to share a single eBPF action
with multiple classifiers.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we share an action within a filter, the bind refcnt
should increase, therefore we should not call tcf_hash_release().
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alex reported the following crash when using fq_codel
with htb:
crash> bt
PID: 630839 TASK: ffff8823c990d280 CPU: 14 COMMAND: "tc"
[... snip ...]
#8 [ffff8820ceec17a0] page_fault at ffffffff8160a8c2
[exception RIP: htb_qlen_notify+24]
RIP: ffffffffa0841718 RSP: ffff8820ceec1858 RFLAGS: 00010282
RAX: 0000000000000000 RBX: 0000000000000000 RCX: ffff88241747b400
RDX: ffff88241747b408 RSI: 0000000000000000 RDI: ffff8811fb27d000
RBP: ffff8820ceec1868 R8: ffff88120cdeff24 R9: ffff88120cdeff30
R10: 0000000000000bd4 R11: ffffffffa0840919 R12: ffffffffa0843340
R13: 0000000000000000 R14: 0000000000000001 R15: ffff8808dae5c2e8
ORIG_RAX: ffffffffffffffff CS: 0010 SS: 0018
#9 [...] qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen at ffffffff81565375
#10 [...] fq_codel_dequeue at ffffffffa084e0a0 [sch_fq_codel]
#11 [...] fq_codel_reset at ffffffffa084e2f8 [sch_fq_codel]
#12 [...] qdisc_destroy at ffffffff81560d2d
#13 [...] htb_destroy_class at ffffffffa08408f8 [sch_htb]
#14 [...] htb_put at ffffffffa084095c [sch_htb]
#15 [...] tc_ctl_tclass at ffffffff815645a3
#16 [...] rtnetlink_rcv_msg at ffffffff81552cb0
[... snip ...]
As Jamal pointed out, there is actually no need to call dequeue
to purge the queued skb's in reset, data structures can be just
reset explicitly. Therefore, we reset everything except config's
and stats, so that we would have a fresh start after device flipping.
Fixes: 4b549a2ef4 ("fq_codel: Fair Queue Codel AQM")
Reported-by: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Cc: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
[xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com: added codel_vars_init() and qdisc_qstats_backlog_dec()]
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
arch/s390/net/bpf_jit_comp.c
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/netcp_ethss.c
net/bridge/br_multicast.c
net/ipv4/ip_fragment.c
All four conflicts were cases of simple overlapping
changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we share an action within a filter, the bind refcnt
should increase, therefore we should not call tcf_hash_release().
Fixes: 1a29321ed0 ("net_sched: act: Dont increment refcnt on replace")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 55334a5db5 ("net_sched: act: refuse to remove bound action
outside"), we end up with a wrong reference count for a tc action.
Test case 1:
FOO="1,6 0 0 4294967295,"
BAR="1,6 0 0 4294967294,"
tc filter add dev foo parent 1: bpf bytecode "$FOO" flowid 1:1 \
action bpf bytecode "$FOO"
tc actions show action bpf
action order 0: bpf bytecode '1,6 0 0 4294967295' default-action pipe
index 1 ref 1 bind 1
tc actions replace action bpf bytecode "$BAR" index 1
tc actions show action bpf
action order 0: bpf bytecode '1,6 0 0 4294967294' default-action pipe
index 1 ref 2 bind 1
tc actions replace action bpf bytecode "$FOO" index 1
tc actions show action bpf
action order 0: bpf bytecode '1,6 0 0 4294967295' default-action pipe
index 1 ref 3 bind 1
Test case 2:
FOO="1,6 0 0 4294967295,"
tc filter add dev foo parent 1: bpf bytecode "$FOO" flowid 1:1 action ok
tc actions show action gact
action order 0: gact action pass
random type none pass val 0
index 1 ref 1 bind 1
tc actions add action drop index 1
RTNETLINK answers: File exists [...]
tc actions show action gact
action order 0: gact action pass
random type none pass val 0
index 1 ref 2 bind 1
tc actions add action drop index 1
RTNETLINK answers: File exists [...]
tc actions show action gact
action order 0: gact action pass
random type none pass val 0
index 1 ref 3 bind 1
What happens is that in tcf_hash_check(), we check tcf_common for a given
index and increase tcfc_refcnt and conditionally tcfc_bindcnt when we've
found an existing action. Now there are the following cases:
1) We do a late binding of an action. In that case, we leave the
tcfc_refcnt/tcfc_bindcnt increased and are done with the ->init()
handler. This is correctly handeled.
2) We replace the given action, or we try to add one without replacing
and find out that the action at a specific index already exists
(thus, we go out with error in that case).
In case of 2), we have to undo the reference count increase from
tcf_hash_check() in the tcf_hash_check() function. Currently, we fail to
do so because of the 'tcfc_bindcnt > 0' check which bails out early with
an -EPERM error.
Now, while commit 55334a5db5 prevents 'tc actions del action ...' on an
already classifier-bound action to drop the reference count (which could
then become negative, wrap around etc), this restriction only accounts for
invocations outside a specific action's ->init() handler.
One possible solution would be to add a flag thus we possibly trigger
the -EPERM ony in situations where it is indeed relevant.
After the patch, above test cases have correct reference count again.
Fixes: 55334a5db5 ("net_sched: act: refuse to remove bound action outside")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Otherwise the skbuff related structures are not correctly
refcount'ed.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/bridge/br_mdb.c
br_mdb.c conflict was a function call being removed to fix a bug in
'net' but whose signature was changed in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following test case causes a NULL pointer dereference in cls_flow:
tc filter add dev foo parent 1: handle 0x1 flow hash keys dst action ok
tc filter replace dev foo parent 1: pref 49152 handle 0x1 \
flow hash keys mark action drop
To be more precise, actually two different panics are fixed, the first
occurs because tcf_exts_init() is not called on the newly allocated
filter when we do a replace. And the second panic uncovered after that
happens since the arguments of list_replace_rcu() are swapped, the old
element needs to be the first argument and the new element the second.
Fixes: 70da9f0bf9 ("net: sched: cls_flow use RCU")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following test case causes a NULL pointer dereference in cls_flower:
tc filter add dev foo parent 1: flower eth_type ipv4 action ok flowid 1:1
tc filter replace dev foo parent 1: pref 49152 handle 0x1 \
flower eth_type ipv6 action ok flowid 1:1
The problem is that commit 77b9900ef5 ("tc: introduce Flower classifier")
accidentally swapped the arguments of list_replace_rcu(), the old
element needs to be the first argument and the new element the second.
Fixes: 77b9900ef5 ("tc: introduce Flower classifier")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following test case causes a NULL pointer dereference in cls_bpf:
FOO="1,6 0 0 4294967295,"
tc filter add dev foo parent 1: bpf bytecode "$FOO" flowid 1:1 action ok
tc filter replace dev foo parent 1: pref 49152 handle 0x1 \
bpf bytecode "$FOO" flowid 1:1 action drop
The problem is that commit 1f947bf151 ("net: sched: rcu'ify cls_bpf")
accidentally swapped the arguments of list_replace_rcu(), the old
element needs to be the first argument and the new element the second.
Fixes: 1f947bf151 ("net: sched: rcu'ify cls_bpf")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Split out retrieving the cgroups net_cls classid retrieval into its
own function, so that it can be reused later on from other parts of
the traffic control subsystem. If there's no skb->sk, then the small
helper returns 0 as well, which in cls_cgroup terms means 'could not
classify'.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
prog->bpf_ops is populated when act_bpf is used with classic BPF and
prog->bpf_name is optionally used with extended BPF.
Fix memory leak when act_bpf is released.
Fixes: d23b8ad8ab ("tc: add BPF based action")
Fixes: a8cb5f556b ("act_bpf: add initial eBPF support for actions")
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ->drop() is supposed to return the number of bytes it dropped,
however fq_codel_drop() returns the index of the flow where it drops
a packet from.
Fix this by introducing a helper to wrap fq_codel_drop().
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 25331d6ce4 ("net: sched: implement qstat helper routines")
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The member (u32) "num_active_agg" of struct qfq_sched has been unused
since its introduction in 462dbc9101
"pkt_sched: QFQ Plus: fair-queueing service at DRR cost" and (AFAICT)
there is no active plan to use it; this removes the member.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Parri <parri.andrea@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Paolo Valente <paolo.valente@unimore.it>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 25331d6ce4 ("net: sched: implement qstat helper routines")
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like act_gact, act_mirred can be lockless in packet processing
1) Use percpu stats
2) update lastuse only every clock tick to avoid false sharing
3) use rcu to protect tcfm_dev
4) Remove spinlock usage, as it is no longer needed.
Next step : add multi queue capability to ifb device
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Final step for gact RCU operation :
1) Use percpu stats
2) update lastuse only every clock tick to avoid false sharing
3) Remove spinlock acquisition, as it is no longer needed.
Since this is the last contended lock in packet RX when tc gact is used,
this gives impressive gain.
My host with 8 RX queues was handling 5 Mpps before the patch,
and more than 11 Mpps after patch.
Tested:
On receiver :
dev=eth0
tc qdisc del dev $dev ingress 2>/dev/null
tc qdisc add dev $dev ingress
tc filter del dev $dev root pref 10 2>/dev/null
tc filter del dev $dev pref 10 2>/dev/null
tc filter add dev $dev est 1sec 4sec parent ffff: protocol ip prio 1 \
u32 match ip src 7.0.0.0/8 flowid 1:15 action drop
Sender sends packets flood from 7/8 network
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Third step for gact RCU operation :
Following patch will get rid of spinlock protection,
so we need to read tcfg_ptype once.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Second step for gact RCU operation :
We want to get rid of the spinlock protecting gact operations.
Stats (packets/bytes) will soon be per cpu.
gact_determ() would not work without a central packet counter,
so lets add it for this mode.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
First step for gact RCU operation :
Instead of testing if tcfg_pval is zero or not, just make it 1.
No change in behavior, but slightly faster code.
The smp_rmb()/smp_wmb() barriers, while not strictly needed at this
stage are added for upcoming spinlock removal.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reuse existing percpu infrastructure John Fastabend added for qdisc.
This patch adds a new cpustats parameter to tcf_hash_create() and all
actions pass false, meaning this patch should have no effect yet.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix typo in the validation rules for flower's attributes
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Add TX fast path in mac80211, from Johannes Berg.
2) Add TSO/GRO support to ibmveth, from Thomas Falcon
3) Move away from cached routes in ipv6, just like ipv4, from Martin
KaFai Lau.
4) Lots of new rhashtable tests, from Thomas Graf.
5) Run ingress qdisc lockless, from Alexei Starovoitov.
6) Allow servers to fetch TCP packet headers for SYN packets of new
connections, for fingerprinting. From Eric Dumazet.
7) Add mode parameter to pktgen, for testing receive. From Alexei
Starovoitov.
8) Cache access optimizations via simplifications of build_skb(), from
Alexander Duyck.
9) Move page frag allocator under mm/, also from Alexander.
10) Add xmit_more support to hv_netvsc, from KY Srinivasan.
11) Add a counter guard in case we try to perform endless reclassify
loops in the packet scheduler.
12) Extern flow dissector to be programmable and use it in new "Flower"
classifier. From Jiri Pirko.
13) AF_PACKET fanout rollover fixes, performance improvements, and new
statistics. From Willem de Bruijn.
14) Add netdev driver for GENEVE tunnels, from John W Linville.
15) Add ingress netfilter hooks and filtering, from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
16) Fix handling of epoll edge triggers in TCP, from Eric Dumazet.
17) Add an ECN retry fallback for the initial TCP handshake, from Daniel
Borkmann.
18) Add tail call support to BPF, from Alexei Starovoitov.
19) Add several pktgen helper scripts, from Jesper Dangaard Brouer.
20) Add zerocopy support to AF_UNIX, from Hannes Frederic Sowa.
21) Favor even port numbers for allocation to connect() requests, and
odd port numbers for bind(0), in an effort to help avoid
ip_local_port_range exhaustion. From Eric Dumazet.
22) Add Cavium ThunderX driver, from Sunil Goutham.
23) Allow bpf programs to access skb_iif and dev->ifindex SKB metadata,
from Alexei Starovoitov.
24) Add support for T6 chips in cxgb4vf driver, from Hariprasad Shenai.
25) Double TCP Small Queues default to 256K to accomodate situations
like the XEN driver and wireless aggregation. From Wei Liu.
26) Add more entropy inputs to flow dissector, from Tom Herbert.
27) Add CDG congestion control algorithm to TCP, from Kenneth Klette
Jonassen.
28) Convert ipset over to RCU locking, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
29) Track and act upon link status of ipv4 route nexthops, from Andy
Gospodarek.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1670 commits)
bridge: vlan: flush the dynamically learned entries on port vlan delete
bridge: multicast: add a comment to br_port_state_selection about blocking state
net: inet_diag: export IPV6_V6ONLY sockopt
stmmac: troubleshoot unexpected bits in des0 & des1
net: ipv4 sysctl option to ignore routes when nexthop link is down
net: track link-status of ipv4 nexthops
net: switchdev: ignore unsupported bridge flags
net: Cavium: Fix MAC address setting in shutdown state
drivers: net: xgene: fix for ACPI support without ACPI
ip: report the original address of ICMP messages
net/mlx5e: Prefetch skb data on RX
net/mlx5e: Pop cq outside mlx5e_get_cqe
net/mlx5e: Remove mlx5e_cq.sqrq back-pointer
net/mlx5e: Remove extra spaces
net/mlx5e: Avoid TX CQE generation if more xmit packets expected
net/mlx5e: Avoid redundant dev_kfree_skb() upon NOP completion
net/mlx5e: Remove re-assignment of wq type in mlx5e_enable_rq()
net/mlx5e: Use skb_shinfo(skb)->gso_segs rather than counting them
net/mlx5e: Static mapping of netdev priv resources to/from netdev TX queues
net/mlx4_en: Use HW counters for rx/tx bytes/packets in PF device
...
Pull timer updates from Thomas Gleixner:
"A rather largish update for everything time and timer related:
- Cache footprint optimizations for both hrtimers and timer wheel
- Lower the NOHZ impact on systems which have NOHZ or timer migration
disabled at runtime.
- Optimize run time overhead of hrtimer interrupt by making the clock
offset updates smarter
- hrtimer cleanups and removal of restrictions to tackle some
problems in sched/perf
- Some more leap second tweaks
- Another round of changes addressing the 2038 problem
- First step to change the internals of clock event devices by
introducing the necessary infrastructure
- Allow constant folding for usecs/msecs_to_jiffies()
- The usual pile of clockevent/clocksource driver updates
The hrtimer changes contain updates to sched, perf and x86 as they
depend on them plus changes all over the tree to cleanup API changes
and redundant code, which got copied all over the place. The y2038
changes touch s390 to remove the last non 2038 safe code related to
boot/persistant clock"
* 'timers-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (114 commits)
clocksource: Increase dependencies of timer-stm32 to limit build wreckage
timer: Minimize nohz off overhead
timer: Reduce timer migration overhead if disabled
timer: Stats: Simplify the flags handling
timer: Replace timer base by a cpu index
timer: Use hlist for the timer wheel hash buckets
timer: Remove FIFO "guarantee"
timers: Sanitize catchup_timer_jiffies() usage
hrtimer: Allow hrtimer::function() to free the timer
seqcount: Introduce raw_write_seqcount_barrier()
seqcount: Rename write_seqcount_barrier()
hrtimer: Fix hrtimer_is_queued() hole
hrtimer: Remove HRTIMER_STATE_MIGRATE
selftest: Timers: Avoid signal deadlock in leap-a-day
timekeeping: Copy the shadow-timekeeper over the real timekeeper last
clockevents: Check state instead of mode in suspend/resume path
selftests: timers: Add leap-second timer edge testing to leap-a-day.c
ntp: Do leapsecond adjustment in adjtimex read path
time: Prevent early expiry of hrtimers[CLOCK_REALTIME] at the leap second edge
ntp: Introduce and use SECS_PER_DAY macro instead of 86400
...
The control !hlist_unhashed() in qfq_destroy_agg() is unnecessary
because already performed in hlist_del_init(), so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Parri <parri.andrea@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
em->net is always set and always available, use it in preference
to dev_net(skb->dev).
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
eBPF programs attached to ingress and egress qdiscs see inconsistent skb->data.
For ingress L2 header is already pulled, whereas for egress it's present.
This is known to program writers which are currently forced to use
BPF_LL_OFF workaround.
Since programs don't change skb internal pointers it is safe to do
pull/push right around invocation of the program and earlier taps and
later pt->func() will not be affected.
Multiple taps via packet_rcv(), tpacket_rcv() are doing the same trick
around run_filter/BPF_PROG_RUN even if skb_shared.
This fix finally allows programs to use optimized LD_ABS/IND instructions
without BPF_LL_OFF for higher performance.
tc ingress + cls_bpf + samples/bpf/tcbpf1_kern.o
w/o JIT w/JIT
before 20.5 23.6 Mpps
after 21.8 26.6 Mpps
Old programs with BPF_LL_OFF will still work as-is.
We can now undo most of the earlier workaround commit:
a166151cbe ("bpf: fix bpf helpers to use skb->mac_header relative offsets")
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds full IPv6 addresses into flow_keys and uses them as
input to the flow hash function. The implementation supports either
IPv4 or IPv6 addresses in a union, and selector is used to determine
how may words to input to jhash2.
We also add flow_get_u32_dst and flow_get_u32_src functions which are
used to get a u32 representation of the source and destination
addresses. For IPv6, ipv6_addr_hash is called. These functions retain
getting the legacy values of src and dst in flow_keys.
With this patch, Ethertype and IP protocol are now included in the
flow hash input.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes flow hashing to use jhash2 over the flow_keys
structure instead just doing jhash_3words over src, dst, and ports.
This method will allow us take more input into the hashing function
so that we can include full IPv6 addresses, VLAN, flow labels etc.
without needing to resort to xor'ing which makes for a poor hash.
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/phy/amd-xgbe-phy.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/Kconfig
include/net/mac80211.h
iwlwifi/Kconfig and mac80211.h were both trivial overlapping
changes.
The drivers/net/phy/amd-xgbe-phy.c file got removed in 'net-next' and
the bug fix that happened on the 'net' side is already integrated
into the rest of the amd-xgbe driver.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For mq qdisc, we add per tx queue qdisc to root qdisc
for display purpose, however, that happens too early,
before the new dev->qdisc is finally set, this causes
q->list points to an old root qdisc which is going to be
freed right before assigning with a new one.
Fix this by moving ->attach() after setting dev->qdisc.
For the record, this fixes the following crash:
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 975 at lib/list_debug.c:59 __list_del_entry+0x5a/0x98()
list_del corruption. prev->next should be ffff8800d1998ae8, but was 6b6b6b6b6b6b6b6b
CPU: 1 PID: 975 Comm: tc Not tainted 4.1.0-rc4+ #1019
Hardware name: Bochs Bochs, BIOS Bochs 01/01/2011
0000000000000009 ffff8800d73fb928 ffffffff81a44e7f 0000000047574756
ffff8800d73fb978 ffff8800d73fb968 ffffffff810790da ffff8800cfc4cd20
ffffffff814e725b ffff8800d1998ae8 ffffffff82381250 0000000000000000
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff81a44e7f>] dump_stack+0x4c/0x65
[<ffffffff810790da>] warn_slowpath_common+0x9c/0xb6
[<ffffffff814e725b>] ? __list_del_entry+0x5a/0x98
[<ffffffff81079162>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x46/0x48
[<ffffffff81820eb0>] ? dev_graft_qdisc+0x5e/0x6a
[<ffffffff814e725b>] __list_del_entry+0x5a/0x98
[<ffffffff814e72a7>] list_del+0xe/0x2d
[<ffffffff81822f05>] qdisc_list_del+0x1e/0x20
[<ffffffff81820cd1>] qdisc_destroy+0x30/0xd6
[<ffffffff81822676>] qdisc_graft+0x11d/0x243
[<ffffffff818233c1>] tc_get_qdisc+0x1a6/0x1d4
[<ffffffff810b5eaf>] ? mark_lock+0x2e/0x226
[<ffffffff817ff8f5>] rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x181/0x194
[<ffffffff817ff72e>] ? rtnl_lock+0x17/0x19
[<ffffffff817ff72e>] ? rtnl_lock+0x17/0x19
[<ffffffff817ff774>] ? __rtnl_unlock+0x17/0x17
[<ffffffff81855dc6>] netlink_rcv_skb+0x4d/0x93
[<ffffffff817ff756>] rtnetlink_rcv+0x26/0x2d
[<ffffffff818544b2>] netlink_unicast+0xcb/0x150
[<ffffffff81161db9>] ? might_fault+0x59/0xa9
[<ffffffff81854f78>] netlink_sendmsg+0x4fa/0x51c
[<ffffffff817d6e09>] sock_sendmsg_nosec+0x12/0x1d
[<ffffffff817d8967>] sock_sendmsg+0x29/0x2e
[<ffffffff817d8cf3>] ___sys_sendmsg+0x1b4/0x23a
[<ffffffff8100a1b8>] ? native_sched_clock+0x35/0x37
[<ffffffff810a1d83>] ? sched_clock_local+0x12/0x72
[<ffffffff810a1fd4>] ? sched_clock_cpu+0x9e/0xb7
[<ffffffff810def2a>] ? current_kernel_time+0xe/0x32
[<ffffffff810b4bc5>] ? lock_release_holdtime.part.29+0x71/0x7f
[<ffffffff810ddebf>] ? read_seqcount_begin.constprop.27+0x5f/0x76
[<ffffffff810b6292>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_caller+0x17d/0x199
[<ffffffff811b14d5>] ? __fget_light+0x50/0x78
[<ffffffff817d9808>] __sys_sendmsg+0x42/0x60
[<ffffffff817d9838>] SyS_sendmsg+0x12/0x1c
[<ffffffff81a50e97>] system_call_fastpath+0x12/0x6f
---[ end trace ef29d3fb28e97ae7 ]---
For long term, we probably need to clean up the qdisc_graft() code
in case it hides other bugs like this.
Fixes: 95dc19299f ("pkt_sched: give visibility to mq slave qdiscs")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c
drivers/net/phy/phy.c
include/linux/skbuff.h
net/ipv4/tcp.c
net/switchdev/switchdev.c
Switchdev was a case of RTNH_H_{EXTERNAL --> OFFLOAD}
renaming overlapping with net-next changes of various
sorts.
phy.c was a case of two changes, one adding a local
variable to a function whilst the second was removing
one.
tcp.c overlapped a deadlock fix with the addition of new tcp_info
statistic values.
macb.c involved the addition of two zyncq device entries.
skbuff.h involved adding back ipv4_daddr to nf_bridge_info
whilst net-next changes put two other existing members of
that struct into a union.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Vijay reported that a loop as simple as ...
while true; do
tc qdisc add dev foo root handle 1: prio
tc filter add dev foo parent 1: u32 match u32 0 0 flowid 1
tc qdisc del dev foo root
rmmod cls_u32
done
... will panic the kernel. Moreover, he bisected the change
apparently introducing it to 78fd1d0ab0 ("netlink: Re-add
locking to netlink_lookup() and seq walker").
The removal of synchronize_net() from the netlink socket
triggering the qdisc to be removed, seems to have uncovered
an RCU resp. module reference count race from the tc API.
Given that RCU conversion was done after e341694e3e ("netlink:
Convert netlink_lookup() to use RCU protected hash table")
which added the synchronize_net() originally, occasion of
hitting the bug was less likely (not impossible though):
When qdiscs that i) support attaching classifiers and,
ii) have at least one of them attached, get deleted, they
invoke tcf_destroy_chain(), and thus call into ->destroy()
handler from a classifier module.
After RCU conversion, all classifier that have an internal
prio list, unlink them and initiate freeing via call_rcu()
deferral.
Meanhile, tcf_destroy() releases already reference to the
tp->ops->owner module before the queued RCU callback handler
has been invoked.
Subsequent rmmod on the classifier module is then not prevented
since all module references are already dropped.
By the time, the kernel invokes the RCU callback handler from
the module, that function address is then invalid.
One way to fix it would be to add an rcu_barrier() to
unregister_tcf_proto_ops() to wait for all pending call_rcu()s
to complete.
synchronize_rcu() is not appropriate as under heavy RCU
callback load, registered call_rcu()s could be deferred
longer than a grace period. In case we don't have any pending
call_rcu()s, the barrier is allowed to return immediately.
Since we came here via unregister_tcf_proto_ops(), there
are no users of a given classifier anymore. Further nested
call_rcu()s pointing into the module space are not being
done anywhere.
Only cls_bpf_delete_prog() may schedule a work item, to
unlock pages eventually, but that is not in the range/context
of cls_bpf anymore.
Fixes: 25d8c0d55f ("net: rcu-ify tcf_proto")
Fixes: 9888faefe1 ("net: sched: cls_basic use RCU")
Reported-by: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Tested-by: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix compile error in net/sched/cls_flower.c
net/sched/cls_flower.c: In function ‘fl_set_key’:
net/sched/cls_flower.c:240:3: error: implicit declaration of
function ‘tcf_change_indev’ [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
err = tcf_change_indev(net, tb[TCA_FLOWER_INDEV]);
Introduced in 77b9900ef5
Fixes: 77b9900ef5 ("tc: introduce Flower classifier")
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This new config switch enables the ingress filtering infrastructure that is
controlled through the ingress_needed static key. This prepares the
introduction of the Netfilter ingress hook that resides under this unique
static key.
Note that CONFIG_SCH_INGRESS automatically selects this, that should be no
problem since this also depends on CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces a flow-based filter. So far, the very essential
packet fields are supported.
This patch is only the first step. There is a lot of potential performance
improvements possible to implement. Also a lot of features are missing
now. They will be addressed in follow-up patches.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Seems all we want here is to avoid endless 'goto reclassify' loop.
tc_classify_compat even resets this counter when something other
than TC_ACT_RECLASSIFY is returned, so this skb-counter doesn't
break hypothetical loops induced by something other than perpetual
TC_ACT_RECLASSIFY return values.
skb_act_clone is now identical to skb_clone, so just use that.
Tested with following (bogus) filter:
tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: \
protocol ip u32 match u32 0 0 police rate 10Kbit burst \
64000 mtu 1500 action reclassify
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Four minor merge conflicts:
1) qca_spi.c renamed the local variable used for the SPI device
from spi_device to spi, meanwhile the spi_set_drvdata() call
got moved further up in the probe function.
2) Two changes were both adding new members to codel params
structure, and thus we had overlapping changes to the
initializer function.
3) 'net' was making a fix to sk_release_kernel() which is
completely removed in 'net-next'.
4) In net_namespace.c, the rtnl_net_fill() call for GET operations
had the command value fixed, meanwhile 'net-next' adjusted the
argument signature a bit.
This also matches example merge resolutions posted by Stephen
Rothwell over the past two days.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a GRED qdisc, if the default "virtual queue" (VQ) does not have drop
parameters configured, then packets for the default VQ are not subjected
to RED and are only dropped if the queue is larger than the net_device's
tx_queue_len. This behavior is useful for WRED mode, since these packets
will still influence the calculated average queue length and (therefore)
the drop probability for all of the other VQs. However, for some drivers
tx_queue_len is zero. In other cases the user may wish to make the limit
the same for all VQs (including the default VQ with no drop parameters).
This change adds a TCA_GRED_LIMIT attribute to set the GRED queue limit,
in bytes, during qdisc setup. (This limit is in bytes to be consistent
with the drop parameters.) The default limit is the same as for a bfifo
queue (tx_queue_len * psched_mtu). If the drop parameters of any VQ are
configured with a smaller limit than the GRED queue limit, that VQ will
still observe the smaller limit instead.
Signed-off-by: David Ward <david.ward@ll.mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only left enqueue_root() user is netem, and it looks not necessary :
qdisc_skb_cb(skb)->pkt_len is preserved after one skb_clone()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In WRED mode, the backlog for a single virtual queue (VQ) should not be
used to determine queue behavior; instead the backlog is summed across
all VQs. This sum is currently used when calculating the average queue
lengths. It also needs to be used when determining if the queue's hard
limit has been reached, or when reporting each VQ's backlog via netlink.
q->backlog will only be used if the queue switches out of WRED mode.
Signed-off-by: David Ward <david.ward@ll.mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ingress qdisc has no other purpose than calling into tc_classify()
that executes attached classifier(s) and action(s).
It has a 1:1 relationship to dev->ingress_queue. After having commit
087c1a601a ("net: sched: run ingress qdisc without locks") removed
the central ingress lock, one major contention point is gone.
The extra indirection layers however, are not necessary for calling
into ingress qdisc. pktgen calling locally into netif_receive_skb()
with a dummy u32, single CPU result on a Supermicro X10SLM-F, Xeon
E3-1240: before ~21,1 Mpps, after patch ~22,9 Mpps.
We can redirect the private classifier list to the netdev directly,
without changing any classifier API bits (!) and execute on that from
handle_ing() side. The __QDISC_STATE_DEACTIVATE test can be removed,
ingress qdisc doesn't have a queue and thus dev_deactivate_queue()
is also not applicable, ingress_cl_list provides similar behaviour.
In other words, ingress qdisc acts like TCQ_F_BUILTIN qdisc.
One next possible step is the removal of the dev's ingress (dummy)
netdev_queue, and to only have the list member in the netdevice
itself.
Note, the filter chain is RCU protected and individual filter elements
are being kfree'd by sched subsystem after RCU grace period. RCU read
lock is being held by __netif_receive_skb_core().
Joint work with Alexei Starovoitov.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For DCTCP or similar ECN based deployments on fabrics with shallow
buffers, hosts are responsible for a good part of the buffering.
This patch adds an optional ce_threshold to codel & fq_codel qdiscs,
so that DCTCP can have feedback from queuing in the host.
A DCTCP enabled egress port simply have a queue occupancy threshold
above which ECT packets get CE mark.
In codel language this translates to a sojourn time, so that one doesn't
have to worry about bytes or bandwidth but delays.
This makes the host an active participant in the health of the whole
network.
This also helps experimenting DCTCP in a setup without DCTCP compliant
fabric.
On following example, ce_threshold is set to 1ms, and we can see from
'ldelay xxx us' that TCP is not trying to go around the 5ms codel
target.
Queue has more capacity to absorb inelastic bursts (say from UDP
traffic), as queues are maintained to an optimal level.
lpaa23:~# ./tc -s -d qd sh dev eth1
qdisc mq 1: dev eth1 root
Sent 87910654696 bytes 58065331 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 42961)
backlog 3108242b 364p requeues 42961
qdisc codel 8063: dev eth1 parent 1:1 limit 1000p target 5.0ms ce_threshold 1.0ms interval 100.0ms
Sent 7363778701 bytes 4863809 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 5503)
rate 2348Mbit 193919pps backlog 255866b 46p requeues 5503
count 0 lastcount 0 ldelay 1.0ms drop_next 0us
maxpacket 68130 ecn_mark 0 drop_overlimit 0 ce_mark 72384
qdisc codel 8064: dev eth1 parent 1:2 limit 1000p target 5.0ms ce_threshold 1.0ms interval 100.0ms
Sent 7636486190 bytes 5043942 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 5186)
rate 2319Mbit 191538pps backlog 207418b 64p requeues 5186
count 0 lastcount 0 ldelay 694us drop_next 0us
maxpacket 68130 ecn_mark 0 drop_overlimit 0 ce_mark 69873
qdisc codel 8065: dev eth1 parent 1:3 limit 1000p target 5.0ms ce_threshold 1.0ms interval 100.0ms
Sent 11569360142 bytes 7641602 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 5554)
rate 3041Mbit 251096pps backlog 210446b 59p requeues 5554
count 0 lastcount 0 ldelay 889us drop_next 0us
maxpacket 68130 ecn_mark 0 drop_overlimit 0 ce_mark 37780
...
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Glenn Judd <glenn.judd@morganstanley.com>
Cc: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When tcf_destroy() returns true, tp could be already destroyed,
we should not use tp->next after that.
For long term, we probably should move tp list to list_head.
Fixes: 1e052be69d ("net_sched: destroy proto tp when all filters are gone")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call make_flow_keys_digest to get a digest from flow keys and
use that to pass skbuff cb and for comparing flows.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call skb_get_hash_perturb instead of doing skb_flow_dissect and then
jhash by hand.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call skb_get_hash_perturb instead of doing skb_flow_dissect and then
jhash by hand.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call skb_get_hash_perturb instead of doing skb_flow_dissect and then
jhash by hand.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call skb_get_hash_perturb instead of doing skb_flow_dissect and then
jhash by hand.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TC classifiers/actions were converted to RCU by John in the series:
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/329739/focus=329739
and many follow on patches.
This is the last patch from that series that finally drops
ingress spin_lock.
Single cpu ingress+u32 performance goes from 22.9 Mpps to 24.5 Mpps.
In two cpu case when both cores are receiving traffic on the same
device and go into the same ingress+u32 the performance jumps
from 4.5 + 4.5 Mpps to 23.5 + 23.5 Mpps
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Under presence of TSO/GSO/GRO packets, codel at low rates can be quite
useless. In following example, not a single packet was ever dropped,
while average delay in codel queue is ~100 ms !
qdisc codel 0: parent 1:12 limit 16000p target 5.0ms interval 100.0ms
Sent 134376498 bytes 88797 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 13626b 3p requeues 0
count 0 lastcount 0 ldelay 96.9ms drop_next 0us
maxpacket 9084 ecn_mark 0 drop_overlimit 0
This comes from a confusion of what should be the minimal backlog. It is
pretty clear it is not 64KB or whatever max GSO packet ever reached the
qdisc.
codel intent was to use MTU of the device.
After the fix, we finally drop some packets, and rtt/cwnd of my single
TCP flow are meeting our expectations.
qdisc codel 0: parent 1:12 limit 16000p target 5.0ms interval 100.0ms
Sent 102798497 bytes 67912 pkt (dropped 1365, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 6056b 3p requeues 0
count 1 lastcount 1 ldelay 36.3ms drop_next 0us
maxpacket 10598 ecn_mark 0 drop_overlimit 0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Kathleen Nichols <nichols@pollere.com>
Cc: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Cc: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not used.
pedit sets TC_MUNGED when packet content was altered, but all the core
does is unset MUNGED again and then set OK2MUNGE.
And the latter isn't tested anywhere. So lets remove both
TC_MUNGED and TC_OK2MUNGE.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This action is meant to be passive, i.e. we should not alter
skb->nfct: If nfct is present just leave it alone.
Compile tested only.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No point in converting a timespec now that the value is directly
accessible.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Preeti U Murthy <preeti@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Viresh Kumar <viresh.kumar@linaro.org>
Cc: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Cc: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20150414203500.720623028@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
When you redirect a VLAN device to any device, you end up with
crap in af_packet on the xmit path because hard_header_len is
not equal to skb->mac_len. So the redirected packet contains
four extra bytes at the start which then gets interpreted as
part of the MAC address.
This patch fixes this by only pushing skb->mac_len. We also
need to fix ifb because it tries to undo the pushing done by
act_mirred.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the short-term solution, lets fix bpf helper functions to use
skb->mac_header relative offsets instead of skb->data in order to
get the same eBPF programs with cls_bpf and act_bpf work on ingress
and egress qdisc path. We need to ensure that mac_header is set
before calling into programs. This is effectively the first option
from below referenced discussion.
More long term solution for LD_ABS|LD_IND instructions will be more
intrusive but also more beneficial than this, and implemented later
as it's too risky at this point in time.
I.e., we plan to look into the option of moving skb_pull() out of
eth_type_trans() and into netif_receive_skb() as has been suggested
as second option. Meanwhile, this solution ensures ingress can be
used with eBPF, too, and that we won't run into ABI troubles later.
For dealing with negative offsets inside eBPF helper functions,
we've implemented bpf_skb_clone_unwritable() to test for unwriteable
headers.
Reference: http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/359129/focus=359694
Fixes: 608cd71a9c ("tc: bpf: generalize pedit action")
Fixes: 91bc4822c3 ("tc: bpf: add checksum helpers")
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dwmac-socfpga.c conflict was a case of a bug fix overlapping
changes in net-next to handle an error pointer differently.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even if we make use of classifier and actions from the egress
path, we're going into handle_ing() executing additional code
on a per-packet cost for ingress qdisc, just to realize that
nothing is attached on ingress.
Instead, this can just be blinded out as a no-op entirely with
the use of a static key. On input fast-path, we already make
use of static keys in various places, e.g. skb time stamping,
in RPS, etc. It makes sense to not waste time when we're assured
that no ingress qdisc is attached anywhere.
Enabling/disabling of that code path is being done via two
helpers, namely net_{inc,dec}_ingress_queue(), that are being
invoked under RTNL mutex when a ingress qdisc is being either
initialized or destructed.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes byte backlog accounting for the first of two chained netem instances.
Bytes backlog reported now corresponds to the number of queued packets.
When two netem instances are chained, for instance to apply rate and queue
limitation followed by packet delay, the number of backlogged bytes reported
by the first netem instance is wrong. It reports the sum of bytes in the queues
of the first and second netem. The first netem reports the correct number of
backlogged packets but not bytes. This is shown in the example below.
Consider a chain of two netem schedulers created using the following commands:
$ tc -s qdisc replace dev veth2 root handle 1:0 netem rate 10000kbit limit 100
$ tc -s qdisc add dev veth2 parent 1:0 handle 2: netem delay 50ms
Start an iperf session to send packets out on the specified interface and
monitor the backlog using tc:
$ tc -s qdisc show dev veth2
Output using unpatched netem:
qdisc netem 1: root refcnt 2 limit 100 rate 10000Kbit
Sent 98422639 bytes 65434 pkt (dropped 123, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 172694b 73p requeues 0
qdisc netem 2: parent 1: limit 1000 delay 50.0ms
Sent 98422639 bytes 65434 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 63588b 42p requeues 0
The interface used to produce this output has an MTU of 1500. The output for
backlogged bytes behind netem 1 is 172694b. This value is not correct. Consider
the total number of sent bytes and packets. By dividing the number of sent
bytes by the number of sent packets, we get an average packet size of ~=1504.
If we divide the number of backlogged bytes by packets, we get ~=2365. This is
due to the first netem incorrectly counting the 63588b which are in netem 2's
queue as being in its own queue. To verify this is the case, we subtract them
from the reported value and divide by the number of packets as follows:
172694 - 63588 = 109106 bytes actualled backlogged in netem 1
109106 / 73 packets ~= 1494 bytes (which matches our MTU)
The root cause is that the byte accounting is not done at the
same time with packet accounting. The solution is to update the backlog value
every time the packet queue is updated.
Signed-off-by: Joseph D Beshay <joseph.beshay@utdallas.edu>
Acked-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Correct spelling of locally.
Also remove extra space before tab character in struct fq_flow.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work extends the "classic" BPF programmable tc action by extending
its scope also to native eBPF code!
Together with commit e2e9b6541d ("cls_bpf: add initial eBPF support
for programmable classifiers") this adds the facility to implement fully
flexible classifier and actions for tc that can be implemented in a C
subset in user space, "safely" loaded into the kernel, and being run in
native speed when JITed.
Also, since eBPF maps can be shared between eBPF programs, it offers the
possibility that cls_bpf and act_bpf can share data 1) between themselves
and 2) between user space applications. That means that, f.e. customized
runtime statistics can be collected in user space, but also more importantly
classifier and action behaviour could be altered based on map input from
the user space application.
For the remaining details on the workflow and integration, see the cls_bpf
commit e2e9b6541d. Preliminary iproute2 part can be found under [1].
[1] http://git.breakpoint.cc/cgit/dborkman/iproute2.git/log/?h=ebpf-act
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_main.c
net/core/sysctl_net_core.c
net/ipv4/inet_diag.c
The be_main.c conflict resolution was really tricky. The conflict
hunks generated by GIT were very unhelpful, to say the least. It
split functions in half and moved them around, when the real actual
conflict only existed solely inside of one function, that being
be_map_pci_bars().
So instead, to resolve this, I checked out be_main.c from the top
of net-next, then I applied the be_main.c changes from 'net' since
the last time I merged. And this worked beautifully.
The inet_diag.c and sysctl_net_core.c conflicts were simple
overlapping changes, and were easily to resolve.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Revisiting commit d23b8ad8ab ("tc: add BPF based action") with regards
to eBPF support, I was thinking that it might be better to improve
return semantics from a BPF program invoked through BPF_PROG_RUN().
Currently, in case filter_res is 0, we overwrite the default action
opcode with TC_ACT_SHOT. A default action opcode configured through tc's
m_bpf can be: TC_ACT_RECLASSIFY, TC_ACT_PIPE, TC_ACT_SHOT, TC_ACT_UNSPEC,
TC_ACT_OK.
In cls_bpf, we have the possibility to overwrite the default class
associated with the classifier in case filter_res is _not_ 0xffffffff
(-1).
That allows us to fold multiple [e]BPF programs into a single one, where
they would otherwise need to be defined as a separate classifier with
its own classid, needlessly redoing parsing work, etc.
Similarly, we could do better in act_bpf: Since above TC_ACT* opcodes
are exported to UAPI anyway, we reuse them for return-code-to-tc-opcode
mapping, where we would allow above possibilities. Thus, like in cls_bpf,
a filter_res of 0xffffffff (-1) means that the configured _default_ action
is used. Any unkown return code from the BPF program would fail in
tcf_bpf() with TC_ACT_UNSPEC.
Should we one day want to make use of TC_ACT_STOLEN or TC_ACT_QUEUED,
which both have the same semantics, we have the option to either use
that as a default action (filter_res of 0xffffffff) or non-default BPF
return code.
All that will allow us to transparently use tcf_bpf() for both BPF
flavours.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, it is possible in cls_bpf to access eBPF maps only under
rcu_read_lock_bh() variants: while on ingress side, that is, handle_ing(),
the classifier would be called from __netif_receive_skb_core() under
rcu_read_lock(); on egress side, however, it's rcu_read_lock_bh() via
__dev_queue_xmit().
This rcu/rcu_bh mix doesn't work together with eBPF maps as they require
soley to be called under rcu_read_lock(). eBPF maps could also be shared
among various other eBPF programs (possibly even with other eBPF program
types, f.e. tracing) and user space processes, so any context is assumed.
Therefore, a possible fix for cls_bpf is to wrap/nest eBPF program
invocation under non-bh RCU lock variant.
Fixes: e2e9b6541d ("cls_bpf: add initial eBPF support for programmable classifiers")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We dynamically allocate divisor+1 entries for ->ht[] in tc_u_hnode:
ht = kzalloc(sizeof(*ht) + divisor*sizeof(void *), GFP_KERNEL);
So ->ht is supposed to be the last field of this struct, however
this is broken, since an rcu head is appended after it.
Fixes: 1ce87720d4 ("net: sched: make cls_u32 lockless")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Kernel automatically creates a tp for each
(kind, protocol, priority) tuple, which has handle 0,
when we add a new filter, but it still is left there
after we remove our own, unless we don't specify the
handle (literally means all the filters under
the tuple). For example this one is left:
# tc filter show dev eth0
filter parent 8001: protocol arp pref 49152 basic
The user-space is hard to clean up these for kernel
because filters like u32 are organized in a complex way.
So kernel is responsible to remove it after all filters
are gone. Each type of filter has its own way to
store the filters, so each type has to provide its
way to check if all filters are gone.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim<jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/rocker/rocker.c
The rocker commit was two overlapping changes, one to rename
the ->vport member to ->pport, and another making the bitmask
expression use '1ULL' instead of plain '1'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) If an IPVS tunnel is created with a mixed-family destination
address, it cannot be removed. Fix from Alexey Andriyanov.
2) Fix module refcount underflow in netfilter's nft_compat, from Pablo
Neira Ayuso.
3) Generic statistics infrastructure can reference variables sitting on
a released function stack, therefore use dynamic allocation always.
Fix from Ignacy Gawędzki.
4) skb_copy_bits() return value test is inverted in ip_check_defrag().
5) Fix network namespace exit in openvswitch, we have to release all of
the per-net vports. From Pravin B Shelar.
6) Fix signedness bug in CAIF's cfpkt_iterate(), from Dan Carpenter.
7) Fix rhashtable grow/shrink behavior, only expand during inserts and
shrink during deletes. From Daniel Borkmann.
8) Netdevice names with semicolons should never be allowed, because
they serve as a separator. From Matthew Thode.
9) Use {,__}set_current_state() where appropriate, from Fabian
Frederick.
10) Revert byte queue limits support in r8169 driver, it's causing
regressions we can't figure out.
11) tcp_should_expand_sndbuf() erroneously uses tp->packets_out to
measure packets in flight, properly use tcp_packets_in_flight()
instead. From Neal Cardwell.
12) Fix accidental removal of support for bluetooth in CSR based Intel
wireless cards. From Marcel Holtmann.
13) We accidently added a behavioral change between native and compat
tasks, wrt testing the MSG_CMSG_COMPAT bit. Just ignore it if the
user happened to set it in a native binary as that was always the
behavior we had. From Catalin Marinas.
14) Check genlmsg_unicast() return valud in hwsim netlink tx frame
handling, from Bob Copeland.
15) Fix stale ->radar_required setting in mac80211 that can prevent
starting new scans, from Eliad Peller.
16) Fix memory leak in nl80211 monitor, from Johannes Berg.
17) Fix race in TX index handling in xen-netback, from David Vrabel.
18) Don't enable interrupts in amx-xgbe driver until all software et al.
state is ready for the interrupt handler to run. From Thomas
Lendacky.
19) Add missing netlink_ns_capable() checks to rtnl_newlink(), from Eric
W Biederman.
20) The amount of header space needed in macvtap was not calculated
properly, fix it otherwise we splat past the beginning of the
packet. From Eric Dumazet.
21) Fix bcmgenet TCP TX perf regression, from Jaedon Shin.
22) Don't raw initialize or mod timers, use setup_timer() and
mod_timer() instead. From Vaishali Thakkar.
23) Fix software maintained statistics in bcmgenet and systemport
drivers, from Florian Fainelli.
24) DMA descriptor updates in sh_eth need proper memory barriers, from
Ben Hutchings.
25) Don't do UDP Fragmentation Offload on RAW sockets, from Michal
Kubecek.
26) Openvswitch's non-masked set actions aren't constructed properly
into netlink messages, fix from Joe Stringer.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (116 commits)
openvswitch: Fix serialization of non-masked set actions.
gianfar: Reduce logging noise seen due to phy polling if link is down
ibmveth: Add function to enable live MAC address changes
net: bridge: add compile-time assert for cb struct size
udp: only allow UFO for packets from SOCK_DGRAM sockets
sh_eth: Really fix padding of short frames on TX
Revert "sh_eth: Enable Rx descriptor word 0 shift for r8a7790"
sh_eth: Fix RX recovery on R-Car in case of RX ring underrun
sh_eth: Ensure proper ordering of descriptor active bit write/read
net/mlx4_en: Disbale GRO for incoming loopback/selftest packets
net/mlx4_core: Fix wrong mask and error flow for the update-qp command
net: systemport: fix software maintained statistics
net: bcmgenet: fix software maintained statistics
rxrpc: don't multiply with HZ twice
rxrpc: terminate retrans loop when sending of skb fails
net/hsr: Fix NULL pointer dereference and refcnt bugs when deleting a HSR interface.
net: pasemi: Use setup_timer and mod_timer
net: stmmac: Use setup_timer and mod_timer
net: 8390: axnet_cs: Use setup_timer and mod_timer
net: 8390: pcnet_cs: Use setup_timer and mod_timer
...
This work extends the "classic" BPF programmable tc classifier by
extending its scope also to native eBPF code!
This allows for user space to implement own custom, 'safe' C like
classifiers (or whatever other frontend language LLVM et al may
provide in future), that can then be compiled with the LLVM eBPF
backend to an eBPF elf file. The result of this can be loaded into
the kernel via iproute2's tc. In the kernel, they can be JITed on
major archs and thus run in native performance.
Simple, minimal toy example to demonstrate the workflow:
#include <linux/ip.h>
#include <linux/if_ether.h>
#include <linux/bpf.h>
#include "tc_bpf_api.h"
__section("classify")
int cls_main(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
return (0x800 << 16) | load_byte(skb, ETH_HLEN + __builtin_offsetof(struct iphdr, tos));
}
char __license[] __section("license") = "GPL";
The classifier can then be compiled into eBPF opcodes and loaded
via tc, for example:
clang -O2 -emit-llvm -c cls.c -o - | llc -march=bpf -filetype=obj -o cls.o
tc filter add dev em1 parent 1: bpf cls.o [...]
As it has been demonstrated, the scope can even reach up to a fully
fledged flow dissector (similarly as in samples/bpf/sockex2_kern.c).
For tc, maps are allowed to be used, but from kernel context only,
in other words, eBPF code can keep state across filter invocations.
In future, we perhaps may reattach from a different application to
those maps e.g., to read out collected statistics/state.
Similarly as in socket filters, we may extend functionality for eBPF
classifiers over time depending on the use cases. For that purpose,
cls_bpf programs are using BPF_PROG_TYPE_SCHED_CLS program type, so
we can allow additional functions/accessors (e.g. an ABI compatible
offset translation to skb fields/metadata). For an initial cls_bpf
support, we allow the same set of helper functions as eBPF socket
filters, but we could diverge at some point in time w/o problem.
I was wondering whether cls_bpf and act_bpf could share C programs,
I can imagine that at some point, we introduce i) further common
handlers for both (or even beyond their scope), and/or if truly needed
ii) some restricted function space for each of them. Both can be
abstracted easily through struct bpf_verifier_ops in future.
The context of cls_bpf versus act_bpf is slightly different though:
a cls_bpf program will return a specific classid whereas act_bpf a
drop/non-drop return code, latter may also in future mangle skbs.
That said, we can surely have a "classify" and "action" section in
a single object file, or considered mentioned constraint add a
possibility of a shared section.
The workflow for getting native eBPF running from tc [1] is as
follows: for f_bpf, I've added a slightly modified ELF parser code
from Alexei's kernel sample, which reads out the LLVM compiled
object, sets up maps (and dynamically fixes up map fds) if any, and
loads the eBPF instructions all centrally through the bpf syscall.
The resulting fd from the loaded program itself is being passed down
to cls_bpf, which looks up struct bpf_prog from the fd store, and
holds reference, so that it stays available also after tc program
lifetime. On tc filter destruction, it will then drop its reference.
Moreover, I've also added the optional possibility to annotate an
eBPF filter with a name (e.g. path to object file, or something
else if preferred) so that when tc dumps currently installed filters,
some more context can be given to an admin for a given instance (as
opposed to just the file descriptor number).
Last but not least, bpf_prog_get() and bpf_prog_put() needed to be
exported, so that eBPF can be used from cls_bpf built as a module.
Thanks to 60a3b2253c ("net: bpf: make eBPF interpreter images
read-only") I think this is of no concern since anything wanting to
alter eBPF opcode after verification stage would crash the kernel.
[1] http://git.breakpoint.cc/cgit/dborkman/iproute2.git/log/?h=ebpf
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Although it is clear that textsearch state is intentionally passed to
skb_find_text() as uninitialized argument, it was never used by the
callers. Therefore, we can simplify skb_find_text() by making it
local variable.
Signed-off-by: Bojan Prtvar <prtvar.b@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In tcf_em_validate(), after calling request_module() to load the
kind-specific module, set em->ops to NULL before returning -EAGAIN, so
that module_put() is not called again by tcf_em_tree_destroy().
Signed-off-by: Ignacy Gawędzki <ignacy.gawedzki@green-communications.fr>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull kconfig updates from Michal Marek:
"Yann E Morin was supposed to take over kconfig maintainership, but
this hasn't happened. So I'm sending a few kconfig patches that I
collected:
- Fix for missing va_end in kconfig
- merge_config.sh displays used if given too few arguments
- s/boolean/bool/ in Kconfig files for consistency, with the plan to
only support bool in the future"
* 'kconfig' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mmarek/kbuild:
kconfig: use va_end to match corresponding va_start
merge_config.sh: Display usage if given too few arguments
kconfig: use bool instead of boolean for type definition attributes
Conflicts:
drivers/net/vxlan.c
drivers/vhost/net.c
include/linux/if_vlan.h
net/core/dev.c
The net/core/dev.c conflict was the overlap of one commit marking an
existing function static whilst another was adding a new function.
In the include/linux/if_vlan.h case, the type used for a local
variable was changed in 'net', whereas the function got rewritten
to fix a stacked vlan bug in 'net-next'.
In drivers/vhost/net.c, Al Viro's iov_iter conversions in 'net-next'
overlapped with an endainness fix for VHOST 1.0 in 'net'.
In drivers/net/vxlan.c, vxlan_find_vni() added a 'flags' parameter
in 'net-next' whereas in 'net' there was a bug fix to pass in the
correct network namespace pointer in calls to this function.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FQ has a fast path for skb attached to a socket, as it does not
have to compute a flow hash. But for other packets, FQ being non
stochastic means that hosts exposed to random Internet traffic
can allocate million of flows structure (104 bytes each) pretty
easily. Not only host can OOM, but lookup in RB trees can take
too much cpu and memory resources.
This patch adds a new attribute, orphan_mask, that is adding
possibility of having a stochastic hash for orphaned skb.
Its default value is 1024 slots, to mimic SFQ behavior.
Note: This does not apply to locally generated TCP traffic,
and no locally generated traffic will share a flow structure
with another perfect or stochastic flow.
This patch also handles the specific case of SYNACK messages:
They are attached to the listener socket, and therefore all map
to a single hash bucket. If listener have set SO_MAX_PACING_RATE,
hoping to have new accepted socket inherit this rate, SYNACK
might be paced and even dropped.
This is very similar to an internal patch Google have used more
than one year.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we added pacing to TCP, we decided to let sch_fq take care
of actual pacing.
All TCP had to do was to compute sk->pacing_rate using simple formula:
sk->pacing_rate = 2 * cwnd * mss / rtt
It works well for senders (bulk flows), but not very well for receivers
or even RPC :
cwnd on the receiver can be less than 10, rtt can be around 100ms, so we
can end up pacing ACK packets, slowing down the sender.
Really, only the sender should pace, according to its own logic.
Instead of adding a new bit in skb, or call yet another flow
dissection, we tweak skb->truesize to a small value (2), and
we instruct sch_fq to use new helper and not pace pure ack.
Note this also helps TCP small queue, as ack packets present
in qdisc/NIC do not prevent sending a data packet (RPC workload)
This helps to reduce tx completion overhead, ack packets can use regular
sock_wfree() instead of tcp_wfree() which is a bit more expensive.
This has no impact in the case packets are sent to loopback interface,
as we do not coalesce ack packets (were we would detect skb->truesize
lie)
In case netem (with a delay) is used, skb_orphan_partial() also sets
skb->truesize to 1.
This patch is a combination of two patches we used for about one year at
Google.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In tcf_exts_dump_stats(), ensure that exts->actions is not empty before
accessing the first element of that list and calling tcf_action_copy_stats()
on it. This fixes some random segvs when adding filters of type "basic" with
no particular action.
This also fixes the dumping of those "no-action" filters, which more often
than not made calls to tcf_action_copy_stats() fail and consequently netlink
attributes added by the caller to be removed by a call to nla_nest_cancel().
Fixes: 33be627159 ("net_sched: act: use standard struct list_head")
Signed-off-by: Ignacy Gawędzki <ignacy.gawedzki@green-communications.fr>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Configuring fq with quantum 0 hangs the system, presumably because of a
non-interruptible infinite loop. Either way quantum 0 does not make sense.
Reproduce with:
sudo tc qdisc add dev lo root fq quantum 0 initial_quantum 0
ping 127.0.0.1
Signed-off-by: Kenneth Klette Jonassen <kennetkl@ifi.uio.no>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TIME_WAIT sockets are not owning any skb.
ip_send_unicast_reply() and tcp_v6_send_response() both use
regular sockets.
We can safely remove a test in sch_fq and save one cache line miss,
as sk_state is far away from sk_pacing_rate.
Tested at Google for about one year.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NET_ACT_CONNMARK fails to build if NF_CONNTRACK_MARK is disabled,
and d7924450e1 ("act_connmark: Add missing dependency on
NF_CONNTRACK_MARK") fixed that case, but missed the cased where
NF_CONNTRACK is a loadable module.
This adds the second dependency to ensure that NET_ACT_CONNMARK
can only be built-in if NF_CONNTRACK is also part of the kernel
rather than a loadable module.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
arch/arm/boot/dts/imx6sx-sdb.dts
net/sched/cls_bpf.c
Two simple sets of overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly as in cls_bpf, also this code needs to reject mismatches.
Reference: http://article.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/347406
Fixes: d23b8ad8ab ("tc: add BPF based action")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As soon as we've found a matching handle in basic_get(), we can
return it. There's no need to continue walking until the end of
a filter chain, since they are unique anyway.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When creating a bpf classifier in tc with priority collisions and
invoking automatic unique handle assignment, cls_bpf_grab_new_handle()
will return a wrong handle id which in fact is non-unique. Usually
altering of specific filters is being addressed over major id, but
in case of collisions we result in a filter chain, where handle ids
address individual cls_bpf_progs inside the classifier.
Issue is, in cls_bpf_grab_new_handle() we probe for head->hgen handle
in cls_bpf_get() and in case we found a free handle, we're supposed
to use exactly head->hgen. In case of insufficient numbers of handles,
we bail out later as handle id 0 is not allowed.
Fixes: 7d1d65cb84 ("net: sched: cls_bpf: add BPF-based classifier")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In cls_bpf_modify_existing(), we read out the number of filter blocks,
do some sanity checks, allocate a block on that size, and copy over the
BPF instruction blob from user space, then pass everything through the
classic BPF checker prior to installation of the classifier.
We should reject mismatches here, there are 2 scenarios: the number of
filter blocks could be smaller than the provided instruction blob, so
we do a partial copy of the BPF program, and thus the instructions will
either be rejected from the verifier or a valid BPF program will be run;
in the other case, we'll end up copying more than we're supposed to,
and most likely the trailing garbage will be rejected by the verifier
as well (i.e. we need to fit instruction pattern, ret {A,K} needs to be
last instruction, load/stores must be correct, etc); in case not, we
would leak memory when dumping back instruction patterns. The code should
have only used nla_len() as Dave noted to avoid this from the beginning.
Anyway, lets fix it by rejecting such load attempts.
Fixes: 7d1d65cb84 ("net: sched: cls_bpf: add BPF-based classifier")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Depending on NETFILTER is not sufficient to ensure the presence of the
'mark' field in nf_conn, also needs to depend on NF_CONNTRACK_MARK.
Fixes: 22a5dc ("net: sched: Introduce connmark action")
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This tc action allows you to retrieve the connection tracking mark
This action has been used heavily by openwrt for a few years now.
There are known limitations currently:
doesn't work for initial packets, since we only query the ct table.
Fine given use case is for returning packets
no implicit defrag.
frags should be rare so fix later..
won't work for more complex tasks, e.g. lookup of other extensions
since we have no means to store results
we still have a 2nd lookup later on via normal conntrack path.
This shouldn't break anything though since skb->nfct isn't altered.
V2:
remove unnecessary braces (Jiri)
change the action identifier to 14 (Jiri)
Fix some stylistic issues caught by checkpatch
V3:
Move module params to bottom (Cong)
Get rid of tcf_hashinfo_init and friends and conform to newer API (Cong)
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It was suggested by DaveM to change the name as "len" might indicate
unit bytes.
Suggested-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This action provides a possibility to exec custom BPF code.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The same macros are used for rx as well. So rename it.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tc code implicitly considers skb->protocol even in case of accelerated
vlan paths and expects vlan protocol type here. However, on rx path,
if the vlan header was already stripped, skb->protocol contains value
of next header. Similar situation is on tx path.
So for skbs that use skb->vlan_tci for tagging, use skb->vlan_proto instead.
Reported-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the function teql_neigh_release() that is not used anywhere.
This was partially found by using a static code analysis program called cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support for keyword 'boolean' will be dropped later on.
No functional change.
Reference: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/cover.1418003065.git.cj@linux.com
Signed-off-by: Christoph Jaeger <cj@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Marek <mmarek@suse.cz>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/amd/xgbe/xgbe-desc.c
drivers/net/ethernet/renesas/sh_eth.c
Overlapping changes in both conflict cases.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 46e5da40ae (net: qdisc: use rcu prefix and silence
sparse warnings) triggers a spurious warning:
net/sched/sch_fq_codel.c:97 suspicious rcu_dereference_check() usage!
The code should be using the _bh variant of rcu_dereference.
Signed-off-by: Valdis Kletnieks <valdis.kletnieks@vt.edu>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Reviewed-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is never called and implementations are void. So just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Shewmaker <agshew@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
since head->handle == handle (checked before), just assign handle.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rcu variant is not correct here. The code is called by updater (rtnl
lock is held), not by reader (no rcu_read_lock is held).
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rcu variant is not correct here. The code is called by updater (rtnl
lock is held), not by reader (no rcu_read_lock is held).
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
ACKed-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FQ/pacing has a clamp of delay of 125 ms, to avoid some possible harm.
It turns out this delay is too small to allow pacing low rates :
Some ISP setup very aggressive policers as low as 16kbit.
Now TCP stack has spurious rtx prevention, it seems safe to increase
this fixed parameter, without adding a qdisc attribute.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This tc action allows to work with vlan tagged skbs. Two supported
sub-actions are header pop and header push.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 4bba3925 ("[PKT_SCHED]: Prefix tc actions with act_")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Yaogong replaces TCP out of order receive queue by an RB tree.
As netem already does a private skb->{next/prev/tstamp} union
with a 'struct rb_node', lets do this in a cleaner way.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yaogong Wang <wygivan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Vijay Subramanian <vijaynsu@cisco.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Use netdev_alloc_pcpu_stats to allocate percpu stats and initialize syncp.
Fixes: 22e0f8b932 "net: sched: make bstats per cpu and estimator RCU safe"
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Restore the quota fairness between qdisc's, that we broke with commit
5772e9a346 ("qdisc: bulk dequeue support for qdiscs with TCQ_F_ONETXQUEUE").
Before that commit, the quota in __qdisc_run() were in packets as
dequeue_skb() would only dequeue a single packet, that assumption
broke with bulk dequeue.
We choose not to account for the number of packets inside the TSO/GSO
packets (accessable via "skb_gso_segs"). As the previous fairness
also had this "defect". Thus, GSO/TSO packets counts as a single
packet.
Further more, we choose to slack on accuracy, by allowing a bulk
dequeue try_bulk_dequeue_skb() to exceed the "packets" limit, only
limited by the BQL bytelimit. This is done because BQL prefers to get
its full budget for appropriate feedback from TX completion.
In future, we might consider reworking this further and, if it allows,
switch to a time-based model, as suggested by Eric. Right now, we only
restore old semantics.
Joint work with Eric, Hannes, Daniel and Jesper. Hannes wrote the
first patch in cooperation with Daniel and Jesper. Eric rewrote the
patch.
Fixes: 5772e9a346 ("qdisc: bulk dequeue support for qdiscs with TCQ_F_ONETXQUEUE")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to copy exts->type when committing the change, otherwise
it would be always 0. This is a quick fix for -net and -stable,
for net-next tcf_exts will be removed.
Fixes: commit 33be627159 ("net_sched: act: use standard struct list_head")
Reported-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Testing xmit_more support with netperf and connected UDP sockets,
I found strange dst refcount false sharing.
Current handling of IFF_XMIT_DST_RELEASE is not optimal.
Dropping dst in validate_xmit_skb() is certainly too late in case
packet was queued by cpu X but dequeued by cpu Y
The logical point to take care of drop/force is in __dev_queue_xmit()
before even taking qdisc lock.
As Julian Anastasov pointed out, need for skb_dst() might come from some
packet schedulers or classifiers.
This patch adds new helper to cleanly express needs of various drivers
or qdiscs/classifiers.
Drivers that need skb_dst() in their ndo_start_xmit() should call
following helper in their setup instead of the prior :
dev->priv_flags &= ~IFF_XMIT_DST_RELEASE;
->
netif_keep_dst(dev);
Instead of using a single bit, we use two bits, one being
eventually rebuilt in bonding/team drivers.
The other one, is permanent and blocks IFF_XMIT_DST_RELEASE being
rebuilt in bonding/team. Eventually, we could add something
smarter later.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using the tcf_proto pointer 'tp' from inside the classifiers callback
is not valid because it may have been cleaned up by another call_rcu
occuring on another CPU.
'tp' is currently being used by tcf_unbind_filter() in this patch we
move instances of tcf_unbind_filter outside of the call_rcu() context.
This is safe to do because any running schedulers will either read the
valid class field or it will be zeroed.
And all schedulers today when the class is 0 do a lookup using the
same call used by the tcf_exts_bind(). So even if we have a running
classifier hit the null class pointer it will do a lookup and get
to the same result. This is particularly fragile at the moment because
the only way to verify this is to audit the schedulers call sites.
Reported-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangconf@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is not RCU safe to destroy the action chain while there
is a possibility of readers accessing it. Move this code
into the rcu callback using the same rcu callback used in the
code patch to make a change to head.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This removes the tcf_proto argument from the ematch code paths that
only need it to reference the net namespace. This allows simplifying
qdisc code paths especially when we need to tear down the ematch
from an RCU callback. In this case we can not guarentee that the
tcf_proto structure is still valid.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Standard qdisc API to setup a timer implies an atomic operation on every
packet dequeue : qdisc_unthrottled()
It turns out this is not really needed for FQ, as FQ has no concept of
global qdisc throttling, being a qdisc handling many different flows,
some of them can be throttled, while others are not.
Fix is straightforward : add a 'bool throttle' to
qdisc_watchdog_schedule_ns(), and remove calls to qdisc_unthrottled()
in sch_fq.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The result of a negated container has to be inverted before checking for
early ending.
This fixes my previous attempt (17c9c82326) to
make inverted containers work correctly.
Signed-off-by: Ignacy Gawędzki <ignacy.gawedzki@green-communications.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Validation of skb can be pretty expensive :
GSO segmentation and/or checksum computations.
We can do this without holding qdisc lock, so that other cpus
can queue additional packets.
Trick is that requeued packets were already validated, so we carry
a boolean so that sch_direct_xmit() can validate a fresh skb list,
or directly use an old one.
Tested on 40Gb NIC (8 TX queues) and 200 concurrent flows, 48 threads
host.
Turning TSO on or off had no effect on throughput, only few more cpu
cycles. Lock contention on qdisc lock disappeared.
Same if disabling TX checksum offload.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TSO and GSO segmented packets already benefit from bulking
on their own.
The TSO packets have always taken advantage of the only updating
the tailptr once for a large packet.
The GSO segmented packets have recently taken advantage of
bulking xmit_more API, via merge commit 53fda7f7f9 ("Merge
branch 'xmit_list'"), specifically via commit 7f2e870f2a ("net:
Move main gso loop out of dev_hard_start_xmit() into helper.")
allowing qdisc requeue of remaining list. And via commit
ce93718fb7 ("net: Don't keep around original SKB when we
software segment GSO frames.").
This patch allow further bulking of TSO/GSO packets together,
when dequeueing from the qdisc.
Testing:
Measuring HoL (Head-of-Line) blocking for TSO and GSO, with
netperf-wrapper. Bulking several TSO show no performance regressions
(requeues were in the area 32 requeues/sec).
Bulking several GSOs does show small regression or very small
improvement (requeues were in the area 8000 requeues/sec).
Using ixgbe 10Gbit/s with GSO bulking, we can measure some additional
latency. Base-case, which is "normal" GSO bulking, sees varying
high-prio queue delay between 0.38ms to 0.47ms. Bulking several GSOs
together, result in a stable high-prio queue delay of 0.50ms.
Using igb at 100Mbit/s with GSO bulking, shows an improvement.
Base-case sees varying high-prio queue delay between 2.23ms to 2.35ms
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on DaveM's recent API work on dev_hard_start_xmit(), that allows
sending/processing an entire skb list.
This patch implements qdisc bulk dequeue, by allowing multiple packets
to be dequeued in dequeue_skb().
The optimization principle for this is two fold, (1) to amortize
locking cost and (2) avoid expensive tailptr update for notifying HW.
(1) Several packets are dequeued while holding the qdisc root_lock,
amortizing locking cost over several packet. The dequeued SKB list is
processed under the TXQ lock in dev_hard_start_xmit(), thus also
amortizing the cost of the TXQ lock.
(2) Further more, dev_hard_start_xmit() will utilize the skb->xmit_more
API to delay HW tailptr update, which also reduces the cost per
packet.
One restriction of the new API is that every SKB must belong to the
same TXQ. This patch takes the easy way out, by restricting bulk
dequeue to qdisc's with the TCQ_F_ONETXQUEUE flag, that specifies the
qdisc only have attached a single TXQ.
Some detail about the flow; dev_hard_start_xmit() will process the skb
list, and transmit packets individually towards the driver (see
xmit_one()). In case the driver stops midway in the list, the
remaining skb list is returned by dev_hard_start_xmit(). In
sch_direct_xmit() this returned list is requeued by dev_requeue_skb().
To avoid overshooting the HW limits, which results in requeuing, the
patch limits the amount of bytes dequeued, based on the drivers BQL
limits. In-effect bulking will only happen for BQL enabled drivers.
Small amounts for extra HoL blocking (2x MTU/0.24ms) were
measured at 100Mbit/s, with bulking 8 packets, but the
oscillating nature of the measurement indicate something, like
sched latency might be causing this effect. More comparisons
show, that this oscillation goes away occationally. Thus, we
disregard this artifact completely and remove any "magic" bulking
limit.
For now, as a conservative approach, stop bulking when seeing TSO and
segmented GSO packets. They already benefit from bulking on their own.
A followup patch add this, to allow easier bisect-ability for finding
regressions.
Jointed work with Hannes, Daniel and Florian.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/r8152.c
net/netfilter/nfnetlink.c
Both r8152 and nfnetlink conflicts were simple overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes the following crash:
[ 63.976822] general protection fault: 0000 [#1] PREEMPT SMP DEBUG_PAGEALLOC
[ 63.980094] CPU: 1 PID: 15 Comm: ksoftirqd/1 Not tainted 3.17.0-rc6+ #648
[ 63.980094] Hardware name: Bochs Bochs, BIOS Bochs 01/01/2011
[ 63.980094] task: ffff880117dea690 ti: ffff880117dfc000 task.ti: ffff880117dfc000
[ 63.980094] RIP: 0010:[<ffffffff817e6d07>] [<ffffffff817e6d07>] u32_destroy_key+0x27/0x6d
[ 63.980094] RSP: 0018:ffff880117dffcc0 EFLAGS: 00010202
[ 63.980094] RAX: ffff880117dea690 RBX: ffff8800d02e0820 RCX: 0000000000000000
[ 63.980094] RDX: 0000000000000001 RSI: 0000000000000002 RDI: 6b6b6b6b6b6b6b6b
[ 63.980094] RBP: ffff880117dffcd0 R08: 0000000000000000 R09: 0000000000000000
[ 63.980094] R10: 00006c0900006ba8 R11: 00006ba100006b9d R12: 0000000000000001
[ 63.980094] R13: ffff8800d02e0898 R14: ffffffff817e6d4d R15: ffff880117387a30
[ 63.980094] FS: 0000000000000000(0000) GS:ffff88011a800000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
[ 63.980094] CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 000000008005003b
[ 63.980094] CR2: 00007f07e6732fed CR3: 000000011665b000 CR4: 00000000000006e0
[ 63.980094] Stack:
[ 63.980094] ffff88011a9cd300 ffffffff82051ac0 ffff880117dffce0 ffffffff817e6d68
[ 63.980094] ffff880117dffd70 ffffffff810cb4c7 ffffffff810cb3cd ffff880117dfffd8
[ 63.980094] ffff880117dea690 ffff880117dea690 ffff880117dfffd8 000000000000000a
[ 63.980094] Call Trace:
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff817e6d68>] u32_delete_key_freepf_rcu+0x1b/0x1d
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff810cb4c7>] rcu_process_callbacks+0x3bb/0x691
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff810cb3cd>] ? rcu_process_callbacks+0x2c1/0x691
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff817e6d4d>] ? u32_destroy_key+0x6d/0x6d
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff810780a4>] __do_softirq+0x142/0x323
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff810782a8>] run_ksoftirqd+0x23/0x53
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff81092126>] smpboot_thread_fn+0x203/0x221
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff81091f23>] ? smpboot_unpark_thread+0x33/0x33
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff8108e44d>] kthread+0xc9/0xd1
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff819e00ea>] ? do_wait_for_common+0xf8/0x125
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff8108e384>] ? __kthread_parkme+0x61/0x61
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff819e43ec>] ret_from_fork+0x7c/0xb0
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff8108e384>] ? __kthread_parkme+0x61/0x61
tp could be freed in call_rcu callback too, the order is not guaranteed.
John Fastabend says:
====================
Its worth noting why this is safe. Any running schedulers will either
read the valid class field or it will be zeroed.
All schedulers today when the class is 0 do a lookup using the
same call used by the tcf_exts_bind(). So even if we have a running
classifier hit the null class pointer it will do a lookup and get
to the same result. This is particularly fragile at the moment because
the only way to verify this is to audit the schedulers call sites.
====================
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After previous patches to simplify qstats the qstats can be
made per cpu with a packed union in Qdisc struct.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This removes the use of qstats->qlen variable from the classifiers
and makes it an explicit argument to gnet_stats_copy_queue().
The qlen represents the qdisc queue length and is packed into
the qstats at the last moment before passnig to user space. By
handling it explicitely we avoid, in the percpu stats case, having
to figure out which per_cpu variable to put it in.
It would probably be best to remove it from qstats completely
but qstats is a user space ABI and can't be broken. A future
patch could make an internal only qstats structure that would
avoid having to allocate an additional u32 variable on the
Qdisc struct. This would make the qstats struct 128bits instead
of 128+32.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds helpers to manipulate qstats logic and replaces locations
that touch the counters directly. This simplifies future patches
to push qstats onto per cpu counters.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to run qdisc's without locking statistics and estimators
need to be handled correctly.
To resolve bstats make the statistics per cpu. And because this is
only needed for qdiscs that are running without locks which is not
the case for most qdiscs in the near future only create percpu
stats when qdiscs set the TCQ_F_CPUSTATS flag.
Next because estimators use the bstats to calculate packets per
second and bytes per second the estimator code paths are updated
to use the per cpu statistics.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Negated expressions and sub-expressions need to have their flags checked for
TCF_EM_INVERT and their result negated accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Ignacy Gawędzki <ignacy.gawedzki@green-communications.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This completes the cls_rsvp conversion to RCU safe
copy, update semantics.
As a result all cases of tcf_exts_change occur on
empty lists now.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clearly the following change is not expected:
- if (!cp.perfect && !cp.h)
- cp.alloc_hash = cp.hash;
+ if (!cp->perfect && cp->h)
+ cp->alloc_hash = cp->hash;
Fixes: commit 331b72922c ("net: sched: RCU cls_tcindex")
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When kmemdup() fails, we should return -ENOMEM.
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While using a MQ + NETEM setup, I had confirmation that the default
timer migration ( /proc/sys/kernel/timer_migration ) is killing us.
Installing this on a receiver side of a TCP_STREAM test, (NIC has 8 TX
queues) :
EST="est 1sec 4sec"
for ETH in eth1
do
tc qd del dev $ETH root 2>/dev/null
tc qd add dev $ETH root handle 1: mq
tc qd add dev $ETH parent 1:1 $EST netem limit 70000 delay 6ms
tc qd add dev $ETH parent 1:2 $EST netem limit 70000 delay 8ms
tc qd add dev $ETH parent 1:3 $EST netem limit 70000 delay 10ms
tc qd add dev $ETH parent 1:4 $EST netem limit 70000 delay 12ms
tc qd add dev $ETH parent 1:5 $EST netem limit 70000 delay 14ms
tc qd add dev $ETH parent 1:6 $EST netem limit 70000 delay 16ms
tc qd add dev $ETH parent 1:7 $EST netem limit 80000 delay 18ms
tc qd add dev $ETH parent 1:8 $EST netem limit 90000 delay 20ms
done
We can see that timers get migrated into a single cpu, presumably idle
at the time timers are set up.
Then all qdisc dequeues run from this cpu and huge lock contention
happens. This single cpu is stuck in softirq mode and cannot dequeue
fast enough.
39.24% [kernel] [k] _raw_spin_lock
2.65% [kernel] [k] netem_enqueue
1.80% [kernel] [k] netem_dequeue
1.63% [kernel] [k] copy_user_enhanced_fast_string
1.45% [kernel] [k] _raw_spin_lock_bh
By pinning qdisc timers on the cpu running the qdisc, we respect proper
XPS setting and remove this lock contention.
5.84% [kernel] [k] netem_enqueue
4.83% [kernel] [k] _raw_spin_lock
2.92% [kernel] [k] copy_user_enhanced_fast_string
Current Qdiscs that benefit from this change are :
netem, cbq, fq, hfsc, tbf, htb.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
arch/mips/net/bpf_jit.c
drivers/net/can/flexcan.c
Both the flexcan and MIPS bpf_jit conflicts were cases of simple
overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
$ grep CONFIG_CLS_U32_MARK .config
# CONFIG_CLS_U32_MARK is not set
net/sched/cls_u32.c: In function 'u32_change':
net/sched/cls_u32.c:852:1: warning: label 'errout' defined but not used
[-Wunused-label]
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changes to the cls_u32 classifier must appear atomic to the
readers. Before this patch if a change is requested for both
the exts and ifindex, first the ifindex is updated then the
exts with tcf_exts_change(). This opens a small window where
a reader can have a exts chain with an incorrect ifindex. This
violates the the RCU semantics.
Here we resolve this by always passing u32_set_parms() a copy
of the tc_u_knode to work on and then inserting it into the hash
table after the updates have been successfully applied.
Tested with the following short script:
#tc filter add dev p3p2 parent 8001:0 protocol ip prio 99 handle 1: \
u32 divisor 256
#tc filter add dev p3p2 parent 8001:0 protocol ip prio 99 \
u32 link 1: hashkey mask ffffff00 at 12 \
match ip src 192.168.8.0/2
#tc filter add dev p3p2 parent 8001:0 protocol ip prio 102 \
handle 1::10 u32 classid 1:2 ht 1: \
match ip src 192.168.8.0/8 match ip tos 0x0a 1e
#tc filter change dev p3p2 parent 8001:0 protocol ip prio 102 \
handle 1::10 u32 classid 1:2 ht 1: \
match ip src 1.1.0.0/8 match ip tos 0x0b 1e
CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
CC: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes a missed free_percpu in the unwind code path and when
keys are destroyed.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We cannot make struct qdisc_skb_cb bigger without impacting IPoIB,
or increasing skb->cb[] size.
Commit e0f31d8498 ("flow_keys: Record IP layer protocol in
skb_flow_dissect()") broke IPoIB.
Only current offender is sch_choke, and this one do not need an
absolutely precise flow key.
If we store 17 bytes of flow key, its more than enough. (Its the actual
size of flow_keys if it was a packed structure, but we might add new
fields at the end of it later)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: e0f31d8498 ("flow_keys: Record IP layer protocol in skb_flow_dissect()")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tc_u32_sel 'sel' in tc_u_knode expects to be the last element in the
structure and pads the structure with tc_u32_key fields for each key.
kzalloc(sizeof(*n) + s->nkeys*sizeof(struct tc_u32_key), GFP_KERNEL)
CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pfifo_fast and htb use skb lists, without needing their spinlocks.
(They instead use the standard qdisc lock)
We can use __skb_queue_head_init() instead of skb_queue_head_init()
to be consistent.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This ensures the tcf_exts_init() is called for all cases.
Fixes: 952313bd62 ("net: sched: cls_cgroup use RCU")
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When allocating a new structure we also need to call tcf_exts_init
to initialize exts.
A follow up patch might be in order to remove some of this code
and do tcf_exts_assign(). With this we could remove the
tcf_exts_init/tcf_exts_change pattern for some of the classifiers.
As part of the future tcf_actions RCU series this will need to be
done. For now fix the call here.
Fixes e35a8ee599 ("net: sched: fw use RCU")
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tree: git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next.git master
head: 54996b529a
commit: c7953ef230 [625/646] net: sched: cls_cgroup use RCU
net/sched/cls_cgroup.c:130 cls_cgroup_change() warn: possible memory leak of 'new'
net/sched/cls_cgroup.c:135 cls_cgroup_change() warn: possible memory leak of 'new'
net/sched/cls_cgroup.c:139 cls_cgroup_change() warn: possible memory leak of 'new'
Fixes: c7953ef230 ("net: sched: cls_cgroup use RCU")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kbuild test robot reported an unused variable cpu in cls_u32.c
after the patch below. This happens when PERF and MARK config
variables are disabled
Fix this is to use separate variables for perf and mark
and define the cpu variable inside the ifdef logic.
Fixes: 459d5f626d ("net: sched: make cls_u32 per cpu")'
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: commit 331b72922c ("net: sched: RCU cls_tcindex")
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-By: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: commit 331b72922c ("net: sched: RCU cls_tcindex")
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: commit 331b72922c ("net: sched: RCU cls_tcindex")
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: commit 1f947bf151 ("net: sched: rcu'ify cls_bpf")
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes the cls_bpf classifier RCU safe. The tcf_lock
was being used to protect a list of cls_bpf_prog now this list
is RCU safe and updates occur with rcu_replace.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make cls_u32 classifier safe to run without holding lock. This patch
converts statistics that are kept in read section u32_classify into
per cpu counters.
This patch was tested with a tight u32 filter add/delete loop while
generating traffic with pktgen. By running pktgen on vlan devices
created on top of a physical device we can hit the qdisc layer
correctly. For ingress qdisc's a loopback cable was used.
for i in {1..100}; do
q=`echo $i%8|bc`;
echo -n "u32 tos: iteration $i on queue $q";
tc filter add dev p3p2 parent $p prio $i u32 match ip tos 0x10 0xff \
action skbedit queue_mapping $q;
sleep 1;
tc filter del dev p3p2 prio $i;
echo -n "u32 tos hash table: iteration $i on queue $q";
tc filter add dev p3p2 parent $p protocol ip prio $i handle 628: u32 divisor 1
tc filter add dev p3p2 parent $p protocol ip prio $i u32 \
match ip protocol 17 0xff link 628: offset at 0 mask 0xf00 shift 6 plus 0
tc filter add dev p3p2 parent $p protocol ip prio $i u32 \
ht 628:0 match ip tos 0x10 0xff action skbedit queue_mapping $q
sleep 2;
tc filter del dev p3p2 prio $i
sleep 1;
done
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This uses per cpu counters in cls_u32 in preparation
to convert over to rcu.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make cls_tcindex RCU safe.
This patch addds a new RCU routine rcu_dereference_bh_rtnl() to check
caller either holds the rcu read lock or RTNL. This is needed to
handle the case where tcindex_lookup() is being called in both cases.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RCUify the route classifier. For now however spinlock's are used to
protect fastmap cache.
The issue here is the fastmap may be read by one CPU while the
cache is being updated by another. An array of pointers could be
one possible solution.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RCU'ify fw classifier.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make cgroup classifier safe for RCU.
Also drops the calls in the classify routine that were doing a
rcu_read_lock()/rcu_read_unlock(). If the rcu_read_lock() isn't held
entering this routine we have issues with deleting the classifier
chain so remove the unnecessary rcu_read_lock()/rcu_read_unlock()
pair noting all paths AFAIK hold rcu_read_lock.
If there is a case where classify is called without the rcu read lock
then an rcu splat will occur and we can correct it.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable basic classifier for RCU.
Dereferencing tp->root may look a bit strange here but it is needed
by my accounting because it is allocated at init time and needs to
be kfree'd at destroy time. However because it may be referenced in
the classify() path we must wait an RCU grace period before free'ing
it. We use kfree_rcu() and rcu_ APIs to enforce this. This pattern
is used in all the classifiers.
Also the hgenerator can be incremented without concern because it
is always incremented under RTNL.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rcu'ify tcf_proto this allows calling tc_classify() without holding
any locks. Updaters are protected by RTNL.
This patch prepares the core net_sched infrastracture for running
the classifier/action chains without holding the qdisc lock however
it does nothing to ensure cls_xxx and act_xxx types also work without
locking. Additional patches are required to address the fall out.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu notation to qdisc handling by doing this we can make
smatch output more legible. And anyways some of the cases should
be using rcu_dereference() see qdisc_all_tx_empty(),
qdisc_tx_chainging(), and so on.
Also *wake_queue() API is commonly called from driver timer routines
without rcu lock or rtnl lock. So I added rcu_read_lock() blocks
around netif_wake_subqueue and netif_tx_wake_queue.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
not used anymore since ddecf0f
(net_sched: sfq: add optional RED on top of SFQ).
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
More minor fixes to merge commit 53fda7f7f9 (Merge branch 'xmit_list')
that allows us to work with a list of SKBs.
Fixing exit cases in qdisc_reset() and qdisc_destroy(), where a
leftover requeued SKB (qdisc->gso_skb) can have the potential of
being a skb list, thus use kfree_skb_list().
This is a followup to commit 10770bc2d1 ("qdisc: adjustments for
API allowing skb list xmits").
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minor adjustments for merge commit 53fda7f7f9 (Merge branch 'xmit_list')
that allows us to work with a list of SKBs.
Update code doc to function sch_direct_xmit().
In handle_dev_cpu_collision() use kfree_skb_list() in error handling.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just maintain the list properly by returning the head of the remaining
SKB list from dev_hard_start_xmit().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace occurences of skb_get_queue_mapping() and follow-up
netdev_get_tx_queue() with an actual helper function.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace open codings of (((u64) <x> * <y>) >> 32) with reciprocal_scale().
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ktime_get_ns() replaces ktime_to_ns(ktime_get())
ktime_get_real_ns() replaces ktime_to_ns(ktime_get_real())
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now q->now_rt is identical to q->now and is not required anymore.
Signed-off-by: Vasily Averin <vvs@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mainstream commit f0f6ee1f70 ("cbq: incorrect processing of high limits")
have side effect: if cbq bandwidth setting is less than real interface
throughput non-limited traffic can delay limited traffic for a very long time.
This happen because of q->now changes incorrectly in cbq_dequeue():
in described scenario L2T is much greater than real time delay,
and q->now gets an extra boost for each transmitted packet.
Accumulated boost prevents update q->now, and blocked class can wait
very long time until (q->now >= cl->undertime) will be true again.
To fix the problem the patch updates q->now on each cbq_update() call.
L2T-related pre-modification q->now was moved to cbq_update().
My testing confirmed that it fixes the problem and did not discover
any side-effects
Fixes: f0f6ee1f70 ("cbq: incorrect processing of high limits")
Signed-off-by: Vasily Averin <vvs@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
clean up names related to socket filtering and bpf in the following way:
- everything that deals with sockets keeps 'sk_*' prefix
- everything that is pure BPF is changed to 'bpf_*' prefix
split 'struct sk_filter' into
struct sk_filter {
atomic_t refcnt;
struct rcu_head rcu;
struct bpf_prog *prog;
};
and
struct bpf_prog {
u32 jited:1,
len:31;
struct sock_fprog_kern *orig_prog;
unsigned int (*bpf_func)(const struct sk_buff *skb,
const struct bpf_insn *filter);
union {
struct sock_filter insns[0];
struct bpf_insn insnsi[0];
struct work_struct work;
};
};
so that 'struct bpf_prog' can be used independent of sockets and cleans up
'unattached' bpf use cases
split SK_RUN_FILTER macro into:
SK_RUN_FILTER to be used with 'struct sk_filter *' and
BPF_PROG_RUN to be used with 'struct bpf_prog *'
__sk_filter_release(struct sk_filter *) gains
__bpf_prog_release(struct bpf_prog *) helper function
also perform related renames for the functions that work
with 'struct bpf_prog *', since they're on the same lines:
sk_filter_size -> bpf_prog_size
sk_filter_select_runtime -> bpf_prog_select_runtime
sk_filter_free -> bpf_prog_free
sk_unattached_filter_create -> bpf_prog_create
sk_unattached_filter_destroy -> bpf_prog_destroy
sk_store_orig_filter -> bpf_prog_store_orig_filter
sk_release_orig_filter -> bpf_release_orig_filter
__sk_migrate_filter -> bpf_migrate_filter
__sk_prepare_filter -> bpf_prepare_filter
API for attaching classic BPF to a socket stays the same:
sk_attach_filter(prog, struct sock *)/sk_detach_filter(struct sock *)
and SK_RUN_FILTER(struct sk_filter *, ctx) to execute a program
which is used by sockets, tun, af_packet
API for 'unattached' BPF programs becomes:
bpf_prog_create(struct bpf_prog **)/bpf_prog_destroy(struct bpf_prog *)
and BPF_PROG_RUN(struct bpf_prog *, ctx) to execute a program
which is used by isdn, ppp, team, seccomp, ptp, xt_bpf, cls_bpf, test_bpf
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In this file, function names are otherwise used as pointers without &.
A simplified version of the Coccinelle semantic patch that makes this
change is as follows:
// <smpl>
@r@
identifier f;
@@
f(...) { ... }
@@
identifier r.f;
@@
- &f
+ f
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Himangi Saraogi <himangi774@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/infiniband/hw/cxgb4/device.c
The cxgb4 conflict was simply overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When kernel generates a handle for a u32 filter, it tries to start
from the max in the bucket. So when we have a filter with the max (fff)
handle, it will cause kernel always generates the same handle for new
filters. This can be shown by the following command:
tc qdisc add dev eth0 ingress
tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: protocol ip pref 770 handle 800::fff u32 match ip protocol 1 0xff
tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: protocol ip pref 770 u32 match ip protocol 1 0xff
...
we will get some u32 filters with same handle:
# tc filter show dev eth0 parent ffff:
filter protocol ip pref 770 u32
filter protocol ip pref 770 u32 fh 800: ht divisor 1
filter protocol ip pref 770 u32 fh 800::fff order 4095 key ht 800 bkt 0
match 00010000/00ff0000 at 8
filter protocol ip pref 770 u32 fh 800::fff order 4095 key ht 800 bkt 0
match 00010000/00ff0000 at 8
filter protocol ip pref 770 u32 fh 800::fff order 4095 key ht 800 bkt 0
match 00010000/00ff0000 at 8
filter protocol ip pref 770 u32 fh 800::fff order 4095 key ht 800 bkt 0
match 00010000/00ff0000 at 8
handles should be unique. This patch fixes it by looking up a bitmap,
so that can guarantee the handle is as unique as possible. For compatibility,
we still start from 0x800.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We modify mirred action (m->tcfm_dev) in netdev event, we need to
prevent on-going mirred actions from reading freed m->tcfm_dev.
So we need to acquire this spin lock.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like other places, we need to cancel the nest attribute after
we start. Fortunately the netlink message will not be sent on
failure, so it's not a big problem at all.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 371121057607e3127e19b3fa094330181b5b031e("net:
QDISC_STATE_RUNNING dont need atomic bit ops") the
__QDISC_STATE_RUNNING is renamed to __QDISC___STATE_RUNNING,
but the old names existing in comment are not replaced with
the new name completely.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_ematch is allocated by kzalloc in function tcf_em_tree_validate(),
so cm_old is always NULL.
Signed-off-by: Duan Jiong <duanj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DRR scheduler requires that items on the active list are work
conserving, i.e. do not hold on to skbs for throttling purposes, etc.
Attaching e.g. tbf renders DRR useless because all other classes on the
active list are delayed as well.
So, warn users that this configuration won't work as expected; we
already do this in couple of other qdiscs, see e.g.
commit b00355db3f
('pkt_sched: sch_hfsc: sch_htb: Add non-work-conserving warning handler')
The 'const' change is needed to avoid compiler warning ("discards 'const'
qualifier from pointer target type").
tested with:
drr_hier() {
parent=$1
classes=$2
for i in $(seq 1 $classes); do
classid=$parent$(printf %x $i)
tc class add dev eth0 parent $parent classid $classid drr
tc qdisc add dev eth0 parent $classid tbf rate 64kbit burst 256kbit limit 64kbit
done
}
tc qdisc add dev eth0 root handle 1: drr
drr_hier 1: 32
tc filter add dev eth0 protocol all pref 1 parent 1: handle 1 flow hash keys dst perturb 1 divisor 32
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is available since v3.15-rc5.
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/bonding/bond_alb.c
drivers/net/ethernet/altera/altera_msgdma.c
drivers/net/ethernet/altera/altera_sgdma.c
net/ipv6/xfrm6_output.c
Several cases of overlapping changes.
The xfrm6_output.c has a bug fix which overlaps the renaming
of skb->local_df to skb->ignore_df.
In the Altera TSE driver cases, the register access cleanups
in net-next overlapped with bug fixes done in net.
Similarly a bug fix to send ALB packets in the bonding driver using
the right source address overlaps with cleanups in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sk_unattached_filter_create() API is used by BPF filters that
are not directly attached or related to sockets, and are used in
team, ptp, xt_bpf, cls_bpf, etc. As such all users do their own
internal managment of obtaining filter blocks and thus already
have them in kernel memory and set up before calling into
sk_unattached_filter_create(). As a result, due to __user annotation
in sock_fprog, sparse triggers false positives (incorrect type in
assignment [different address space]) when filters are set up before
passing them to sk_unattached_filter_create(). Therefore, let
sk_unattached_filter_create() API use sock_fprog_kern to overcome
this issue.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When I use the following command, eth0 cannot send any packets.
#tc qdisc add dev eth0 root handle 1: hhf limit 1
Because qlen need be smaller than limit, all packets were dropped.
Fix this by qlen *<=* limit.
Signed-off-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/altera/altera_sgdma.c
net/netlink/af_netlink.c
net/sched/cls_api.c
net/sched/sch_api.c
The netlink conflict dealt with moving to netlink_capable() and
netlink_ns_capable() in the 'net' tree vs. supporting 'tc' operations
in non-init namespaces. These were simple transformations from
netlink_capable to netlink_ns_capable.
The Altera driver conflict was simply code removal overlapping some
void pointer cast cleanups in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hhf_change() takes the sch_tree_lock and releases it but misses the
error cases. Fix the missed case here.
To reproduce try a command like this,
# tc qdisc change dev p3p2 root hhf quantum 40960 non_hh_weight 300000
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we change the list of action on a given filter, currently we don't
change it to empty. This is a bug, we should allow to change to whatever
users given.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When actions are attached to a filter, they are a part of the filter
itself, so when changing a filter we should allow to overwrite the actions
inside as well.
In my specific case, when I tried to _append_ a new action to an existing
filter which already has an action, I got EEXIST since kernel refused
to overwrite the existing one in kernel.
This patch checks if we are changing the filter checking NLM_F_CREATE flag
(Sigh, filters don't use NLM_F_REPLACE...) and then passes the boolean down
to actions. This fixes the problem above.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is possible by passing a netlink socket to a more privileged
executable and then to fool that executable into writing to the socket
data that happens to be valid netlink message to do something that
privileged executable did not intend to do.
To keep this from happening replace bare capable and ns_capable calls
with netlink_capable, netlink_net_calls and netlink_ns_capable calls.
Which act the same as the previous calls except they verify that the
opener of the socket had the desired permissions as well.
Reported-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net>
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows to monitor carrier on/off transitions and detect link
flapping issues:
- new /sys/class/net/X/carrier_changes
- new rtnetlink IFLA_CARRIER_CHANGES (getlink)
Tested:
- grep . /sys/class/net/*/carrier_changes
+ ip link set dev X down/up
+ plug/unplug cable
- updated iproute2: prints IFLA_CARRIER_CHANGES
- iproute2 20121211-2 (debian): unchanged behavior
Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit b4e9b520ca ("[NET_SCHED]: Add mask support to fwmark
classifier") Patrick added an u32 field in fw_head, making it slightly
bigger than one page.
Lets use 256 slots to make fw_hash() more straight forward, and move
@mask to the beginning of the structure as we often use a small number
of skb->mark. @mask and first hash buckets share the same cache line.
This brings back the memory usage to less than 4000 bytes, and permits
John to add a rcu_head at the end of the structure later without any
worry.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/r8152.c
drivers/net/xen-netback/netback.c
Both the r8152 and netback conflicts were simple overlapping
changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nla_nest_end() already has return skb->len, so replace
return skb->len with return nla_nest_end instead().
Signed-off-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have seen delays of more than 50ms in class or qdisc dumps, in case
device is under high TX stress, even with the prior 4KB per skb limit.
Add cond_resched() to give a chance to higher prio tasks to get cpu.
Signed-off-by; Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like all rtnetlink dump operations, we hold RTNL in tc_dump_qdisc(),
so we do not need to use rcu protection to protect list of netdevices.
This will allow preemption to occur, thus reducing latencies.
Following patch adds explicit cond_resched() calls.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Resizing fq hash table allocates memory while holding qdisc spinlock,
with BH disabled.
This is definitely not good, as allocation might sleep.
We can drop the lock and get it when needed, we hold RTNL so no other
changes can happen at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: afe4fd0624 ("pkt_sched: fq: Fair Queue packet scheduler")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The WARN_ON(root == &noop_qdisc)) added in qdisc_list_add()
can trigger in normal conditions when devices are not up.
It should be done only right before the list_add_tail() call.
Fixes: e57a784d8c ("pkt_sched: set root qdisc before change() in attach_default_qdiscs()")
Reported-by: Valdis Kletnieks <Valdis.Kletnieks@vt.edu>
Tested-by: Mirco Tischler <mt-ml@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Resizing fq hash table allocates memory while holding qdisc spinlock,
with BH disabled.
This is definitely not good, as allocation might sleep.
We can drop the lock and get it when needed, we hold RTNL so no other
changes can happen at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: afe4fd0624 ("pkt_sched: fq: Fair Queue packet scheduler")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
htb_dump() and htb_dump_class() do not strictly need to acquire
qdisc lock to fetch qdisc and/or class parameters.
We hold RTNL and no changes can occur.
This reduces by 50% qdisc lock pressure while doing tc qdisc|class dump
operations.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/recv.c
drivers/net/wireless/mwifiex/pcie.c
net/ipv6/sit.c
The SIT driver conflict consists of a bug fix being done by hand
in 'net' (missing u64_stats_init()) whilst in 'net-next' a helper
was created (netdev_alloc_pcpu_stats()) which takes care of this.
The two wireless conflicts were overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On x86_64 we have 3 holes in struct tbf_sched_data.
The member peak_present can be replaced with peak.rate_bytes_ps,
because peak.rate_bytes_ps is set only when peak is specified in
tbf_change(). tbf_peak_present() is introduced to test
peak.rate_bytes_ps.
The member max_size is moved to fill 32bit hole.
Signed-off-by: Hiroaki SHIMODA <shimoda.hiroaki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The allocated child qdisc is not freed in error conditions.
Defer the allocation after user configuration turns out to be
valid and acceptable.
Fixes: cc106e441a ("net: sched: tbf: fix the calculation of max_size")
Signed-off-by: Hiroaki SHIMODA <shimoda.hiroaki@gmail.com>
Cc: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/bonding/bond_3ad.h
drivers/net/bonding/bond_main.c
Two minor conflicts in bonding, both of which were overlapping
changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace two magic numbers which intialize clgstate::state.
Signed-off-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace some magic numbers which describe states of GE model
loss generator with enumerate.
Signed-off-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In netem_change(), we have already get "struct netem_sched_data *q".
Replace params of get_correlation() and other similar functions with
"struct netem_sched_data *q".
Signed-off-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
get_dist_table() and get_loss_clg() may be failed. These
two functions should be called after setting the members
of qdisc_priv(sch), or it will break the old settings while
either of them is failed.
Signed-off-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix incorrect comment reported by Norbert Kiesel. Edit another comment to add
more details. Also add references to algorithm (IETF draft and paper) to top of
file.
Signed-off-by: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
CC: Mythili Prabhu <mysuryan@cisco.com>
CC: Norbert Kiesel <nkiesel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We could allocate tc_action on stack in tca_action_flush(),
since it is not large.
Also, we could use create_a() in tcf_action_get_1().
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an action is bonnd to a filter, there is no point to
remove it outside. Currently we just silently decrease the refcnt,
we should reject this explicitly with EPERM.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For bindcnt and refcnt etc., they are common for all actions,
not need to repeat such operations for their own, they can be unified
now. Actions just need to do its specific cleanup if needed.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now we can totally hide it from modules. tcf_hash_*() API's
will operate on struct tc_action, modules don't need to care about
the details.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This moves part of Eric Dumazets skb_gso_seglen helper from tbf sched to
skbuff core so it may be reused by upcoming ip forwarding path patch.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the class in skb->priority is not a leaf, apply filters from the
selected class, not the qdisc. This lets netfilter or user space
partially classify the packet.
Signed-off-by: Harry Mason <harry.mason@smoothwall.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jakub Zawadzki noticed that some divisions by reciprocal_divide()
were not correct [1][2], which he could also show with BPF code
after divisions are transformed into reciprocal_value() for runtime
invariance which can be passed to reciprocal_divide() later on;
reverse in BPF dump ended up with a different, off-by-one K in
some situations.
This has been fixed by Eric Dumazet in commit aee636c480
("bpf: do not use reciprocal divide"). This follow-up patch
improves reciprocal_value() and reciprocal_divide() to work in
all cases by using Granlund and Montgomery method, so that also
future use is safe and without any non-obvious side-effects.
Known problems with the old implementation were that division by 1
always returned 0 and some off-by-ones when the dividend and divisor
where very large. This seemed to not be problematic with its
current users, as far as we can tell. Eric Dumazet checked for
the slab usage, we cannot surely say so in the case of flex_array.
Still, in order to fix that, we propose an extension from the
original implementation from commit 6a2d7a955d resp. [3][4],
by using the algorithm proposed in "Division by Invariant Integers
Using Multiplication" [5], Torbjörn Granlund and Peter L.
Montgomery, that is, pseudocode for q = n/d where q, n, d is in
u32 universe:
1) Initialization:
int l = ceil(log_2 d)
uword m' = floor((1<<32)*((1<<l)-d)/d)+1
int sh_1 = min(l,1)
int sh_2 = max(l-1,0)
2) For q = n/d, all uword:
uword t = (n*m')>>32
q = (t+((n-t)>>sh_1))>>sh_2
The assembler implementation from Agner Fog [6] also helped a lot
while implementing. We have tested the implementation on x86_64,
ppc64, i686, s390x; on x86_64/haswell we're still half the latency
compared to normal divide.
Joint work with Daniel Borkmann.
[1] http://www.wireshark.org/~darkjames/reciprocal-buggy.c
[2] http://www.wireshark.org/~darkjames/set-and-dump-filter-k-bug.c
[3] https://gmplib.org/~tege/division-paper.pdf
[4] http://homepage.cs.uiowa.edu/~jones/bcd/divide.html
[5] http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/summary?doi=10.1.1.1.2556
[6] http://www.agner.org/optimize/asmlib.zip
Reported-by: Jakub Zawadzki <darkjames-ws@darkjames.pl>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Austin S Hemmelgarn <ahferroin7@gmail.com>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
Cc: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@redhat.com>
Cc: Jay Vosburgh <fubar@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Jakub Zawadzki <darkjames-ws@darkjames.pl>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many functions have open coded a function that returns a random
number in range [0,N-1]. Under the assumption that we have a PRNG
such as taus113 with being well distributed in [0, ~0U] space,
we can implement such a function as uword t = (n*m')>>32, where
m' is a random number obtained from PRNG, n the right open interval
border and t our resulting random number, with n,m',t in u32 universe.
Lets go with Joe and simply call it prandom_u32_max(), although
technically we have an right open interval endpoint, but that we
have documented. Other users can further be migrated to the new
prandom_u32_max() function later on; for now, we need to make sure
to migrate reciprocal_divide() users for the reciprocal_divide()
follow-up fixup since their function signatures are going to change.
Joint work with Hannes Frederic Sowa.
Cc: Jakub Zawadzki <darkjames-ws@darkjames.pl>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So that we will not expose struct tcf_common to modules.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Every action ops has a pointer to hash info, so we don't need to
hard-code it in each module.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is not actually implemented.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace some magic numbers which describe states of 4-state model
loss generator with enumerate.
Signed-off-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The error code was not set if change indev fail, so the error
condition wasn't reflected in the return value. Fix to return a
negative error code from this error handling case instead of 0.
Fixes: 2519a602c2 ('net_sched: optimize tcf_match_indev()')
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In tcf_register_action() we check either ->type or ->kind to see if
there is an existing action registered, but ipt action registers two
actions with same type but different kinds. They should have different
types too.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the net_random and net_srandom macros and replaces
them with direct calls to the prandom ones. As new commits only seem to
use prandom_u32 there is no use to keep them around.
This change makes it easier to grep for users of prandom_u32.
Signed-off-by: Aruna-Hewapathirane <aruna.hewapathirane@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is not necessary at all.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tp->root is a void* pointer, no need to cast it.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_match_indev() is called in fast path, it is not wise to
search for a netdev by ifindex and then compare by its name,
just compare the ifindex.
Also, dev->name could be changed by user-space, therefore
the match would be always fail, but dev->ifindex could
be consistent.
BTW, this will also save some bytes from the core struct of u32.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It will be needed by the next patch.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor tcf_add_notify() and factor out tcf_del_notify().
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to store the index separatedly
since tcf_hashinfo is allocated statically too.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is to be compatible with the use of "get_time" (i.e. default
time unit in us) in iproute2 patch for HHF as requested by Stephen.
Signed-off-by: Terry Lam <vtlam@google.com>
Acked-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the tx queue were selected implicitly in ndo_dfwd_start_xmit(). The
will cause several issues:
- NETIF_F_LLTX were removed for macvlan, so txq lock were done for macvlan
instead of lower device which misses the necessary txq synchronization for
lower device such as txq stopping or frozen required by dev watchdog or
control path.
- dev_hard_start_xmit() was called with NULL txq which bypasses the net device
watchdog.
- dev_hard_start_xmit() does not check txq everywhere which will lead a crash
when tso is disabled for lower device.
Fix this by explicitly introducing a new param for .ndo_select_queue() for just
selecting queues in the case of l2 forwarding offload. netdev_pick_tx() was also
extended to accept this parameter and dev_queue_xmit_accel() was used to do l2
forwarding transmission.
With this fixes, NETIF_F_LLTX could be preserved for macvlan and there's no need
to check txq against NULL in dev_hard_start_xmit(). Also there's no need to keep
a dedicated ndo_dfwd_start_xmit() and we can just reuse the code of
dev_queue_xmit() to do the transmission.
In the future, it was also required for macvtap l2 forwarding support since it
provides a necessary synchronization method.
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: e1000-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_sriov_pf.c
net/ipv6/ip6_tunnel.c
net/ipv6/ip6_vti.c
ipv6 tunnel statistic bug fixes conflicting with consolidation into
generic sw per-cpu net stats.
qlogic conflict between queue counting bug fix and the addition
of multiple MAC address support.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
action flushing missaccounting
Account only for deleted actions
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove unnecessary checks for act->ops
(suggested by Eric Dumazet).
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Proportional Integral controller Enhanced (PIE) is a scheduler to address the
bufferbloat problem.
>From the IETF draft below:
" Bufferbloat is a phenomenon where excess buffers in the network cause high
latency and jitter. As more and more interactive applications (e.g. voice over
IP, real time video streaming and financial transactions) run in the Internet,
high latency and jitter degrade application performance. There is a pressing
need to design intelligent queue management schemes that can control latency and
jitter; and hence provide desirable quality of service to users.
We present here a lightweight design, PIE(Proportional Integral controller
Enhanced) that can effectively control the average queueing latency to a target
value. Simulation results, theoretical analysis and Linux testbed results have
shown that PIE can ensure low latency and achieve high link utilization under
various congestion situations. The design does not require per-packet
timestamp, so it incurs very small overhead and is simple enough to implement
in both hardware and software. "
Many thanks to Dave Taht for extensive feedback, reviews, testing and
suggestions. Thanks also to Stephen Hemminger and Eric Dumazet for reviews and
suggestions. Naeem Khademi and Dave Taht independently contributed to ECN
support.
For more information, please see technical paper about PIE in the IEEE
Conference on High Performance Switching and Routing 2013. A copy of the paper
can be found at ftp://ftpeng.cisco.com/pie/.
Please also refer to the IETF draft submission at
http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-pan-tsvwg-pie-00
All relevant code, documents and test scripts and results can be found at
ftp://ftpeng.cisco.com/pie/.
For problems with the iproute2/tc or Linux kernel code, please contact Vijay
Subramanian (vijaynsu@cisco.com or subramanian.vijay@gmail.com) Mythili Prabhu
(mysuryan@cisco.com)
Signed-off-by: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mythili Prabhu <mysuryan@cisco.com>
CC: Dave Taht <dave.taht@bufferbloat.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next tree,
they are:
* Add full port randomization support. Some crazy researchers found a way
to reconstruct the secure ephemeral ports that are allocated in random mode
by sending off-path bursts of UDP packets to overrun the socket buffer of
the DNS resolver to trigger retransmissions, then if the timing for the
DNS resolution done by a client is larger than usual, then they conclude
that the port that received the burst of UDP packets is the one that was
opened. It seems a bit aggressive method to me but it seems to work for
them. As a result, Daniel Borkmann and Hannes Frederic Sowa came up with a
new NAT mode to fully randomize ports using prandom.
* Add a new classifier to x_tables based on the socket net_cls set via
cgroups. These includes two patches to prepare the field as requested by
Zefan Li. Also from Daniel Borkmann.
* Use prandom instead of get_random_bytes in several locations of the
netfilter code, from Florian Westphal.
* Allow to use the CTA_MARK_MASK in ctnetlink when mangling the conntrack
mark, also from Florian Westphal.
* Fix compilation warning due to unused variable in IPVS, from Geert
Uytterhoeven.
* Add support for UID/GID via nfnetlink_queue, from Valentina Giusti.
* Add IPComp extension to x_tables, from Fan Du.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Zefan Li requested [1] to perform the following cleanup/refactoring:
- Split cgroupfs classid handling into net core to better express a
possible more generic use.
- Disable module support for cgroupfs bits as the majority of other
cgroupfs subsystems do not have that, and seems to be not wished
from cgroup side. Zefan probably might want to follow-up for netprio
later on.
- By this, code can be further reduced which previously took care of
functionality built when compiled as module.
cgroupfs bits are being placed under net/core/netclassid_cgroup.c, so
that we are consistent with {netclassid,netprio}_cgroup naming that is
under net/core/ as suggested by Zefan.
No change in functionality, but only code refactoring that is being
done here.
[1] http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/304825/
Suggested-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Cc: Zefan Li <lizefan@huawei.com>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Cc: cgroups@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This reverts commit de6fb288b1.
Otherwise we got:
net/sched/cls_cgroup.c:106:29: error: static declaration of ‘net_cls_subsys’ follows non-static declaration
static struct cgroup_subsys net_cls_subsys = {
^
In file included from include/linux/cgroup.h:654:0,
from net/sched/cls_cgroup.c:18:
include/linux/cgroup_subsys.h:35:29: note: previous declaration of ‘net_cls_subsys’ was here
SUBSYS(net_cls)
^
make[2]: *** [net/sched/cls_cgroup.o] Error 1
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to export functions only used in one file.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new attribute to support 64bit rates so that
tc can use them to break the 32bit limit.
Signed-off-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With TSO/GSO/GRO packets, skb->len doesn't represent
a precise amount of bytes on wire.
This patch replace skb->len with qdisc_pkt_len(skb)
which is more precise.
Signed-off-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In dsmark_drop(), the function name printed by pr_debug
is "dsmark_reset", correct it to "dsmark_drop" by using
__func__ .
BTW, replace the other function names with __func__ .
Signed-off-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not use C99 // comments and correct a spelling typo.
Signed-off-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a bug fix. The existing code tries to kill many
birds with one stone: Handling binding of actions to
filters, new actions and replacing of action
attributes. A simple test case to illustrate:
XXXX
moja@fe1:~$ sudo tc actions add action drop index 12
moja@fe1:~$ actions get action gact index 12
action order 1: gact action drop
random type none pass val 0
index 12 ref 1 bind 0
moja@fe1:~$ sudo tc actions replace action ok index 12
moja@fe1:~$ actions get action gact index 12
action order 1: gact action drop
random type none pass val 0
index 12 ref 2 bind 0
XXXX
The above shows the refcounf being wrongly incremented on replace.
There are more complex scenarios with binding of actions to filters
that i am leaving out that didnt work as well...
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we set burst to 1514 with low rate in userspace,
the kernel get a value of burst that less than 1514,
which doesn't work.
Because it may make some loss when transform burst
to buffer in userspace. This makes burst lose some
bytes, when the kernel transform the buffer back to
burst.
This patch adds two new attributes to support sending
burst/mtu to kernel directly to avoid the loss.
Signed-off-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This module shouldn't be randomly exporting symbols
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
list_for_each_entry(a, &act_base, head) doesn't
exit with a = NULL if we reached the end of the list.
tcf_unregister_action(), tc_lookup_action_n() and tc_lookup_action()
need fixes.
Remove tc_lookup_action_id() as its unused and not worth 'fixing'
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: 1f747c26c4 ("net_sched: convert tc_action_ops to use struct list_head")
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
list_for_each_entry(t, &tcf_proto_base, head) doesn't
exit with t = NULL if we reached the end of the list.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: 3627287463 ("net_sched: convert tcf_proto_ops to use struct
list_head")
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes:
1) pass mask rather than size to tcf_hashinfo_init()
2) the cleanup should be in reversed order in mirred_cleanup_module()
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Fixes: 369ba56787 ("net_sched: init struct tcf_hashinfo at register time")
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It already has a NULL pointer check of rtab in qdisc_put_rtab().
Remove the check outside of qdisc_put_rtab().
Signed-off-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It already has a NULL pointer check of rtab in qdisc_put_rtab().
Remove the check outside of qdisc_put_rtab().
Signed-off-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements the first size-based qdisc that attempts to
differentiate between small flows and heavy-hitters. The goal is to
catch the heavy-hitters and move them to a separate queue with less
priority so that bulk traffic does not affect the latency of critical
traffic. Currently "less priority" means less weight (2:1 in
particular) in a Weighted Deficit Round Robin (WDRR) scheduler.
In essence, this patch addresses the "delay-bloat" problem due to
bloated buffers. In some systems, large queues may be necessary for
obtaining CPU efficiency, or due to the presence of unresponsive
traffic like UDP, or just a large number of connections with each
having a small amount of outstanding traffic. In these circumstances,
HHF aims to reduce the HoL blocking for latency sensitive traffic,
while not impacting the queues built up by bulk traffic. HHF can also
be used in conjunction with other AQM mechanisms such as CoDel.
To capture heavy-hitters, we implement the "multi-stage filter" design
in the following paper:
C. Estan and G. Varghese, "New Directions in Traffic Measurement and
Accounting", in ACM SIGCOMM, 2002.
Some configurable qdisc settings through 'tc':
- hhf_reset_timeout: period to reset counter values in the multi-stage
filter (default 40ms)
- hhf_admit_bytes: threshold to classify heavy-hitters
(default 128KB)
- hhf_evict_timeout: threshold to evict idle heavy-hitters
(default 1s)
- hhf_non_hh_weight: Weighted Deficit Round Robin (WDRR) weight for
non-heavy-hitters (default 2)
- hh_flows_limit: max number of heavy-hitter flow entries
(default 2048)
Note that the ratio between hhf_admit_bytes and hhf_reset_timeout
reflects the bandwidth of heavy-hitters that we attempt to capture
(25Mbps with the above default settings).
The false negative rate (heavy-hitter flows getting away unclassified)
is zero by the design of the multi-stage filter algorithm.
With 100 heavy-hitter flows, using four hashes and 4000 counters yields
a false positive rate (non-heavy-hitters mistakenly classified as
heavy-hitters) of less than 1e-4.
Signed-off-by: Terry Lam <vtlam@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_main.c
drivers/net/macvtap.c
Both minor merge hassles, simple overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't need to maintain our own singly linked list code.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't need to maintain our own singly linked list code.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So that we don't need to play with singly linked list,
and since the code is not on hot path, we can use spinlock
instead of rwlock.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It looks weird to store the lock out of the struct but
still points to a static variable. Just move them into the struct.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These information can be saved in tcf_exts, and this will
simplify the code.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently actions are chained by a singly linked list,
therefore it is a bit hard to add and remove a specific
entry. Convert it to struct list_head so that in the
latter patch we can remove an action without finding
its head.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is not used.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changing name of function as part of making the hash in skbuff to be
generic property, not just for receive path.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch brings NUMA support and automatic fallback to vmalloc()
in case kmalloc() failed to allocate FQ hash table.
NUMA support depends on XPS being setup for the device before
qdisc allocation. After a XPS change, it might be worth creating
qdisc hierarchy again.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 95dc19299f ("pkt_sched: give visibility to mq slave
qdiscs") we call disc_list_add() while the device qdisc might be
the noop_qdisc one.
This shows up as duplicates in "tc qdisc show", as all inactive devices
point to noop_qdisc.
Fix this by setting dev->qdisc to the new qdisc before calling
ops->change() in attach_default_qdiscs()
Add a WARN_ON_ONCE() to catch any future similar problem.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's doing a 64-bit divide which is not supported
on 32-bit architectures in psched_ns_t2l(). The
correct way to do this is to use do_div().
It's introduced by commit cc106e441a
("net: sched: tbf: fix the calculation of max_size")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It already has a NULL pointer judgment of rtab in qdisc_put_rtab().
Remove the judgment outside of qdisc_put_rtab().
Signed-off-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now, 32bit rates may be not the true rate.
So use rate_bytes_ps which is from
max(rate32, rate64) to calcualte quantum.
Signed-off-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current max_size is caluated from rate table. Now, the rate table
has been replaced and it's wrong to caculate max_size based on this
rate table. It can lead wrong calculation of max_size.
The burst in kernel may be lower than user asked, because burst may gets
some loss when transform it to buffer(E.g. "burst 40kb rate 30mbit/s")
and it seems we cannot avoid this loss. Burst's value(max_size) based on
rate table may be equal user asked. If a packet's length is max_size, this
packet will be stalled in tbf_dequeue() because its length is above the
burst in kernel so that it cannot get enough tokens. The max_size guards
against enqueuing packet sizes above q->buffer "time" in tbf_enqueue().
To make consistent with the calculation of tokens, this patch add a helper
psched_ns_t2l() to calculate burst(max_size) directly to fix this problem.
After this fix, we can support to using 64bit rates to calculate burst as well.
Signed-off-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SKIP_NONLOCAL hides the control flow. The control flow should be
inlined and expanded explicitly in code so that someone who reads
it can tell the control flow can be changed by the statement.
Signed-off-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Macros with multiple statements should be enclosed in a do - while loop
Signed-off-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Spaces required around that '>' (ctx:VxV) and
before the open parenthesis '('.
Signed-off-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"foo* bar" or "foo * bar" should be "foo *bar".
Signed-off-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Code indent should use tabs where possible
Signed-off-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
return is not a function, parentheses are not required.
Signed-off-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge 'net' into 'net-next' to get the AF_PACKET bug fix that
Daniel's direct transmit changes depend upon.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 6da7c8fcbc ("qdisc: allow setting default queuing discipline")
added the ability to change default qdisc from pfifo_fast to say fq
But as most modern ethernet devices are multiqueue, we cant really
see all the statistics from "tc -s qdisc show", as the default root
qdisc is mq.
This patch adds the calls to qdisc_list_add() to mq and mqprio
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several files refer to an old address for the Free Software Foundation
in the file header comment. Resolve by replacing the address with
the URL <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/> so that we do not have to keep
updating the header comments anytime the address changes.
CC: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
CC: Alex Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
CC: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
CC: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
CC: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@gmail.com>
CC: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patch from developers of the alternative loss models, downloaded from:
http://netgroup.uniroma2.it/twiki/bin/view.cgi/Main/NetemCLG
"in case 2, of the switch we change the direction of the inequality to
net_random()>clg->a3, because clg->a3 is h in the GE model and when h
is 0 all packets will be lost."
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patch from developers of the alternative loss models, downloaded from:
http://netgroup.uniroma2.it/twiki/bin/view.cgi/Main/NetemCLG
"In the case 1 of the switch statement in the if conditions we
need to add clg->a4 to clg->a1, according to the model."
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a missing break statement in the Gilbert Elliot loss model
generator which makes state machine behave incorrectly.
Reported-by: Martin Burri <martin.burri@ch.abb.com
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a too small burst is inadvertently set on TBF, we might trigger
a bug in tbf_segment(), as 'skb' instead of 'segs' was used in a
qdisc_reshape_fail() call.
tc qdisc add dev eth0 root handle 1: tbf latency 50ms burst 1KB rate
50mbit
Fix the bug, and add a warning, as such configuration is not
going to work anyway for non GSO packets.
(For some reason, one has to use a burst >= 1520 to get a working
configuration, even with old kernels. This is a probable iproute2/tc
bug)
Based on a report and initial patch from Yang Yingliang
Fixes: e43ac79a4b ("sch_tbf: segment too big GSO packets")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For performance reasons, sch_fq tried hard to not setup timers for every
sent packet, using a quantum based heuristic : A delay is setup only if
the flow exhausted its credit.
Problem is that application limited flows can refill their credit
for every queued packet, and they can evade pacing.
This problem can also be triggered when TCP flows use small MSS values,
as TSO auto sizing builds packets that are smaller than the default fq
quantum (3028 bytes)
This patch adds a 40 ms delay to guard flow credit refill.
Fixes: afe4fd0624 ("pkt_sched: fq: Fair Queue packet scheduler")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 7eec4174ff ("pkt_sched: fq: fix non TCP flows pacing")
obsoleted TCA_FQ_FLOW_DEFAULT_RATE without notice for the users.
Suggested by David Miller
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initial sch_fq implementation copied code from pfifo_fast to classify
a packet as a high prio packet.
This clashes with setups using PRIO with say 7 bands, as one of the
band could be incorrectly (mis)classified by FQ.
Packets would be queued in the 'internal' queue, and no pacing ever
happen for this special queue.
Fixes: afe4fd0624 ("pkt_sched: fq: Fair Queue packet scheduler")
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With psched_ratecfg_precompute(), tbf can deal with 64bit rates.
Add two new attributes so that tc can use them to break the 32bit
limit.
Signed-off-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Suggested-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a operations structure that allows a network interface to export
the fact that it supports package forwarding in hardware between
physical interfaces and other mac layer devices assigned to it (such
as macvlans). This operaions structure can be used by virtual mac
devices to bypass software switching so that forwarding can be done
in hardware more efficiently.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be.h
drivers/net/netconsole.c
net/bridge/br_private.h
Three mostly trivial conflicts.
The net/bridge/br_private.h conflict was a function signature (argument
addition) change overlapping with the extern removals from Joe Perches.
In drivers/net/netconsole.c we had one change adjusting a printk message
whilst another changed "printk(KERN_INFO" into "pr_info(".
Lastly, the emulex change was a new inline function addition overlapping
with Joe Perches's extern removals.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work contains a lightweight BPF-based traffic classifier that can
serve as a flexible alternative to ematch-based tree classification, i.e.
now that BPF filter engine can also be JITed in the kernel. Naturally, tc
actions and policies are supported as well with cls_bpf. Multiple BPF
programs/filter can be attached for a class, or they can just as well be
written within a single BPF program, that's really up to the user how he
wishes to run/optimize the code, e.g. also for inversion of verdicts etc.
The notion of a BPF program's return/exit codes is being kept as follows:
0: No match
-1: Select classid given in "tc filter ..." command
else: flowid, overwrite the default one
As a minimal usage example with iproute2, we use a 3 band prio root qdisc
on a router with sfq each as leave, and assign ssh and icmp bpf-based
filters to band 1, http traffic to band 2 and the rest to band 3. For the
first two bands we load the bytecode from a file, in the 2nd we load it
inline as an example:
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/core/bpf_jit_enable
tc qdisc del dev em1 root
tc qdisc add dev em1 root handle 1: prio bands 3 priomap 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
tc qdisc add dev em1 parent 1:1 sfq perturb 16
tc qdisc add dev em1 parent 1:2 sfq perturb 16
tc qdisc add dev em1 parent 1:3 sfq perturb 16
tc filter add dev em1 parent 1: bpf run bytecode-file /etc/tc/ssh.bpf flowid 1:1
tc filter add dev em1 parent 1: bpf run bytecode-file /etc/tc/icmp.bpf flowid 1:1
tc filter add dev em1 parent 1: bpf run bytecode-file /etc/tc/http.bpf flowid 1:2
tc filter add dev em1 parent 1: bpf run bytecode "`bpfc -f tc -i misc.ops`" flowid 1:3
BPF programs can be easily created and passed to tc, either as inline
'bytecode' or 'bytecode-file'. There are a couple of front-ends that can
compile opcodes, for example:
1) People familiar with tcpdump-like filters:
tcpdump -iem1 -ddd port 22 | tr '\n' ',' > /etc/tc/ssh.bpf
2) People that want to low-level program their filters or use BPF
extensions that lack support by libpcap's compiler:
bpfc -f tc -i ssh.ops > /etc/tc/ssh.bpf
ssh.ops example code:
ldh [12]
jne #0x800, drop
ldb [23]
jneq #6, drop
ldh [20]
jset #0x1fff, drop
ldxb 4 * ([14] & 0xf)
ldh [%x + 14]
jeq #0x16, pass
ldh [%x + 16]
jne #0x16, drop
pass: ret #-1
drop: ret #0
It was chosen to load bytecode into tc, since the reverse operation,
tc filter list dev em1, is then able to show the exact commands again.
Possible follow-up work could also include a small expression compiler
for iproute2. Tested with the help of bmon. This idea came up during
the Netfilter Workshop 2013 in Copenhagen. Also thanks to feedback from
Eric Dumazet!
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a socket is freed/reallocated, we need to clear time_next_packet
or else we can inherit a prior value and delay first packets of the
new flow.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The transition from markov state "3 => lost packets within a burst
period" to "1 => successfully transmitted packets within a gap period"
has no *additional* loss event. The loss already happen for transition
from 1 -> 3, this additional loss will make things go wild.
E.g. transition probabilities:
p13: 10%
p31: 100%
Expected:
Ploss = p13 / (p13 + p31)
Ploss = ~9.09%
... but it isn't. Even worse: we get a double loss - each time.
So simple don't return true to indicate loss, rather break and return
false.
Signed-off-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Stefano Salsano <stefano.salsano@uniroma2.it>
Cc: Fabio Ludovici <fabio.ludovici@yahoo.it>
Signed-off-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/qmi_wwan.c
include/net/dst.h
Trivial merge conflicts, both were overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Randy found that if network namespace not enabled then
nd_net does not exist and would cause compilation failure.
This is handled correctly by using the dev_net() macro.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Netem can leak memory because packets get stored in red-black
tree and it is not cleared on reset.
Reported by: Сергеев Сергей <adron@yapic.net>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When packet is dropped from rb-tree netem the backlog statistic should
also be updated.
Reported-by: Сергеев Сергей <adron@yapic.net>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
include/linux/netdevice.h
net/core/sock.c
Trivial merge issues.
Removal of "extern" for functions declaration in netdevice.h
at the same time "const" was added to an argument.
Two parallel line additions in net/core/sock.c
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steinar reported FQ pacing was not working for UDP flows.
It looks like the initial sk->sk_pacing_rate value of 0 was
a wrong choice. We should init it to ~0U (unlimited)
Then, TCA_FQ_FLOW_DEFAULT_RATE should be removed because it makes
no real sense. The default rate is really unlimited, and we
need to avoid a zero divide.
Reported-by: Steinar H. Gunderson <sesse@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCA_FQ_INITIAL_QUANTUM should set q->initial_quantum
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can get classid through cgroup_subsys_state,
this is directviewing and effective.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen() is called when some packets are dropped
on a qdisc, and we want to notify parents of qlen changes.
We also can increment parents qdisc qstats drop counters.
This permits more accurate drop counters up to root qdisc.
For example a graft operation typically resets a qdisc
(drops all packets) and call qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen()
Note that callers are responsible for their drop counters.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Separate the unreg_list and the close_list in dev_close_many preventing
dev_close_many from permuting the unreg_list. The permutations of the
unreg_list have resulted in cases where the loopback device is accessed
it has been freed in code such as dst_ifdown. Resulting in subtle memory
corruption.
This is the second bug from sharing the storage between the close_list
and the unreg_list. The issues that crop up with sharing are
apparently too subtle to show up in normal testing or usage, so let's
forget about being clever and use two separate lists.
v2: Make all callers pass in a close_list to dev_close_many
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next tree,
mostly ipset improvements and enhancements features, they are:
* Don't call ip_nest_end needlessly in the error path from me, suggested
by Pablo Neira Ayuso, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
* Fixed sparse warnings about shadowed variable and missing rcu annotation
and fix of "may be used uninitialized" warnings, also from Jozsef.
* Renamed simple macro names to avoid namespace issues, reported by David
Laight, again from Jozsef.
* Use fix sized type for timeout in the extension part, and cosmetic
ordering of matches and targets separatedly in xt_set.c, from Jozsef.
* Support package fragments for IPv4 protos without ports from Anders K.
Pedersen. For example this allows a hash:ip,port ipset containing the
entry 192.168.0.1,gre:0 to match all package fragments for PPTP VPN
tunnels to/from the host. Without this patch only the first package
fragment (with fragment offset 0) was matched.
* Introduced a new operation to get both setname and family, from Jozsef.
ip[6]tables set match and SET target need to know the family of the set
in order to reject adding rules which refer to a set with a non-mathcing
family. Currently such rules are silently accepted and then ignored
instead of generating an error message to the user.
* Reworked extensions support in ipset types from Jozsef. The approach of
defining structures with all variations is not manageable as the
number of extensions grows. Therefore a blob for the extensions is
introduced, somewhat similar to conntrack. The support of extensions
which need a per data destroy function is added as well.
* When an element timed out in a list:set type of set, the garbage
collector skipped the checking of the next element. So the purging
was delayed to the next run of the gc, fixed by Jozsef.
* A small Kconfig fix: NETFILTER_NETLINK cannot be selected and
ipset requires it.
* hash:net,net type from Oliver Smith. The type provides the ability to
store pairs of subnets in a set.
* Comment for ipset entries from Oliver Smith. This makes possible to
annotate entries in a set with comments, for example:
ipset n foo hash:net,net comment
ipset a foo 10.0.0.0/21,192.168.1.0/24 comment "office nets A and B"
* Fix of hash types resizing with comment extension from Jozsef.
* Fix of new extensions for list:set type when an element is added
into a slot from where another element was pushed away from Jozsef.
* Introduction of a common function for the listing of the element
extensions from Jozsef.
* Net namespace support for ipset from Vitaly Lavrov.
* hash:net,port,net type from Oliver Smith, which makes possible
to store the triples of two subnets and a protocol, port pair in
a set.
* Get xt_TCPMSS working with net namespace, by Gao feng.
* Use the proper net netnamespace to allocate skbs, also by Gao feng.
* A couple of cleanups for the conntrack SIP helper, by Holger
Eitzenberger.
* Extend cttimeout to allow setting default conntrack timeouts via
nfnetlink, so we can get rid of all our sysctl/proc interfaces in
the future for timeout tuning, from me.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be.h
drivers/net/usb/qmi_wwan.c
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/dhd_bus.h
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_synproxy.h
include/net/secure_seq.h
The conflicts are of two varieties:
1) Conflicts with Joe Perches's 'extern' removal from header file
function declarations. Usually it's an argument signature change
or a function being added/removed. The resolutions are trivial.
2) Some overlapping changes in qmi_wwan.c and be.h, one commit adds
a new value, another changes an existing value. That sort of
thing.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fq_reset() should drops all packets in queue, including
throttled flows.
This patch moves code from fq_destroy() to fq_reset()
to do the cleaning.
fq_change() must stop calling fq_dequeue() if all remaining
packets are from throttled flows.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
err is set once, then first code resets it.
err = tcf_exts_validate(...)
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than returning earlier value (EINVAL), return ENOMEM if
kzalloc fails. Found while reviewing to find another EINVAL condition.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds netns support for ipset.
Major changes were made in ip_set_core.c and ip_set.h.
Global variables are moved to per net namespace.
Added initialization code and the destruction of the network namespace ipset subsystem.
In the prototypes of public functions ip_set_* added parameter "struct net*".
The remaining corrections related to the change prototypes of public functions ip_set_*.
The patch for git://git.netfilter.org/ipset.git commit 6a4ec96c0b8caac5c35474e40e319704d92ca347
Signed-off-by: Vitaly Lavrov <lve@guap.ru>
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
HTB already can deal with 64bit rates, we only have to add two new
attributes so that tc can use them to break the current 32bit ABI
barrier.
TCA_HTB_RATE64 : class rate (in bytes per second)
TCA_HTB_CEIL64 : class ceil (in bytes per second)
This allows us to setup HTB on 40Gbps links, as 32bit limit is
actually ~34Gbps
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an extra u64 rate parameter to psched_ratecfg_precompute()
so that some qdisc can opt-in for 64bit rates in the future,
to overcome the ~34 Gbits limit.
psched_ratecfg_getrate() reports a legacy structure to
tc utility, so if actual rate is above the 32bit rate field,
cap it to the 34Gbit limit.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a typo added in commit 56b765b79 ("htb: improved accuracy at high
rates")
cbuffer should not be a copy of buffer.
Signed-off-by: Vimalkumar <j.vimal@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull trivial tree from Jiri Kosina:
"The usual trivial updates all over the tree -- mostly typo fixes and
documentation updates"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (52 commits)
doc: Documentation/cputopology.txt fix typo
treewide: Convert retrun typos to return
Fix comment typo for init_cma_reserved_pageblock
Documentation/trace: Correcting and extending tracepoint documentation
mm/hotplug: fix a typo in Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt
power: Documentation: Update s2ram link
doc: fix a typo in Documentation/00-INDEX
Documentation/printk-formats.txt: No casts needed for u64/s64
doc: Fix typo "is is" in Documentations
treewide: Fix printks with 0x%#
zram: doc fixes
Documentation/kmemcheck: update kmemcheck documentation
doc: documentation/hwspinlock.txt fix typo
PM / Hibernate: add section for resume options
doc: filesystems : Fix typo in Documentations/filesystems
scsi/megaraid fixed several typos in comments
ppc: init_32: Fix error typo "CONFIG_START_KERNEL"
treewide: Add __GFP_NOWARN to k.alloc calls with v.alloc fallbacks
page_isolation: Fix a comment typo in test_pages_isolated()
doc: fix a typo about irq affinity
...
Pull networking changes from David Miller:
"Noteworthy changes this time around:
1) Multicast rejoin support for team driver, from Jiri Pirko.
2) Centralize and simplify TCP RTT measurement handling in order to
reduce the impact of bad RTO seeding from SYN/ACKs. Also, when
both timestamps and local RTT measurements are available prefer
the later because there are broken middleware devices which
scramble the timestamp.
From Yuchung Cheng.
3) Add TCP_NOTSENT_LOWAT socket option to limit the amount of kernel
memory consumed to queue up unsend user data. From Eric Dumazet.
4) Add a "physical port ID" abstraction for network devices, from
Jiri Pirko.
5) Add a "suppress" operation to influence fib_rules lookups, from
Stefan Tomanek.
6) Add a networking development FAQ, from Paul Gortmaker.
7) Extend the information provided by tcp_probe and add ipv6 support,
from Daniel Borkmann.
8) Use RCU locking more extensively in openvswitch data paths, from
Pravin B Shelar.
9) Add SCTP support to openvswitch, from Joe Stringer.
10) Add EF10 chip support to SFC driver, from Ben Hutchings.
11) Add new SYNPROXY netfilter target, from Patrick McHardy.
12) Compute a rate approximation for sending in TCP sockets, and use
this to more intelligently coalesce TSO frames. Furthermore, add
a new packet scheduler which takes advantage of this estimate when
available. From Eric Dumazet.
13) Allow AF_PACKET fanouts with random selection, from Daniel
Borkmann.
14) Add ipv6 support to vxlan driver, from Cong Wang"
Resolved conflicts as per discussion.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1218 commits)
openvswitch: Fix alignment of struct sw_flow_key.
netfilter: Fix build errors with xt_socket.c
tcp: Add missing braces to do_tcp_setsockopt
caif: Add missing braces to multiline if in cfctrl_linkup_request
bnx2x: Add missing braces in bnx2x:bnx2x_link_initialize
vxlan: Fix kernel panic on device delete.
net: mvneta: implement ->ndo_do_ioctl() to support PHY ioctls
net: mvneta: properly disable HW PHY polling and ensure adjust_link() works
icplus: Use netif_running to determine device state
ethernet/arc/arc_emac: Fix huge delays in large file copies
tuntap: orphan frags before trying to set tx timestamp
tuntap: purge socket error queue on detach
qlcnic: use standard NAPI weights
ipv6:introduce function to find route for redirect
bnx2x: VF RSS support - VF side
bnx2x: VF RSS support - PF side
vxlan: Notify drivers for listening UDP port changes
net: usbnet: update addr_assign_type if appropriate
driver/net: enic: update enic maintainers and driver
driver/net: enic: Exposing symbols for Cisco's low latency driver
...
Pull cgroup updates from Tejun Heo:
"A lot of activities on the cgroup front. Most changes aren't visible
to userland at all at this point and are laying foundation for the
planned unified hierarchy.
- The biggest change is decoupling the lifetime management of css
(cgroup_subsys_state) from that of cgroup's. Because controllers
(cpu, memory, block and so on) will need to be dynamically enabled
and disabled, css which is the association point between a cgroup
and a controller may come and go dynamically across the lifetime of
a cgroup. Till now, css's were created when the associated cgroup
was created and stayed till the cgroup got destroyed.
Assumptions around this tight coupling permeated through cgroup
core and controllers. These assumptions are gradually removed,
which consists bulk of patches, and css destruction path is
completely decoupled from cgroup destruction path. Note that
decoupling of creation path is relatively easy on top of these
changes and the patchset is pending for the next window.
- cgroup has its own event mechanism cgroup.event_control, which is
only used by memcg. It is overly complex trying to achieve high
flexibility whose benefits seem dubious at best. Going forward,
new events will simply generate file modified event and the
existing mechanism is being made specific to memcg. This pull
request contains prepatory patches for such change.
- Various fixes and cleanups"
Fixed up conflict in kernel/cgroup.c as per Tejun.
* 'for-3.12' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/cgroup: (69 commits)
cgroup: fix cgroup_css() invocation in css_from_id()
cgroup: make cgroup_write_event_control() use css_from_dir() instead of __d_cgrp()
cgroup: make cgroup_event hold onto cgroup_subsys_state instead of cgroup
cgroup: implement CFTYPE_NO_PREFIX
cgroup: make cgroup_css() take cgroup_subsys * instead and allow NULL subsys
cgroup: rename cgroup_css_from_dir() to css_from_dir() and update its syntax
cgroup: fix cgroup_write_event_control()
cgroup: fix subsystem file accesses on the root cgroup
cgroup: change cgroup_from_id() to css_from_id()
cgroup: use css_get() in cgroup_create() to check CSS_ROOT
cpuset: remove an unncessary forward declaration
cgroup: RCU protect each cgroup_subsys_state release
cgroup: move subsys file removal to kill_css()
cgroup: factor out kill_css()
cgroup: decouple cgroup_subsys_state destruction from cgroup destruction
cgroup: replace cgroup->css_kill_cnt with ->nr_css
cgroup: bounce cgroup_subsys_state ref kill confirmation to a work item
cgroup: move cgroup->subsys[] assignment to online_css()
cgroup: reorganize css init / exit paths
cgroup: add __rcu modifier to cgroup->subsys[]
...
Multiqueue scheduler refers to default_qdisc_ops; therefore the
variable definition needs to be moved to handle case where net
scheduler API is not available.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes warnings introduced by the qdisc default patch.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By default, the pfifo_fast queue discipline has been used by default
for all devices. But we have better choices now.
This patch allow setting the default queueing discipline with sysctl.
This allows easy use of better queueing disciplines on all devices
without having to use tc qdisc scripts. It is intended to allow
an easy path for distributions to make fq_codel or sfq the default
qdisc.
This patch also makes pfifo_fast more of a first class qdisc, since
it is now possible to manually override the default and explicitly
use pfifo_fast. The behavior for systems who do not use the sysctl
is unchanged, they still get pfifo_fast
Also removes leftover random # in sysctl net core.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kbuild bot reported following m68k build error :
net/sched/sch_fq.c: In function 'fq_dequeue':
>> net/sched/sch_fq.c:491:2: error: implicit declaration of function
'prefetch' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
cc1: some warnings being treated as errors
While we are fixing this, move this prefetch() call a bit earlier.
Reported-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Uses perfect flow match (not stochastic hash like SFQ/FQ_codel)
- Uses the new_flow/old_flow separation from FQ_codel
- New flows get an initial credit allowing IW10 without added delay.
- Special FIFO queue for high prio packets (no need for PRIO + FQ)
- Uses a hash table of RB trees to locate the flows at enqueue() time
- Smart on demand gc (at enqueue() time, RB tree lookup evicts old
unused flows)
- Dynamic memory allocations.
- Designed to allow millions of concurrent flows per Qdisc.
- Small memory footprint : ~8K per Qdisc, and 104 bytes per flow.
- Single high resolution timer for throttled flows (if any).
- One RB tree to link throttled flows.
- Ability to have a max rate per flow. We might add a socket option
to add per socket limitation.
Attempts have been made to add TCP pacing in TCP stack, but this
seems to add complex code to an already complex stack.
TCP pacing is welcomed for flows having idle times, as the cwnd
permits TCP stack to queue a possibly large number of packets.
This removes the 'slow start after idle' choice, hitting badly
large BDP flows, and applications delivering chunks of data
as video streams.
Nicely spaced packets :
Here interface is 10Gbit, but flow bottleneck is ~20Mbit
cwin is big, yet FQ avoids the typical bursts generated by TCP
(as in netperf TCP_RR -- -r 100000,100000)
15:01:23.545279 IP A > B: . 78193:81089(2896) ack 65248 win 3125 <nop,nop,timestamp 1115 11597805>
15:01:23.545394 IP B > A: . ack 81089 win 3668 <nop,nop,timestamp 11597985 1115>
15:01:23.546488 IP A > B: . 81089:83985(2896) ack 65248 win 3125 <nop,nop,timestamp 1115 11597805>
15:01:23.546565 IP B > A: . ack 83985 win 3668 <nop,nop,timestamp 11597986 1115>
15:01:23.547713 IP A > B: . 83985:86881(2896) ack 65248 win 3125 <nop,nop,timestamp 1115 11597805>
15:01:23.547778 IP B > A: . ack 86881 win 3668 <nop,nop,timestamp 11597987 1115>
15:01:23.548911 IP A > B: . 86881:89777(2896) ack 65248 win 3125 <nop,nop,timestamp 1115 11597805>
15:01:23.548949 IP B > A: . ack 89777 win 3668 <nop,nop,timestamp 11597988 1115>
15:01:23.550116 IP A > B: . 89777:92673(2896) ack 65248 win 3125 <nop,nop,timestamp 1115 11597805>
15:01:23.550182 IP B > A: . ack 92673 win 3668 <nop,nop,timestamp 11597989 1115>
15:01:23.551333 IP A > B: . 92673:95569(2896) ack 65248 win 3125 <nop,nop,timestamp 1115 11597805>
15:01:23.551406 IP B > A: . ack 95569 win 3668 <nop,nop,timestamp 11597991 1115>
15:01:23.552539 IP A > B: . 95569:98465(2896) ack 65248 win 3125 <nop,nop,timestamp 1115 11597805>
15:01:23.552576 IP B > A: . ack 98465 win 3668 <nop,nop,timestamp 11597992 1115>
15:01:23.553756 IP A > B: . 98465:99913(1448) ack 65248 win 3125 <nop,nop,timestamp 1115 11597805>
15:01:23.554138 IP A > B: P 99913:100001(88) ack 65248 win 3125 <nop,nop,timestamp 1115 11597805>
15:01:23.554204 IP B > A: . ack 100001 win 3668 <nop,nop,timestamp 11597993 1115>
15:01:23.554234 IP B > A: . 65248:68144(2896) ack 100001 win 3668 <nop,nop,timestamp 11597993 1115>
15:01:23.555620 IP B > A: . 68144:71040(2896) ack 100001 win 3668 <nop,nop,timestamp 11597993 1115>
15:01:23.557005 IP B > A: . 71040:73936(2896) ack 100001 win 3668 <nop,nop,timestamp 11597993 1115>
15:01:23.558390 IP B > A: . 73936:76832(2896) ack 100001 win 3668 <nop,nop,timestamp 11597993 1115>
15:01:23.559773 IP B > A: . 76832:79728(2896) ack 100001 win 3668 <nop,nop,timestamp 11597993 1115>
15:01:23.561158 IP B > A: . 79728:82624(2896) ack 100001 win 3668 <nop,nop,timestamp 11597994 1115>
15:01:23.562543 IP B > A: . 82624:85520(2896) ack 100001 win 3668 <nop,nop,timestamp 11597994 1115>
15:01:23.563928 IP B > A: . 85520:88416(2896) ack 100001 win 3668 <nop,nop,timestamp 11597994 1115>
15:01:23.565313 IP B > A: . 88416:91312(2896) ack 100001 win 3668 <nop,nop,timestamp 11597994 1115>
15:01:23.566698 IP B > A: . 91312:94208(2896) ack 100001 win 3668 <nop,nop,timestamp 11597994 1115>
15:01:23.568083 IP B > A: . 94208:97104(2896) ack 100001 win 3668 <nop,nop,timestamp 11597994 1115>
15:01:23.569467 IP B > A: . 97104:100000(2896) ack 100001 win 3668 <nop,nop,timestamp 11597994 1115>
15:01:23.570852 IP B > A: . 100000:102896(2896) ack 100001 win 3668 <nop,nop,timestamp 11597994 1115>
15:01:23.572237 IP B > A: . 102896:105792(2896) ack 100001 win 3668 <nop,nop,timestamp 11597994 1115>
15:01:23.573639 IP B > A: . 105792:108688(2896) ack 100001 win 3668 <nop,nop,timestamp 11597994 1115>
15:01:23.575024 IP B > A: . 108688:111584(2896) ack 100001 win 3668 <nop,nop,timestamp 11597994 1115>
15:01:23.576408 IP B > A: . 111584:114480(2896) ack 100001 win 3668 <nop,nop,timestamp 11597994 1115>
15:01:23.577793 IP B > A: . 114480:117376(2896) ack 100001 win 3668 <nop,nop,timestamp 11597994 1115>
TCP timestamps show that most packets from B were queued in the same ms
timeframe (TSval 1159799{3,4}), but FQ managed to send them right
in time to avoid a big burst.
In slow start or steady state, very few packets are throttled [1]
FQ gets a bunch of tunables as :
limit : max number of packets on whole Qdisc (default 10000)
flow_limit : max number of packets per flow (default 100)
quantum : the credit per RR round (default is 2 MTU)
initial_quantum : initial credit for new flows (default is 10 MTU)
maxrate : max per flow rate (default : unlimited)
buckets : number of RB trees (default : 1024) in hash table.
(consumes 8 bytes per bucket)
[no]pacing : disable/enable pacing (default is enable)
All of them can be changed on a live qdisc.
$ tc qd add dev eth0 root fq help
Usage: ... fq [ limit PACKETS ] [ flow_limit PACKETS ]
[ quantum BYTES ] [ initial_quantum BYTES ]
[ maxrate RATE ] [ buckets NUMBER ]
[ [no]pacing ]
$ tc -s -d qd
qdisc fq 8002: dev eth0 root refcnt 32 limit 10000p flow_limit 100p buckets 256 quantum 3028 initial_quantum 15140
Sent 216532416 bytes 148395 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 14)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 14
511 flows, 511 inactive, 0 throttled
110 gc, 0 highprio, 0 retrans, 1143 throttled, 0 flows_plimit
[1] Except if initial srtt is overestimated, as if using
cached srtt in tcp metrics. We'll provide a fix for this issue.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't emit OOM warnings when k.alloc calls fail when
there there is a v.alloc immediately afterwards.
Converted a kmalloc/vmalloc with memset to kzalloc/vzalloc.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
commit 56b765b79 ("htb: improved accuracy at high rates")
broke the "linklayer atm" handling.
tc class add ... htb rate X ceil Y linklayer atm
The linklayer setting is implemented by modifying the rate table
which is send to the kernel. No direct parameter were
transferred to the kernel indicating the linklayer setting.
The commit 56b765b79 ("htb: improved accuracy at high rates")
removed the use of the rate table system.
To keep compatible with older iproute2 utils, this patch detects
the linklayer by parsing the rate table. It also supports future
versions of iproute2 to send this linklayer parameter to the
kernel directly. This is done by using the __reserved field in
struct tc_ratespec, to convey the choosen linklayer option, but
only using the lower 4 bits of this field.
Linklayer detection is limited to speeds below 100Mbit/s, because
at high rates the rtab is gets too inaccurate, so bad that
several fields contain the same values, this resembling the ATM
detect. Fields even start to contain "0" time to send, e.g. at
1000Mbit/s sending a 96 bytes packet cost "0", thus the rtab have
been more broken than we first realized.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cgroup is in the process of converting to css (cgroup_subsys_state)
from cgroup as the principal subsystem interface handle. This is
mostly to prepare for the unified hierarchy support where css's will
be created and destroyed dynamically but also helps cleaning up
subsystem implementations as css is usually what they are interested
in anyway.
cgroup_taskset which is used by the subsystem attach methods is the
last cgroup subsystem API which isn't using css as the handle. Update
cgroup_taskset_cur_cgroup() to cgroup_taskset_cur_css() and
cgroup_taskset_for_each() to take @skip_css instead of @skip_cgrp.
The conversions are pretty mechanical. One exception is
cpuset::cgroup_cs(), which lost its last user and got removed.
This patch shouldn't introduce any functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Matt Helsley <matthltc@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
cgroup is currently in the process of transitioning to using struct
cgroup_subsys_state * as the primary handle instead of struct cgroup.
Please see the previous commit which converts the subsystem methods
for rationale.
This patch converts all cftype file operations to take @css instead of
@cgroup. cftypes for the cgroup core files don't have their subsytem
pointer set. These will automatically use the dummy_css added by the
previous patch and can be converted the same way.
Most subsystem conversions are straight forwards but there are some
interesting ones.
* freezer: update_if_frozen() is also converted to take @css instead
of @cgroup for consistency. This will make the code look simpler
too once iterators are converted to use css.
* memory/vmpressure: mem_cgroup_from_css() needs to be exported to
vmpressure while mem_cgroup_from_cont() can be made static.
Updated accordingly.
* cpu: cgroup_tg() doesn't have any user left. Removed.
* cpuacct: cgroup_ca() doesn't have any user left. Removed.
* hugetlb: hugetlb_cgroup_form_cgroup() doesn't have any user left.
Removed.
* net_cls: cgrp_cls_state() doesn't have any user left. Removed.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Aristeu Rozanski <aris@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Balbir Singh <bsingharora@gmail.com>
Cc: Matt Helsley <matthltc@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
cgroup is currently in the process of transitioning to using struct
cgroup_subsys_state * as the primary handle instead of struct cgroup *
in subsystem implementations for the following reasons.
* With unified hierarchy, subsystems will be dynamically bound and
unbound from cgroups and thus css's (cgroup_subsys_state) may be
created and destroyed dynamically over the lifetime of a cgroup,
which is different from the current state where all css's are
allocated and destroyed together with the associated cgroup. This
in turn means that cgroup_css() should be synchronized and may
return NULL, making it more cumbersome to use.
* Differing levels of per-subsystem granularity in the unified
hierarchy means that the task and descendant iterators should behave
differently depending on the specific subsystem the iteration is
being performed for.
* In majority of the cases, subsystems only care about its part in the
cgroup hierarchy - ie. the hierarchy of css's. Subsystem methods
often obtain the matching css pointer from the cgroup and don't
bother with the cgroup pointer itself. Passing around css fits
much better.
This patch converts all cgroup_subsys methods to take @css instead of
@cgroup. The conversions are mostly straight-forward. A few
noteworthy changes are
* ->css_alloc() now takes css of the parent cgroup rather than the
pointer to the new cgroup as the css for the new cgroup doesn't
exist yet. Knowing the parent css is enough for all the existing
subsystems.
* In kernel/cgroup.c::offline_css(), unnecessary open coded css
dereference is replaced with local variable access.
This patch shouldn't cause any behavior differences.
v2: Unnecessary explicit cgrp->subsys[] deref in css_online() replaced
with local variable @css as suggested by Li Zefan.
Rebased on top of new for-3.12 which includes for-3.11-fixes so
that ->css_free() invocation added by da0a12caff ("cgroup: fix a
leak when percpu_ref_init() fails") is converted too. Suggested
by Li Zefan.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Aristeu Rozanski <aris@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Balbir Singh <bsingharora@gmail.com>
Cc: Matt Helsley <matthltc@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Currently, controllers have to explicitly follow the cgroup hierarchy
to find the parent of a given css. cgroup is moving towards using
cgroup_subsys_state as the main controller interface construct, so
let's provide a way to climb the hierarchy using just csses.
This patch implements css_parent() which, given a css, returns its
parent. The function is guarnateed to valid non-NULL parent css as
long as the target css is not at the top of the hierarchy.
freezer, cpuset, cpu, cpuacct, hugetlb, memory, net_cls and devices
are converted to use css_parent() instead of accessing cgroup->parent
directly.
* __parent_ca() is dropped from cpuacct and its usage is replaced with
parent_ca(). The only difference between the two was NULL test on
cgroup->parent which is now embedded in css_parent() making the
distinction moot. Note that eventually a css->parent field will be
added to css and the NULL check in css_parent() will go away.
This patch shouldn't cause any behavior differences.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
css (cgroup_subsys_state) is usually embedded in a subsys specific
data structure. Subsystems either use container_of() directly to cast
from css to such data structure or has an accessor function wrapping
such cast. As cgroup as whole is moving towards using css as the main
interface handle, add and update such accessors to ease dealing with
css's.
All accessors explicitly handle NULL input and return NULL in those
cases. While this looks like an extra branch in the code, as all
controllers specific data structures have css as the first field, the
casting doesn't involve any offsetting and the compiler can trivially
optimize out the branch.
* blkio, freezer, cpuset, cpu, cpuacct and net_cls didn't have such
accessor. Added.
* memory, hugetlb and devices already had one but didn't explicitly
handle NULL input. Updated.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
The names of the two struct cgroup_subsys_state accessors -
cgroup_subsys_state() and task_subsys_state() - are somewhat awkward.
The former clashes with the type name and the latter doesn't even
indicate it's somehow related to cgroup.
We're about to revamp large portion of cgroup API, so, let's rename
them so that they're less awkward. Most per-controller usages of the
accessors are localized in accessor wrappers and given the amount of
scheduled changes, this isn't gonna add any noticeable headache.
Rename cgroup_subsys_state() to cgroup_css() and task_subsys_state()
to task_css(). This patch is pure rename.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Vlan devices are LLTX and don't update their own trans_start, so if
dev_trans_start has to be called with a vlan device then 0 or a stale
value will be returned. Currently the bonding is the only such user, and
it's needed for proper arp monitoring when the slaves are vlans.
Fix this by extracting the vlan's real device trans_start.
Suggested-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When userspace passes a large priority value
the assignment of the unsigned value hopt->prio
to signed int cl->prio causes cl->prio to become negative and the
comparison is with TC_HTB_NUMPRIO is always false.
The result is that HTB crashes by referencing outside
the array when processing packets. With this patch the large value
wraps around like other values outside the normal range.
See: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=60669
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The "pvc" struct has a hole after pvc.sap_family which is not cleared.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 547669d483 ("tcp: xps: fix reordering issues") added
unexpected reorders in case netem is used in a MQ setup for high
performance test bed.
ETH=eth0
tc qd del dev $ETH root 2>/dev/null
tc qd add dev $ETH root handle 1: mq
for i in `seq 1 32`
do
tc qd add dev $ETH parent 1:$i netem delay 100ms
done
As all tcp packets are orphaned by netem, TCP stack believes it can
set skb->ooo_okay on all packets.
In order to allow producers to send more packets, we want to
keep sk_wmem_alloc from reaching sk_sndbuf limit.
We can do that by accounting one byte per skb in netem queues,
so that TCP stack is not fooled too much.
Tested:
With above MQ/netem setup, scaling number of concurrent flows gives
linear results and no reorders/retransmits
lpq83:~# for n in 1 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
do echo -n "n:$n " ; ./super_netperf $n -H 10.7.7.84; done
n:1 198.46
n:10 2002.69
n:20 4000.98
n:30 6006.35
n:40 8020.93
n:50 10032.3
n:60 12081.9
n:70 13971.3
n:80 16009.7
n:90 17117.3
n:100 17425.5
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure the reserved fields, and padding (if any), are
fully initialized.
Based upon a patch by Dan Carpenter and feedback from
Joe Perches.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
QFQ+ inherits from QFQ a design choice that may cause a high packet
delay/jitter and a severe short-term unfairness. As QFQ, QFQ+ uses a
special quantity, the system virtual time, to track the service
provided by the ideal system it approximates. When a packet is
dequeued, this quantity must be incremented by the size of the packet,
divided by the sum of the weights of the aggregates waiting to be
served. Tracking this sum correctly is a non-trivial task, because, to
preserve tight service guarantees, the decrement of this sum must be
delayed in a special way [1]: this sum can be decremented only after
that its value would decrease also in the ideal system approximated by
QFQ+. For efficiency, QFQ+ keeps track only of the 'instantaneous'
weight sum, increased and decreased immediately as the weight of an
aggregate changes, and as an aggregate is created or destroyed (which,
in its turn, happens as a consequence of some class being
created/destroyed/changed). However, to avoid the problems caused to
service guarantees by these immediate decreases, QFQ+ increments the
system virtual time using the maximum value allowed for the weight
sum, 2^10, in place of the dynamic, instantaneous value. The
instantaneous value of the weight sum is used only to check whether a
request of weight increase or a class creation can be satisfied.
Unfortunately, the problems caused by this choice are worse than the
temporary degradation of the service guarantees that may occur, when a
class is changed or destroyed, if the instantaneous value of the
weight sum was used to update the system virtual time. In fact, the
fraction of the link bandwidth guaranteed by QFQ+ to each aggregate is
equal to the ratio between the weight of the aggregate and the sum of
the weights of the competing aggregates. The packet delay guaranteed
to the aggregate is instead inversely proportional to the guaranteed
bandwidth. By using the maximum possible value, and not the actual
value of the weight sum, QFQ+ provides each aggregate with the worst
possible service guarantees, and not with service guarantees related
to the actual set of competing aggregates. To see the consequences of
this fact, consider the following simple example.
Suppose that only the following aggregates are backlogged, i.e., that
only the classes in the following aggregates have packets to transmit:
one aggregate with weight 10, say A, and ten aggregates with weight 1,
say B1, B2, ..., B10. In particular, suppose that these aggregates are
always backlogged. Given the weight distribution, the smoothest and
fairest service order would be:
A B1 A B2 A B3 A B4 A B5 A B6 A B7 A B8 A B9 A B10 A B1 A B2 ...
QFQ+ would provide exactly this optimal service if it used the actual
value for the weight sum instead of the maximum possible value, i.e.,
11 instead of 2^10. In contrast, since QFQ+ uses the latter value, it
serves aggregates as follows (easy to prove and to reproduce
experimentally):
A B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 A A A A A A A A A A B1 B2 ... B10 A A ...
By replacing 10 with N in the above example, and by increasing N, one
can increase at will the maximum packet delay and the jitter
experienced by the classes in aggregate A.
This patch addresses this issue by just using the above
'instantaneous' value of the weight sum, instead of the maximum
possible value, when updating the system virtual time. After the
instantaneous weight sum is decreased, QFQ+ may deviate from the ideal
service for a time interval in the order of the time to serve one
maximum-size packet for each backlogged class. The worst-case extent
of the deviation exhibited by QFQ+ during this time interval [1] is
basically the same as of the deviation described above (but, without
this patch, QFQ+ suffers from such a deviation all the time). Finally,
this patch modifies the comment to the function qfq_slot_insert, to
make it coherent with the fact that the weight sum used by QFQ+ can
now be lower than the maximum possible value.
[1] P. Valente, "Extending WF2Q+ to support a dynamic traffic mix",
Proceedings of AAA-IDEA'05, June 2005.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Valente <paolo.valente@unimore.it>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the forward declaration of qfq_update_agg_ts, by moving
the definition of the function above its first call. This patch also
removes a useless forward declaration of qfq_schedule_agg.
Reported-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Valente <paolo.valente@unimore.it>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In make_eligible, a mask is used to decide which groups must become eligible:
the i-th group becomes eligible only if the i-th bit of the mask (from the
right) is set. The mask is computed by left-shifting a 1 by a given number of
places, and decrementing the result. The shift is performed on a ULL to avoid
problems in case the number of places to shift is higher than 31. On a 32-bit
machine, this is more costly than working on an UL. This patch replaces such a
costly operation with two cheaper branches.
The trick is based on the following fact: in case of a shift of at least 32
places, the resulting mask has at least the 32 less significant bits set,
whereas the total number of groups is lower than 32. As a consequence, in this
case it is enough to just set the 32 less significant bits of the mask with a
cheaper ~0UL. In the other case, the shift can be safely performed on a UL.
Reported-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reported-by: David Laight <David.Laight@ACULAB.COM>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Valente <paolo.valente@unimore.it>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit aec0a40a6f ("netem: use rb tree to implement the time queue")
added a regression if a child qdisc is attached to netem, as we perform
a NULL dereference.
Fix this by adding a temporary variable to cache
netem_skb_cb(skb)->time_to_send.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following typical setup to implement a ~100 ms RTT and big
amount of reorders has very poor performance because netem
implements the time queue using a linked list.
-----------------------------------------------------------
ETH=eth0
IFB=ifb0
modprobe ifb
ip link set dev $IFB up
tc qdisc add dev $ETH ingress 2>/dev/null
tc filter add dev $ETH parent ffff: \
protocol ip u32 match u32 0 0 flowid 1:1 action mirred egress \
redirect dev $IFB
ethtool -K $ETH gro off tso off gso off
tc qdisc add dev $IFB root netem delay 50ms 10ms limit 100000
tc qd add dev $ETH root netem delay 50ms limit 100000
---------------------------------------------------------
Switch netem time queue to a rb tree, so this kind of setup can work at
high speed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
htb_sched structures are big, and source of false sharing on SMP.
Every time a packet is queued or dequeue, many cache lines must be
touched because structures are not lay out properly.
By carefully splitting htb_sched in two parts, and define sub structures
to increase data locality, we can improve performance dramatically on
SMP.
New htb_prio structure can also be used in htb_class to increase data
locality.
I got 26 % performance increase on a 24 threads machine, with 200
concurrent netperf in TCP_RR mode, using a HTB hierarchy of 4 classes.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/Kconfig
drivers/net/xen-netback/netback.c
net/batman-adv/bat_iv_ogm.c
net/wireless/nl80211.c
The ath9k Kconfig conflict was a change of a Kconfig option name right
next to the deletion of another option.
The xen-netback conflict was overlapping changes involving the
handling of the notify list in xen_netbk_rx_action().
Batman conflict resolution provided by Antonio Quartulli, basically
keep everything in both conflict hunks.
The nl80211 conflict is a little more involved. In 'net' we added a
dynamic memory allocation to nl80211_dump_wiphy() to fix a race that
Linus reported. Meanwhile in 'net-next' the handlers were converted
to use pre and post doit handlers which use a flag to determine
whether to hold the RTNL mutex around the operation.
However, the dump handlers to not use this logic. Instead they have
to explicitly do the locking. There were apparent bugs in the
conversion of nl80211_dump_wiphy() in that we were not dropping the
RTNL mutex in all the return paths, and it seems we very much should
be doing so. So I fixed that whilst handling the overlapping changes.
To simplify the initial returns, I take the RTNL mutex after we try
to allocate 'tb'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
htb_class structures are big, and source of false sharing on SMP.
By carefully splitting them in two parts, we can improve performance.
I got 9 % performance increase on a 24 threads machine, with 200
concurrent netperf in TCP_RR mode, using a HTB hierarchy of 4 classes.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With a thousand htb classes, est_timer() spends ~5 million cpu cycles
and throws out cpu cache, because each htb class has a default
rate estimator (est 4sec 16sec).
Most users do not use default rate estimators, so switch htb
to not setup ones.
Add a module parameter (htb_rate_est) so that users relying
on this default rate estimator can revert the behavior.
echo 1 >/sys/module/sch_htb/parameters/htb_rate_est
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before allowing 64bits bytes rates, refactor
psched_ratecfg_precompute() to get better comments
and increased accuracy.
rate_bps field is renamed to rate_bytes_ps, as we only
have to worry about bytes per second.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct gnet_stats_rate_est contains u32 fields, so the bytes per second
field can wrap at 34360Mbit.
Add a new gnet_stats_rate_est64 structure to get 64bit bps/pps fields,
and switch the kernel to use this structure natively.
This structure is dumped to user space as a new attribute :
TCA_STATS_RATE_EST64
Old tc command will now display the capped bps (to 34360Mbit), instead
of wrapped values, and updated tc command will display correct
information.
Old tc command output, after patch :
eric:~# tc -s -d qd sh dev lo
qdisc pfifo 8001: root refcnt 2 limit 1000p
Sent 80868245400 bytes 1978837 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
rate 34360Mbit 189696pps backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
This patch carefully reorganizes "struct Qdisc" layout to get optimal
performance on SMP.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qdisc_get_rtab() should check not only the keys in struct tc_ratespec,
but also the full data[] array.
"tc ... linklayer atm " only perturbs values in the 256 slots array.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge 'net' bug fixes into 'net-next' as we have patches
that will build on top of them.
This merge commit includes a change from Emil Goode
(emilgoode@gmail.com) that fixes a warning that would
have been introduced by this merge. Specifically it
fixes the pingv6_ops method ipv6_chk_addr() to add a
"const" to the "struct net_device *dev" argument and
likewise update the dummy_ipv6_chk_addr() declaration.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 56b765b79 ("htb: improved accuracy at high rates") added another
regression for low rates, because it mixes 1ns and 64ns time units.
So the maximum delay (mbuffer) was not 60 second, but 937 ms.
Lets convert all time fields to 1ns as 64bit arches are becoming the
norm.
Reported-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Tested-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 56b765b79 ("htb: improved accuracy at high rates")
broke the "overhead xxx" handling, as well as the "linklayer atm"
attribute.
tc class add ... htb rate X ceil Y linklayer atm overhead 10
This patch restores the "overhead xxx" handling, for htb, tbf
and act_police
The "linklayer atm" thing needs a separate fix.
Reported-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Vimalkumar <j.vimal@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So far, only net_device * could be passed along with netdevice notifier
event. This patch provides a possibility to pass custom structure
able to provide info that event listener needs to know.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
v2->v3: fix typo on simeth
shortened dev_getter
shortened notifier_info struct name
v1->v2: fix notifier_call parameter in call_netdevice_notifier()
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a GSO packet has a length above tbf burst limit, the packet
is currently silently dropped.
Current way to handle this is to set the device in non GSO/TSO mode, or
setting high bursts, and its sub optimal.
We can actually segment too big GSO packets, and send individual
segments as tbf parameters allow, allowing for better interoperability.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Highlights (1721 non-merge commits, this has to be a record of some
sort):
1) Add 'random' mode to team driver, from Jiri Pirko and Eric
Dumazet.
2) Make it so that any driver that supports configuration of multiple
MAC addresses can provide the forwarding database add and del
calls by providing a default implementation and hooking that up if
the driver doesn't have an explicit set of handlers. From Vlad
Yasevich.
3) Support GSO segmentation over tunnels and other encapsulating
devices such as VXLAN, from Pravin B Shelar.
4) Support L2 GRE tunnels in the flow dissector, from Michael Dalton.
5) Implement Tail Loss Probe (TLP) detection in TCP, from Nandita
Dukkipati.
6) In the PHY layer, allow supporting wake-on-lan in situations where
the PHY registers have to be written for it to be configured.
Use it to support wake-on-lan in mv643xx_eth.
From Michael Stapelberg.
7) Significantly improve firewire IPV6 support, from YOSHIFUJI
Hideaki.
8) Allow multiple packets to be sent in a single transmission using
network coding in batman-adv, from Martin Hundebøll.
9) Add support for T5 cxgb4 chips, from Santosh Rastapur.
10) Generalize the VXLAN forwarding tables so that there is more
flexibility in configurating various aspects of the endpoints.
From David Stevens.
11) Support RSS and TSO in hardware over GRE tunnels in bxn2x driver,
from Dmitry Kravkov.
12) Zero copy support in nfnelink_queue, from Eric Dumazet and Pablo
Neira Ayuso.
13) Start adding networking selftests.
14) In situations of overload on the same AF_PACKET fanout socket, or
per-cpu packet receive queue, minimize drop by distributing the
load to other cpus/fanouts. From Willem de Bruijn and Eric
Dumazet.
15) Add support for new payload offset BPF instruction, from Daniel
Borkmann.
16) Convert several drivers over to mdoule_platform_driver(), from
Sachin Kamat.
17) Provide a minimal BPF JIT image disassembler userspace tool, from
Daniel Borkmann.
18) Rewrite F-RTO implementation in TCP to match the final
specification of it in RFC4138 and RFC5682. From Yuchung Cheng.
19) Provide netlink socket diag of netlink sockets ("Yo dawg, I hear
you like netlink, so I implemented netlink dumping of netlink
sockets.") From Andrey Vagin.
20) Remove ugly passing of rtnetlink attributes into rtnl_doit
functions, from Thomas Graf.
21) Allow userspace to be able to see if a configuration change occurs
in the middle of an address or device list dump, from Nicolas
Dichtel.
22) Support RFC3168 ECN protection for ipv6 fragments, from Hannes
Frederic Sowa.
23) Increase accuracy of packet length used by packet scheduler, from
Jason Wang.
24) Beginning set of changes to make ipv4/ipv6 fragment handling more
scalable and less susceptible to overload and locking contention,
from Jesper Dangaard Brouer.
25) Get rid of using non-type-safe NLMSG_* macros and use nlmsg_*()
instead. From Hong Zhiguo.
26) Optimize route usage in IPVS by avoiding reference counting where
possible, from Julian Anastasov.
27) Convert IPVS schedulers to RCU, also from Julian Anastasov.
28) Support cpu fanouts in xt_NFQUEUE netfilter target, from Holger
Eitzenberger.
29) Network namespace support for nf_log, ebt_log, xt_LOG, ipt_ULOG,
nfnetlink_log, and nfnetlink_queue. From Gao feng.
30) Implement RFC3168 ECN protection, from Hannes Frederic Sowa.
31) Support several new r8169 chips, from Hayes Wang.
32) Support tokenized interface identifiers in ipv6, from Daniel
Borkmann.
33) Use usbnet_link_change() helper in USB net driver, from Ming Lei.
34) Add 802.1ad vlan offload support, from Patrick McHardy.
35) Support mmap() based netlink communication, also from Patrick
McHardy.
36) Support HW timestamping in mlx4 driver, from Amir Vadai.
37) Rationalize AF_PACKET packet timestamping when transmitting, from
Willem de Bruijn and Daniel Borkmann.
38) Bring parity to what's provided by /proc/net/packet socket dumping
and the info provided by netlink socket dumping of AF_PACKET
sockets. From Nicolas Dichtel.
39) Fix peeking beyond zero sized SKBs in AF_UNIX, from Benjamin
Poirier"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1722 commits)
filter: fix va_list build error
af_unix: fix a fatal race with bit fields
bnx2x: Prevent memory leak when cnic is absent
bnx2x: correct reading of speed capabilities
net: sctp: attribute printl with __printf for gcc fmt checks
netlink: kconfig: move mmap i/o into netlink kconfig
netpoll: convert mutex into a semaphore
netlink: Fix skb ref counting.
net_sched: act_ipt forward compat with xtables
mlx4_en: fix a build error on 32bit arches
Revert "bnx2x: allow nvram test to run when device is down"
bridge: avoid OOPS if root port not found
drivers: net: cpsw: fix kernel warn on cpsw irq enable
sh_eth: use random MAC address if no valid one supplied
3c509.c: call SET_NETDEV_DEV for all device types (ISA/ISAPnP/EISA)
tg3: fix to append hardware time stamping flags
unix/stream: fix peeking with an offset larger than data in queue
unix/dgram: fix peeking with an offset larger than data in queue
unix/dgram: peek beyond 0-sized skbs
openvswitch: Remove unneeded ovs_netdev_get_ifindex()
...
Deal with changes in newer xtables while maintaining backward
compatibility. Thanks to Jan Engelhardt for suggestions.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use preferable function name which implies using a pseudo-random
number generator.
Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Introduce extensions to elements in the core and prepare timeout as
the first one.
This patch also modifies the em_ipset classifier to use the new
extension struct layout.
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_main.c
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_main.c
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/mac80211_if.c
include/net/scm.h
net/batman-adv/routing.c
net/ipv4/tcp_input.c
The e{uid,gid} --> {uid,gid} credentials fix conflicted with the
cleanup in net-next to now pass cred structs around.
The be2net driver had a bug fix in 'net' that overlapped with the VLAN
interface changes by Patrick McHardy in net-next.
An IGB conflict existed because in 'net' the build_skb() support was
reverted, and in 'net-next' there was a comment style fix within that
code.
Several batman-adv conflicts were resolved by making sure that all
calls to batadv_is_my_mac() are changed to have a new bat_priv first
argument.
Eric Dumazet's TS ECR fix in TCP in 'net' conflicted with the F-RTO
rewrite in 'net-next', mostly overlapping changes.
Thanks to Stephen Rothwell and Antonio Quartulli for help with several
of these merge resolutions.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return -EINVAL when tb[TCA_FW_MASK] is set and head->mask != 0xFFFFFFFF
instead of 0 (ifdef CONFIG_NET_CLS_IND and tb[TCA_FW_INDEV]), as done elsewhere
in this function.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Memory mapped netlink needs to store the receiving userspace socket
when sending from the kernel to userspace. Rename 'ssk' to 'sk' to
avoid confusion.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
currently cbq works incorrectly for limits > 10% real link bandwidth,
and practically does not work for limits > 50% real link bandwidth.
Below are results of experiments taken on 1 Gbit link
In shaper | Actual Result
-----------+---------------
100M | 108 Mbps
200M | 244 Mbps
300M | 412 Mbps
500M | 893 Mbps
This happen because of q->now changes incorrectly in cbq_dequeue():
when it is called before real end of packet transmitting,
L2T is greater than real time delay, q_now gets an extra boost
but never compensate it.
To fix this problem we prevent change of q->now until its synchronization
with real time.
Signed-off-by: Vasily Averin <vvs@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/mac80211/sta_info.c
net/wireless/core.h
Two minor conflicts in wireless. Overlapping additions of extern
declarations in net/wireless/core.h and a bug fix overlapping with
the addition of a boolean parameter to __ieee80211_key_free().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, we hold a max of sch->limit -1 number of packets instead of
sch->limit packets. Fix this off-by-one error.
Signed-off-by: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the legacy array rtm_min still exists, the length check within
these functions is covered by rtm_min[RTM_NEWTFILTER],
rtm_min[RTM_NEWQDISC] and rtm_min[RTM_NEWTCLASS].
But after Thomas Graf removed rtm_min several days ago, these checks
are missing. Other doit functions should be OK.
Signed-off-by: Hong Zhiguo <honkiko@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With decnet converted, we can finally get rid of rta_buf and its
computations around it. It also gets rid of the minimal header
length verification since all message handlers do that explicitly
anyway.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000e/netdev.c
Minor conflict in e1000e, a line that got fixed in 'net'
has been removed in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
HTB uses an internal pfifo queue, which limit is not reported
to userland tools (tc), and value inherited from device tx_queue_len
at setup time.
Introduce TCA_HTB_DIRECT_QLEN attribute to allow finer control.
Remove two obsolete pr_err() calls as well.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
QFQ+ can select for service only 'eligible' aggregates, i.e.,
aggregates that would have started to be served also in the emulated
ideal system. As a consequence, for QFQ+ to be work conserving, at
least one of the active aggregates must be eligible when it is time to
choose the next aggregate to serve.
The set of eligible aggregates is updated through the function
qfq_update_eligible(), which does guarantee that, after its
invocation, at least one of the active aggregates is eligible.
Because of this property, this function is invoked in
qfq_deactivate_agg() to guarantee that at least one of the active
aggregates is still eligible after an aggregate has been deactivated.
In particular, the critical case is when there are other active
aggregates, but the aggregate being deactivated happens to be the only
one eligible.
However, this precaution is not needed for QFQ+ to be work conserving,
because update_eligible() is always invoked also at the beginning of
qfq_choose_next_agg(). This patch removes the additional invocation of
update_eligible() in qfq_deactivate_agg().
Signed-off-by: Paolo Valente <paolo.valente@unimore.it>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Checconi <fchecconi@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By definition of (the algorithm of) QFQ+, the system virtual time must
be pushed up only if there is no 'eligible' aggregate, i.e. no
aggregate that would have started to be served also in the ideal
system emulated by QFQ+. QFQ+ serves only eligible aggregates, hence
the aggregate currently in service is eligible. As a consequence, to
decide whether there is no eligible aggregate, QFQ+ must also check
whether there is no aggregate in service.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Valente <paolo.valente@unimore.it>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Checconi <fchecconi@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Aggregate budgets are computed so as to guarantee that, after an
aggregate has been selected for service, that aggregate has enough
budget to serve at least one maximum-size packet for the classes it
contains. For this reason, after a new aggregate has been selected
for service, its next packet is immediately dequeued, without any
further control.
The maximum packet size for a class, lmax, can be changed through
qfq_change_class(). In case the user sets lmax to a lower value than
the the size of some of the still-to-arrive packets, QFQ+ will
automatically push up lmax as it enqueues these packets. This
automatic push up is likely to happen with TSO/GSO.
In any case, if lmax is assigned a lower value than the size of some
of the packets already enqueued for the class, then the following
problem may occur: the size of the next packet to dequeue for the
class may happen to be larger than lmax, after the aggregate to which
the class belongs has been just selected for service. In this case,
even the budget of the aggregate, which is an unsigned value, may be
lower than the size of the next packet to dequeue. After dequeueing
this packet and subtracting its size from the budget, the latter would
wrap around.
This fix prevents the budget from wrapping around after any packet
dequeue.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Valente <paolo.valente@unimore.it>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Checconi <fchecconi@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If no aggregate is in service, then the function qfq_dequeue() does
not dequeue any packet. For this reason, to guarantee QFQ+ to be work
conserving, a just-activated aggregate must be set as in service
immediately if it happens to be the only active aggregate.
This is done by the function qfq_enqueue().
Unfortunately, the function qfq_add_to_agg(), used to add a class to
an aggregate, does not perform this important additional operation.
In particular, if: 1) qfq_add_to_agg() is invoked to complete the move
of a class from a source aggregate, becoming, for this move, inactive,
to a destination aggregate, becoming instead active, and 2) the
destination aggregate becomes the only active aggregate, then this
aggregate is not however set as in service. QFQ+ remains then in a
non-work-conserving state until a new invocation of qfq_enqueue()
recovers the situation.
This fix solves the problem by moving the logic for setting an
aggregate as in service directly into the function qfq_activate_agg().
Hence, from whatever point qfq_activate_aggregate() is invoked, QFQ+
remains work conserving. Since the more-complex logic of this new
version of activate_aggregate() is not necessary, in qfq_dequeue(), to
reschedule an aggregate that finishes its budget, then the aggregate
is now rescheduled by invoking directly the functions needed.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Valente <paolo.valente@unimore.it>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Checconi <fchecconi@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Between two invocations of make_eligible, the system virtual time may
happen to grow enough that, in its binary representation, a bit with
higher order than 31 flips. This happens especially with
TSO/GSO. Before this fix, the mask used in make_eligible was computed
as (1UL<<index_of_last_flipped_bit)-1, whose value is well defined on
a 64-bit architecture, because index_of_flipped_bit <= 63, but is in
general undefined on a 32-bit architecture if index_of_flipped_bit > 31.
The fix just replaces 1UL with 1ULL.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Valente <paolo.valente@unimore.it>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Checconi <fchecconi@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
QFQ+ schedules the active aggregates in a group using a bucket list
(one list per group). The bucket in which each aggregate is inserted
depends on the aggregate's timestamps, and the number
of buckets in a group is enough to accomodate the possible (range of)
values of the timestamps of all the aggregates in the group. For this
property to hold, timestamps must however be computed correctly. One
necessary condition for computing timestamps correctly is that the
number of bits dequeued for each aggregate, while the aggregate is in
service, does not exceed the maximum budget budgetmax assigned to the
aggregate.
For each aggregate, budgetmax is proportional to the number of classes
in the aggregate. If the number of classes of the aggregate is
decreased through qfq_change_class(), then budgetmax is decreased
automatically as well. Problems may occur if the aggregate is in
service when budgetmax is decreased, because the current remaining
budget of the aggregate and/or the service already received by the
aggregate may happen to be larger than the new value of budgetmax. In
this case, when the aggregate is eventually deselected and its
timestamps are updated, the aggregate may happen to have received an
amount of service larger than budgetmax. This may cause the aggregate
to be assigned a higher virtual finish time than the maximum
acceptable value for the last bucket in the bucket list of the group.
This fix introduces a cap that addresses this issue.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Valente <paolo.valente@unimore.it>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Checconi <fchecconi@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I'm not sure why, but the hlist for each entry iterators were conceived
list_for_each_entry(pos, head, member)
The hlist ones were greedy and wanted an extra parameter:
hlist_for_each_entry(tpos, pos, head, member)
Why did they need an extra pos parameter? I'm not quite sure. Not only
they don't really need it, it also prevents the iterator from looking
exactly like the list iterator, which is unfortunate.
Besides the semantic patch, there was some manual work required:
- Fix up the actual hlist iterators in linux/list.h
- Fix up the declaration of other iterators based on the hlist ones.
- A very small amount of places were using the 'node' parameter, this
was modified to use 'obj->member' instead.
- Coccinelle didn't handle the hlist_for_each_entry_safe iterator
properly, so those had to be fixed up manually.
The semantic patch which is mostly the work of Peter Senna Tschudin is here:
@@
iterator name hlist_for_each_entry, hlist_for_each_entry_continue, hlist_for_each_entry_from, hlist_for_each_entry_rcu, hlist_for_each_entry_rcu_bh, hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu_bh, for_each_busy_worker, ax25_uid_for_each, ax25_for_each, inet_bind_bucket_for_each, sctp_for_each_hentry, sk_for_each, sk_for_each_rcu, sk_for_each_from, sk_for_each_safe, sk_for_each_bound, hlist_for_each_entry_safe, hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu, nr_neigh_for_each, nr_neigh_for_each_safe, nr_node_for_each, nr_node_for_each_safe, for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp, for_each_gfn_sp, for_each_host;
type T;
expression a,c,d,e;
identifier b;
statement S;
@@
-T b;
<+... when != b
(
hlist_for_each_entry(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_continue(a,
- b,
c) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_from(a,
- b,
c) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_rcu(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_rcu_bh(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu_bh(a,
- b,
c) S
|
for_each_busy_worker(a, c,
- b,
d) S
|
ax25_uid_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
ax25_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
inet_bind_bucket_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sctp_for_each_hentry(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sk_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sk_for_each_rcu(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sk_for_each_from
-(a, b)
+(a)
S
+ sk_for_each_from(a) S
|
sk_for_each_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
sk_for_each_bound(a,
- b,
c) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_safe(a,
- b,
c, d, e) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu(a,
- b,
c) S
|
nr_neigh_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
nr_neigh_for_each_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
nr_node_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
nr_node_for_each_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
- for_each_gfn_sp(a, c, d, b) S
+ for_each_gfn_sp(a, c, d) S
|
- for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp(a, c, d, b) S
+ for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp(a, c, d) S
|
for_each_host(a,
- b,
c) S
|
for_each_host_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
for_each_mesh_entry(a,
- b,
c, d) S
)
...+>
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: drop bogus change from net/ipv4/raw.c]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: drop bogus hunk from net/ipv6/raw.c]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: checkpatch fixes]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix warnings]
[akpm@linux-foudnation.org: redo intrusive kvm changes]
Tested-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com>
Cc: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Cc: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Cc: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
proc_net_remove is only used to remove proc entries
that under /proc/net,it's not a general function for
removing proc entries of netns. if we want to remove
some proc entries which under /proc/net/stat/, we still
need to call remove_proc_entry.
this patch use remove_proc_entry to replace proc_net_remove.
we can remove proc_net_remove after this patch.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Right now, some modules such as bonding use proc_create
to create proc entries under /proc/net/, and other modules
such as ipv4 use proc_net_fops_create.
It looks a little chaos.this patch changes all of
proc_net_fops_create to proc_create. we can remove
proc_net_fops_create after this patch.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function will be used in next GRE_GSO patch. This patch does
not change any functionality.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Current act_police uses rate table computed by the "tc" userspace
program, which has the following issue:
The rate table has 256 entries to map packet lengths to token (time
units). With TSO sized packets, the 256 entry granularity leads to
loss/gain of rate, making the token bucket inaccurate.
Thus, instead of relying on rate table, this patch explicitly computes
the time and accounts for packet transmission times with nanosecond
granularity.
This is a followup to 56b765b79e
("htb: improved accuracy at high rates").
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's not used anywhere else, so move it.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current TBF uses rate table computed by the "tc" userspace program,
which has the following issue:
The rate table has 256 entries to map packet lengths to
token (time units). With TSO sized packets, the 256 entry granularity
leads to loss/gain of rate, making the token bucket inaccurate.
Thus, instead of relying on rate table, this patch explicitly computes
the time and accounts for packet transmission times with nanosecond
granularity.
This is a followup to 56b765b79e
("htb: improved accuracy at high rates").
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tbf will need to schedule watchdog in ns. No need to convert it twice.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As it is going to be used in tbf as well, push these to generic code.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These are in ns so convert from ticks to ns.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These are initialized correctly a couple of lines later in the
function.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x_cmn.c
The bnx2x gso_type setting bug fix in 'net' conflicted with
changes in 'net-next' that broke the gso_* setting logic
out into a seperate function, which also fixes the bug in
question. Thus, use the 'net-next' version.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
in htb_change_class() cl->buffer and cl->buffer are stored in ns.
So in dump, convert them back to psched ticks.
Note this was introduced by:
commit 56b765b79e
htb: improved accuracy at high rates
Please consider this for -net/-stable.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000e/ethtool.c
drivers/net/vmxnet3/vmxnet3_drv.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/dvm/tx.c
net/ipv6/route.c
The ipv6 route.c conflict is simple, just ignore the 'net' side change
as we fixed the same problem in 'net-next' by eliminating cached
neighbours from ipv6 routes.
The e1000e conflict is an addition of a new statistic in the ethtool
code, trivial.
The vmxnet3 conflict is about one change in 'net' removing a guarding
conditional, whilst in 'net-next' we had a netdev_info() conversion.
The iwlwifi conflict is dealing with a WARN_ON() conversion in
'net-next' vs. a revert happening in 'net'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The delay calculation with the rate extension introduces in v3.3 does
not properly work, if other packets are still queued for transmission.
For the delay calculation to work, both delay types (latency and delay
introduces by rate limitation) have to be handled differently. The
latency delay for a packet can overlap with the delay of other packets.
The delay introduced by the rate however is separate, and can only
start, once all other rate-introduced delays finished.
Latency delay is from same distribution for each packet, rate delay
depends on the packet size.
.: latency delay
-: rate delay
x: additional delay we have to wait since another packet is currently
transmitted
.....---- Packet 1
.....xx------ Packet 2
.....------ Packet 3
^^^^^
latency stacks
^^
rate delay doesn't stack
^^
latency stacks
-----> time
When a packet is enqueued, we first consider the latency delay. If other
packets are already queued, we can reduce the latency delay until the
last packet in the queue is send, however the latency delay cannot be
<0, since this would mean that the rate is overcommitted. The new
reference point is the time at which the last packet will be send. To
find the time, when the packet should be send, the rate introduces delay
has to be added on top of that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Naab <jn@stusta.de>
Acked-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eric Dumazet pointed out that act_mirred needs to find the current net_ns,
and struct net pointer is not provided in the call chain. His original
patch made use of current->nsproxy->net_ns to find the network namespace,
but this fails to work correctly for userspace code that makes use of
netlink sockets in different network namespaces. Instead, pass the
"struct net *" down along the call chain to where it is needed.
This version removes the ifb changes as Eric has submitted that patch
separately, but is otherwise identical to the previous version.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin LaHaise <bcrl@kvack.org>
Tested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixed integer overflow in function htb_dequeue
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hasko <hasko.stevo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking changes from David Miller:
1) Allow to dump, monitor, and change the bridge multicast database
using netlink. From Cong Wang.
2) RFC 5961 TCP blind data injection attack mitigation, from Eric
Dumazet.
3) Networking user namespace support from Eric W. Biederman.
4) tuntap/virtio-net multiqueue support by Jason Wang.
5) Support for checksum offload of encapsulated packets (basically,
tunneled traffic can still be checksummed by HW). From Joseph
Gasparakis.
6) Allow BPF filter access to VLAN tags, from Eric Dumazet and
Daniel Borkmann.
7) Bridge port parameters over netlink and BPDU blocking support
from Stephen Hemminger.
8) Improve data access patterns during inet socket demux by rearranging
socket layout, from Eric Dumazet.
9) TIPC protocol updates and cleanups from Ying Xue, Paul Gortmaker, and
Jon Maloy.
10) Update TCP socket hash sizing to be more in line with current day
realities. The existing heurstics were choosen a decade ago.
From Eric Dumazet.
11) Fix races, queue bloat, and excessive wakeups in ATM and
associated drivers, from Krzysztof Mazur and David Woodhouse.
12) Support DOVE (Distributed Overlay Virtual Ethernet) extensions
in VXLAN driver, from David Stevens.
13) Add "oops_only" mode to netconsole, from Amerigo Wang.
14) Support set and query of VEB/VEPA bridge mode via PF_BRIDGE, also
allow DCB netlink to work on namespaces other than the initial
namespace. From John Fastabend.
15) Support PTP in the Tigon3 driver, from Matt Carlson.
16) tun/vhost zero copy fixes and improvements, plus turn it on
by default, from Michael S. Tsirkin.
17) Support per-association statistics in SCTP, from Michele
Baldessari.
And many, many, driver updates, cleanups, and improvements. Too
numerous to mention individually.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1722 commits)
net/mlx4_en: Add support for destination MAC in steering rules
net/mlx4_en: Use generic etherdevice.h functions.
net: ethtool: Add destination MAC address to flow steering API
bridge: add support of adding and deleting mdb entries
bridge: notify mdb changes via netlink
ndisc: Unexport ndisc_{build,send}_skb().
uapi: add missing netconf.h to export list
pkt_sched: avoid requeues if possible
solos-pci: fix double-free of TX skb in DMA mode
bnx2: Fix accidental reversions.
bna: Driver Version Updated to 3.1.2.1
bna: Firmware update
bna: Add RX State
bna: Rx Page Based Allocation
bna: TX Intr Coalescing Fix
bna: Tx and Rx Optimizations
bna: Code Cleanup and Enhancements
ath9k: check pdata variable before dereferencing it
ath5k: RX timestamp is reported at end of frame
ath9k_htc: RX timestamp is reported at end of frame
...
Pull cgroup changes from Tejun Heo:
"A lot of activities on cgroup side. The big changes are focused on
making cgroup hierarchy handling saner.
- cgroup_rmdir() had peculiar semantics - it allowed cgroup
destruction to be vetoed by individual controllers and tried to
drain refcnt synchronously. The vetoing never worked properly and
caused good deal of contortions in cgroup. memcg was the last
reamining user. Michal Hocko removed the usage and cgroup_rmdir()
path has been simplified significantly. This was done in a
separate branch so that the memcg people can base further memcg
changes on top.
- The above allowed cleaning up cgroup lifecycle management and
implementation of generic cgroup iterators which are used to
improve hierarchy support.
- cgroup_freezer updated to allow migration in and out of a frozen
cgroup and handle hierarchy. If a cgroup is frozen, all descendant
cgroups are frozen.
- netcls_cgroup and netprio_cgroup updated to handle hierarchy
properly.
- Various fixes and cleanups.
- Two merge commits. One to pull in memcg and rmdir cleanups (needed
to build iterators). The other pulled in cgroup/for-3.7-fixes for
device_cgroup fixes so that further device_cgroup patches can be
stacked on top."
Fixed up a trivial conflict in mm/memcontrol.c as per Tejun (due to
commit bea8c150a7 ("memcg: fix hotplugged memory zone oops") in master
touching code close to commit 2ef37d3fe4 ("memcg: Simplify
mem_cgroup_force_empty_list error handling") in for-3.8)
* 'for-3.8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/cgroup: (65 commits)
cgroup: update Documentation/cgroups/00-INDEX
cgroup_rm_file: don't delete the uncreated files
cgroup: remove subsystem files when remounting cgroup
cgroup: use cgroup_addrm_files() in cgroup_clear_directory()
cgroup: warn about broken hierarchies only after css_online
cgroup: list_del_init() on removed events
cgroup: fix lockdep warning for event_control
cgroup: move list add after list head initilization
netprio_cgroup: allow nesting and inherit config on cgroup creation
netprio_cgroup: implement netprio[_set]_prio() helpers
netprio_cgroup: use cgroup->id instead of cgroup_netprio_state->prioidx
netprio_cgroup: reimplement priomap expansion
netprio_cgroup: shorten variable names in extend_netdev_table()
netprio_cgroup: simplify write_priomap()
netcls_cgroup: move config inheritance to ->css_online() and remove .broken_hierarchy marking
cgroup: remove obsolete guarantee from cgroup_task_migrate.
cgroup: add cgroup->id
cgroup, cpuset: remove cgroup_subsys->post_clone()
cgroup: s/CGRP_CLONE_CHILDREN/CGRP_CPUSET_CLONE_CHILDREN/
cgroup: rename ->create/post_create/pre_destroy/destroy() to ->css_alloc/online/offline/free()
...
With BQL being deployed, we can more likely have following behavior :
We dequeue a packet from qdisc in dequeue_skb(), then we realize target
tx queue is in XOFF state in sch_direct_xmit(), and we have to hold the
skb into gso_skb for later.
This shows in stats (tc -s qdisc dev eth0) as requeues.
Problem of these requeues is that high priority packets can not be
dequeued as long as this (possibly low prio and big TSO packet) is not
removed from gso_skb.
At 1Gbps speed, a full size TSO packet is 500 us of extra latency.
In some cases, we know that all packets dequeued from a qdisc are
for a particular and known txq :
- If device is non multi queue
- For all MQ/MQPRIO slave qdiscs
This patch introduces a new qdisc flag, TCQ_F_ONETXQUEUE to mark
this capability, so that dequeue_skb() is allowed to dequeue a packet
only if the associated txq is not stopped.
This indeed reduce latencies for high prio packets (or improve fairness
with sfq/fq_codel), and almost remove qdisc 'requeues'.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch turns QFQ into QFQ+, a variant of QFQ that provides the
following two benefits: 1) QFQ+ is faster than QFQ, 2) differently
from QFQ, QFQ+ correctly schedules also non-leaves classes in a
hierarchical setting. A detailed description of QFQ+, plus a
performance comparison with DRR and QFQ, can be found in [1].
[1] P. Valente, "Reducing the Execution Time of Fair-Queueing Schedulers"
http://algo.ing.unimo.it/people/paolo/agg-sched/agg-sched.pdf
Signed-off-by: Paolo Valente <paolo.valente@unimore.it>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes it possible to build the CAN Identifier into the kernel, even
if the CAN support is build as a module.
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It turns out that we'll have to live with attributes which are
inherited at cgroup creation time but not affected by further updates
to the parent afterwards - such attributes are already in wide use
e.g. for cpuset.
So, there's nothing to do for netcls_cgroup for hierarchy support.
Its current behavior - inherit only during creation - is good enough.
Move config inheriting from ->css_alloc() to ->css_online() for
consistency, which doesn't change behavior at all, and remove
.broken_hierarchy marking.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Tested-and-Acked-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename cgroup_subsys css lifetime related callbacks to better describe
what their roles are. Also, update documentation.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
- In rtnetlink_rcv_msg convert the capable(CAP_NET_ADMIN) check
to ns_capable(net->user-ns, CAP_NET_ADMIN). Allowing unprivileged
users to make netlink calls to modify their local network
namespace.
- In the rtnetlink doit methods add capable(CAP_NET_ADMIN) so
that calls that are not safe for unprivileged users are still
protected.
Later patches will remove the extra capable calls from methods
that are safe for unprivilged users.
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x_main.c
Minor conflict between the BCM_CNIC define removal in net-next
and a bug fix added to net. Based upon a conflict resolution
patch posted by Stephen Rothwell.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the max packet size for some class (configured through tc) is
violated by the actual size of the packets of that class, then QFQ
would not schedule classes correctly, and the data structures
implementing the bucket lists may get corrupted. This problem occurs
with TSO/GSO even if the max packet size is set to the MTU, and is,
e.g., the cause of the failure reported in [1]. Two patches have been
proposed to solve this problem in [2], one of them is a preliminary
version of this patch.
This patch addresses the above issues by: 1) setting QFQ parameters to
proper values for supporting TSO/GSO (in particular, setting the
maximum possible packet size to 64KB), 2) automatically increasing the
max packet size for a class, lmax, when a packet with a larger size
than the current value of lmax arrives.
The drawback of the first point is that the maximum weight for a class
is now limited to 4096, which is equal to 1/16 of the maximum weight
sum.
Finally, this patch also forcibly caps the timestamps of a class if
they are too high to be stored in the bucket list. This capping, taken
from QFQ+ [3], handles the unfrequent case described in the comment to
the function slot_insert.
[1] http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=134968777902077&w=2
[2] http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=135096573507936&w=2
[3] http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=134902691421670&w=2
Signed-off-by: Paolo Valente <paolo.valente@unimore.it>
Tested-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 56b765b79e (htb: improved accuracy at high rates)
introduced two bugs :
1) one bstats_update() was inadvertently removed from
htb_dequeue_tree(), breaking statistics/rate estimation.
2) Missing qdisc_put_rtab() calls in htb_change_class(),
leaking kernel memory, now struct htb_class no longer
retains pointers to qdisc_rate_table structs.
Since only rate is used, dont use qdisc_get_rtab() calls
copying data we ignore anyway.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Vimalkumar <j.vimal@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current HTB (and TBF) uses rate table computed by the "tc"
userspace program, which has the following issue:
The rate table has 256 entries to map packet lengths
to token (time units). With TSO sized packets, the
256 entry granularity leads to loss/gain of rate,
making the token bucket inaccurate.
Thus, instead of relying on rate table, this patch
explicitly computes the time and accounts for packet
transmission times with nanosecond granularity.
This greatly improves accuracy of HTB with a wide
range of packet sizes.
Example:
tc qdisc add dev $dev root handle 1: \
htb default 1
tc class add dev $dev classid 1:1 parent 1: \
rate 5Gbit mtu 64k
Here is an example of inaccuracy:
$ iperf -c host -t 10 -i 1
With old htb:
eth4: 34.76 Mb/s In 5827.98 Mb/s Out - 65836.0 p/s In 481273.0 p/s Out
[SUM] 9.0-10.0 sec 669 MBytes 5.61 Gbits/sec
[SUM] 0.0-10.0 sec 6.50 GBytes 5.58 Gbits/sec
With new htb:
eth4: 28.36 Mb/s In 5208.06 Mb/s Out - 53704.0 p/s In 430076.0 p/s Out
[SUM] 9.0-10.0 sec 594 MBytes 4.98 Gbits/sec
[SUM] 0.0-10.0 sec 5.80 GBytes 4.98 Gbits/sec
The bits per second on the wire is still 5200Mb/s with new HTB
because qdisc accounts for packet length using skb->len, which
is smaller than total bytes on the wire if GSO is used. But
that is for another patch regardless of how time is accounted.
Many thanks to Eric Dumazet for review and feedback.
Signed-off-by: Vimalkumar <j.vimal@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The cgroup logic part of net_cls is very similar as the one in
net_prio. Let's stream line the net_cls logic with the net_prio one.
The net_prio update logic was changed by following commit (note there
were some changes necessary later on)
commit 406a3c638c
Author: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Date: Fri Jul 20 10:39:25 2012 +0000
net: netprio_cgroup: rework update socket logic
Instead of updating the sk_cgrp_prioidx struct field on every send
this only updates the field when a task is moved via cgroup
infrastructure.
This allows sockets that may be used by a kernel worker thread
to be managed. For example in the iscsi case today a user can
put iscsid in a netprio cgroup and control traffic will be sent
with the correct sk_cgrp_prioidx value set but as soon as data
is sent the kernel worker thread isssues a send and sk_cgrp_prioidx
is updated with the kernel worker threads value which is the
default case.
It seems more correct to only update the field when the user
explicitly sets it via control group infrastructure. This allows
the users to manage sockets that may be used with other threads.
Since classid is now updated when the task is moved between the
cgroups, we don't have to call sock_update_classid() from various
places to ensure we always using the latest classid value.
[v2: Use iterate_fd() instead of open coding]
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Cc: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: "Michael S. Tsirkin" <mst@redhat.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: <netdev@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: <cgroups@vger.kernel.org>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ns_to_ktime() seems better than ktime_set() + ktime_add_ns()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking changes from David Miller:
1) GRE now works over ipv6, from Dmitry Kozlov.
2) Make SCTP more network namespace aware, from Eric Biederman.
3) TEAM driver now works with non-ethernet devices, from Jiri Pirko.
4) Make openvswitch network namespace aware, from Pravin B Shelar.
5) IPV6 NAT implementation, from Patrick McHardy.
6) Server side support for TCP Fast Open, from Jerry Chu and others.
7) Packet BPF filter supports MOD and XOR, from Eric Dumazet and Daniel
Borkmann.
8) Increate the loopback default MTU to 64K, from Eric Dumazet.
9) Use a per-task rather than per-socket page fragment allocator for
outgoing networking traffic. This benefits processes that have very
many mostly idle sockets, which is quite common.
From Eric Dumazet.
10) Use up to 32K for page fragment allocations, with fallbacks to
smaller sizes when higher order page allocations fail. Benefits are
a) less segments for driver to process b) less calls to page
allocator c) less waste of space.
From Eric Dumazet.
11) Allow GRO to be used on GRE tunnels, from Eric Dumazet.
12) VXLAN device driver, one way to handle VLAN issues such as the
limitation of 4096 VLAN IDs yet still have some level of isolation.
From Stephen Hemminger.
13) As usual there is a large boatload of driver changes, with the scale
perhaps tilted towards the wireless side this time around.
Fix up various fairly trivial conflicts, mostly caused by the user
namespace changes.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1012 commits)
hyperv: Add buffer for extended info after the RNDIS response message.
hyperv: Report actual status in receive completion packet
hyperv: Remove extra allocated space for recv_pkt_list elements
hyperv: Fix page buffer handling in rndis_filter_send_request()
hyperv: Fix the missing return value in rndis_filter_set_packet_filter()
hyperv: Fix the max_xfer_size in RNDIS initialization
vxlan: put UDP socket in correct namespace
vxlan: Depend on CONFIG_INET
sfc: Fix the reported priorities of different filter types
sfc: Remove EFX_FILTER_FLAG_RX_OVERRIDE_IP
sfc: Fix loopback self-test with separate_tx_channels=1
sfc: Fix MCDI structure field lookup
sfc: Add parentheses around use of bitfield macro arguments
sfc: Fix null function pointer in efx_sriov_channel_type
vxlan: virtual extensible lan
igmp: export symbol ip_mc_leave_group
netlink: add attributes to fdb interface
tg3: unconditionally select HWMON support when tg3 is enabled.
Revert "net: ti cpsw ethernet: allow reading phy interface mode from DT"
gre: fix sparse warning
...
Pull user namespace changes from Eric Biederman:
"This is a mostly modest set of changes to enable basic user namespace
support. This allows the code to code to compile with user namespaces
enabled and removes the assumption there is only the initial user
namespace. Everything is converted except for the most complex of the
filesystems: autofs4, 9p, afs, ceph, cifs, coda, fuse, gfs2, ncpfs,
nfs, ocfs2 and xfs as those patches need a bit more review.
The strategy is to push kuid_t and kgid_t values are far down into
subsystems and filesystems as reasonable. Leaving the make_kuid and
from_kuid operations to happen at the edge of userspace, as the values
come off the disk, and as the values come in from the network.
Letting compile type incompatible compile errors (present when user
namespaces are enabled) guide me to find the issues.
The most tricky areas have been the places where we had an implicit
union of uid and gid values and were storing them in an unsigned int.
Those places were converted into explicit unions. I made certain to
handle those places with simple trivial patches.
Out of that work I discovered we have generic interfaces for storing
quota by projid. I had never heard of the project identifiers before.
Adding full user namespace support for project identifiers accounts
for most of the code size growth in my git tree.
Ultimately there will be work to relax privlige checks from
"capable(FOO)" to "ns_capable(user_ns, FOO)" where it is safe allowing
root in a user names to do those things that today we only forbid to
non-root users because it will confuse suid root applications.
While I was pushing kuid_t and kgid_t changes deep into the audit code
I made a few other cleanups. I capitalized on the fact we process
netlink messages in the context of the message sender. I removed
usage of NETLINK_CRED, and started directly using current->tty.
Some of these patches have also made it into maintainer trees, with no
problems from identical code from different trees showing up in
linux-next.
After reading through all of this code I feel like I might be able to
win a game of kernel trivial pursuit."
Fix up some fairly trivial conflicts in netfilter uid/git logging code.
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ebiederm/user-namespace: (107 commits)
userns: Convert the ufs filesystem to use kuid/kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert the udf filesystem to use kuid/kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert ubifs to use kuid/kgid
userns: Convert squashfs to use kuid/kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert reiserfs to use kuid and kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert jfs to use kuid/kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert jffs2 to use kuid and kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert hpfs to use kuid and kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert btrfs to use kuid/kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert bfs to use kuid/kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert affs to use kuid/kgid wherwe appropriate
userns: On alpha modify linux_to_osf_stat to use convert from kuids and kgids
userns: On ia64 deal with current_uid and current_gid being kuid and kgid
userns: On ppc convert current_uid from a kuid before printing.
userns: Convert s390 getting uid and gid system calls to use kuid and kgid
userns: Convert s390 hypfs to use kuid and kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert binder ipc to use kuids
userns: Teach security_path_chown to take kuids and kgids
userns: Add user namespace support to IMA
userns: Convert EVM to deal with kuids and kgids in it's hmac computation
...
Pull cgroup hierarchy update from Tejun Heo:
"Currently, different cgroup subsystems handle nested cgroups
completely differently. There's no consistency among subsystems and
the behaviors often are outright broken.
People at least seem to agree that the broken hierarhcy behaviors need
to be weeded out if any progress is gonna be made on this front and
that the fallouts from deprecating the broken behaviors should be
acceptable especially given that the current behaviors don't make much
sense when nested.
This patch makes cgroup emit warning messages if cgroups for
subsystems with broken hierarchy behavior are nested to prepare for
fixing them in the future. This was put in a separate branch because
more related changes were expected (didn't make it this round) and the
memory cgroup wanted to pull in this and make changes on top."
* 'for-3.7-hierarchy' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/cgroup:
cgroup: mark subsystems with broken hierarchy support and whine if cgroups are nested for them
Pull cgroup updates from Tejun Heo:
- xattr support added. The implementation is shared with tmpfs. The
usage is restricted and intended to be used to manage per-cgroup
metadata by system software. tmpfs changes are routed through this
branch with Hugh's permission.
- cgroup subsystem ID handling simplified.
* 'for-3.7' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/cgroup:
cgroup: Define CGROUP_SUBSYS_COUNT according the configuration
cgroup: Assign subsystem IDs during compile time
cgroup: Do not depend on a given order when populating the subsys array
cgroup: Wrap subsystem selection macro
cgroup: Remove CGROUP_BUILTIN_SUBSYS_COUNT
cgroup: net_prio: Do not define task_netpioidx() when not selected
cgroup: net_cls: Do not define task_cls_classid() when not selected
cgroup: net_cls: Move sock_update_classid() declaration to cls_cgroup.h
cgroup: trivial fixes for Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt
xattr: mark variable as uninitialized to make both gcc and smatch happy
fs: add missing documentation to simple_xattr functions
cgroup: add documentation on extended attributes usage
cgroup: rename subsys_bits to subsys_mask
cgroup: add xattr support
cgroup: revise how we re-populate root directory
xattr: extract simple_xattr code from tmpfs
Conflicts:
drivers/net/team/team.c
drivers/net/usb/qmi_wwan.c
net/batman-adv/bat_iv_ogm.c
net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c
net/ipv4/route.c
net/l2tp/l2tp_netlink.c
The team, fib_frontend, route, and l2tp_netlink conflicts were simply
overlapping changes.
qmi_wwan and bat_iv_ogm were of the "use HEAD" variety.
With help from Antonio Quartulli.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GCC refuses to recognize that all error control flows do in fact
set err to something.
Add an explicit initialization to shut it up.
net/sched/sch_drr.c: In function ‘drr_enqueue’:
net/sched/sch_drr.c:359:11: warning: ‘err’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
net/sched/sch_qfq.c: In function ‘qfq_enqueue’:
net/sched/sch_qfq.c:885:11: warning: ‘err’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently use a per socket order-0 page cache for tcp_sendmsg()
operations.
This page is used to build fragments for skbs.
Its done to increase probability of coalescing small write() into
single segments in skbs still in write queue (not yet sent)
But it wastes a lot of memory for applications handling many mostly
idle sockets, since each socket holds one page in sk->sk_sndmsg_page
Its also quite inefficient to build TSO 64KB packets, because we need
about 16 pages per skb on arches where PAGE_SIZE = 4096, so we hit
page allocator more than wanted.
This patch adds a per task frag allocator and uses bigger pages,
if available. An automatic fallback is done in case of memory pressure.
(up to 32768 bytes per frag, thats order-3 pages on x86)
This increases TCP stream performance by 20% on loopback device,
but also benefits on other network devices, since 8x less frags are
mapped on transmit and unmapped on tx completion. Alexander Duyck
mentioned a probable performance win on systems with IOMMU enabled.
Its possible some SG enabled hardware cant cope with bigger fragments,
but their ndo_start_xmit() should already handle this, splitting a
fragment in sub fragments, since some arches have PAGE_SIZE=65536
Successfully tested on various ethernet devices.
(ixgbe, igb, bnx2x, tg3, mellanox mlx4)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Cc: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Cc: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the old timestamps of a class, say cl, are stale when the class
becomes active, then QFQ may assign to cl a much higher start time
than the maximum value allowed. This may happen when QFQ assigns to
the start time of cl the finish time of a group whose classes are
characterized by a higher value of the ratio
max_class_pkt/weight_of_the_class with respect to that of
cl. Inserting a class with a too high start time into the bucket list
corrupts the data structure and may eventually lead to crashes.
This patch limits the maximum start time assigned to a class.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Valente <paolo.valente@unimore.it>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/netfilter/nfnetlink_log.c
net/netfilter/xt_LOG.c
Rather easy conflict resolution, the 'net' tree had bug fixes to make
sure we checked if a socket is a time-wait one or not and elide the
logging code if so.
Whereas on the 'net-next' side we are calculating the UID and GID from
the creds using different interfaces due to the user namespace changes
from Eric Biederman.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, cgroup hierarchy support is a mess. cpu related subsystems
behave correctly - configuration, accounting and control on a parent
properly cover its children. blkio and freezer completely ignore
hierarchy and treat all cgroups as if they're directly under the root
cgroup. Others show yet different behaviors.
These differing interpretations of cgroup hierarchy make using cgroup
confusing and it impossible to co-mount controllers into the same
hierarchy and obtain sane behavior.
Eventually, we want full hierarchy support from all subsystems and
probably a unified hierarchy. Users using separate hierarchies
expecting completely different behaviors depending on the mounted
subsystem is deterimental to making any progress on this front.
This patch adds cgroup_subsys.broken_hierarchy and sets it to %true
for controllers which are lacking in hierarchy support. The goal of
this patch is two-fold.
* Move users away from using hierarchy on currently non-hierarchical
subsystems, so that implementing proper hierarchy support on those
doesn't surprise them.
* Keep track of which controllers are broken how and nudge the
subsystems to implement proper hierarchy support.
For now, start with a single warning message. We can whine louder
later on.
v2: Fixed a typo spotted by Michal. Warning message updated.
v3: Updated memcg part so that it doesn't generate warning in the
cases where .use_hierarchy=false doesn't make the behavior
different from root.use_hierarchy=true. Fixed a typo spotted by
Glauber.
v4: Check ->broken_hierarchy after cgroup creation is complete so that
->create() can affect the result per Michal. Dropped unnecessary
memcg root handling per Michal.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Paul Turner <pjt@google.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Cc: Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
WARNING: With this change it is impossible to load external built
controllers anymore.
In case where CONFIG_NETPRIO_CGROUP=m and CONFIG_NET_CLS_CGROUP=m is
set, corresponding subsys_id should also be a constant. Up to now,
net_prio_subsys_id and net_cls_subsys_id would be of the type int and
the value would be assigned during runtime.
By switching the macro definition IS_SUBSYS_ENABLED from IS_BUILTIN
to IS_ENABLED, all *_subsys_id will have constant value. That means we
need to remove all the code which assumes a value can be assigned to
net_prio_subsys_id and net_cls_subsys_id.
A close look is necessary on the RCU part which was introduces by
following patch:
commit f845172531
Author: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Mon May 24 09:12:34 2010
Committer: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Mon May 24 09:12:34 2010
cls_cgroup: Store classid in struct sock
Tis code was added to init_cgroup_cls()
/* We can't use rcu_assign_pointer because this is an int. */
smp_wmb();
net_cls_subsys_id = net_cls_subsys.subsys_id;
respectively to exit_cgroup_cls()
net_cls_subsys_id = -1;
synchronize_rcu();
and in module version of task_cls_classid()
rcu_read_lock();
id = rcu_dereference(net_cls_subsys_id);
if (id >= 0)
classid = container_of(task_subsys_state(p, id),
struct cgroup_cls_state, css)->classid;
rcu_read_unlock();
Without an explicit explaination why the RCU part is needed. (The
rcu_deference was fixed by exchanging it to rcu_derefence_index_check()
in a later commit, but that is a minor detail.)
So here is my pondering why it was introduced and why it safe to
remove it now. Note that this code was copied over to net_prio the
reasoning holds for that subsystem too.
The idea behind the RCU use for net_cls_subsys_id is to make sure we
get a valid pointer back from task_subsys_state(). task_subsys_state()
is just blindly accessing the subsys array and returning the
pointer. Obviously, passing in -1 as id into task_subsys_state()
returns an invalid value (out of lower bound).
So this code makes sure that only after module is loaded and the
subsystem registered, the id is assigned.
Before unregistering the module all old readers must have left the
critical section. This is done by assigning -1 to the id and issuing a
synchronized_rcu(). Any new readers wont call task_subsys_state()
anymore and therefore it is safe to unregister the subsystem.
The new code relies on the same trick, but it looks at the subsys
pointer return by task_subsys_state() (remember the id is constant
and therefore we allways have a valid index into the subsys
array).
No precautions need to be taken during module loading
module. Eventually, all CPUs will get a valid pointer back from
task_subsys_state() because rebind_subsystem() which is called after
the module init() function will assigned subsys[net_cls_subsys_id] the
newly loaded module subsystem pointer.
When the subsystem is about to be removed, rebind_subsystem() will
called before the module exit() function. In this case,
rebind_subsys() will assign subsys[net_cls_subsys_id] a NULL pointer
and then it calls synchronize_rcu(). All old readers have left by then
the critical section. Any new reader wont access the subsystem
anymore. At this point we are safe to unregister the subsystem. No
synchronize_rcu() call is needed.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Cc: Kamezawa Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: cgroups@vger.kernel.org
gred_dequeue() and gred_drop() do not seem to get called when the
queue is empty, meaning that we never start idling while in WRED
mode. And since qidlestart is not stored by gred_store_wred_set(),
we would never stop idling while in WRED mode if we ever started.
This messes up the average queue size calculation that influences
packet marking/dropping behavior.
Now, we start WRED mode idling as we are removing the last packet
from the queue. Also we now actually stop WRED mode idling when we
are enqueuing a packet.
Cc: Bruce Osler <brosler@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: David Ward <david.ward@ll.mit.edu>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
q->vars.qavg is a Wlog scaled value, but q->backlog is not. In order
to pass q->vars.qavg as the backlog value, we need to un-scale it.
Additionally, the qave value returned via netlink should not be Wlog
scaled, so we need to un-scale the result of red_calc_qavg().
This caused artificially high values for "Average Queue" to be shown
by 'tc -s -d qdisc', but did not affect the actual operation of GRED.
Signed-off-by: David Ward <david.ward@ll.mit.edu>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each pair of DPs only needs to be compared once when searching for
a non-unique prio value.
Signed-off-by: David Ward <david.ward@ll.mit.edu>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Its possible to setup a bad cbq configuration leading to
an infinite loop in cbq_classify()
DEV_OUT=eth0
ICMP="match ip protocol 1 0xff"
U32="protocol ip u32"
DST="match ip dst"
tc qdisc add dev $DEV_OUT root handle 1: cbq avpkt 1000 \
bandwidth 100mbit
tc class add dev $DEV_OUT parent 1: classid 1:1 cbq \
rate 512kbit allot 1500 prio 5 bounded isolated
tc filter add dev $DEV_OUT parent 1: prio 3 $U32 \
$ICMP $DST 192.168.3.234 flowid 1:
Reported-by: Denys Fedoryschenko <denys@visp.net.lb>
Tested-by: Denys Fedoryschenko <denys@visp.net.lb>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is a frequent mistake to confuse the netlink port identifier with a
process identifier. Try to reduce this confusion by renaming fields
that hold port identifiers portid instead of pid.
I have carefully avoided changing the structures exported to
userspace to avoid changing the userspace API.
I have successfully built an allyesconfig kernel with this change.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When fq_codel builds a new flow, it should not reset codel state.
Codel algo needs to get previous values (lastcount, drop_next) to get
proper behavior.
Signed-off-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@bufferbloat.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is an initial merge in of Eric Biederman's work to start adding
user namespace support to the networking.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We drop packet unconditionally when we fail to mirror it. This is not intended
in some cases. Consdier for kvm guest, we may mirror the traffic of the bridge
to a tap device used by a VM. When kernel fails to mirror the packet in
conditions such as when qemu crashes or stop polling the tap, it's hard for the
management software to detect such condition and clean the the mirroring
before. This would lead all packets to the bridge to be dropped and break the
netowrk of other virtual machines.
To solve the issue, the patch does not drop packets when kernel fails to mirror
it, and only drop the redirected packets.
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The flow classifier can use uids and gids of the sockets that
are transmitting packets and do insert those uids and gids
into the packet classification calcuation. I don't fully
understand the details but it appears that we can depend
on specific uids and gids when making traffic classification
decisions.
To work with user namespaces enabled map from kuids and kgids
into uids and gids in the initial user namespace giving raw
integer values the code can play with and depend on.
To avoid issues of userspace depending on uids and gids in
packet classifiers installed from other user namespaces
and getting confused deny all packet classifiers that
use uids or gids that are not comming from a netlink socket
in the initial user namespace.
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
cls_flow.c plays with uids and gids. Unless I misread that
code it is possible for classifiers to depend on the specific uid and
gid values. Therefore I need to know the user namespace of the
netlink socket that is installing the packet classifiers. Pass
in the rtnetlink skb so I can access the NETLINK_CB of the passed
packet. In particular I want access to sk_user_ns(NETLINK_CB(in_skb).ssk).
Pass in not the user namespace but the incomming rtnetlink skb into
the the classifier change routines as that is generally the more useful
parameter.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
I believe net/core/dev.c is a better place for netif_notify_peers(),
because other net event notify functions also stay in this file.
And rename it to netdev_notify_peers().
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Ian Campbell <Ian.Campbell@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
[Resending again, as the text was corrupted by the email client]
To speed up operations, QFQ internally divides classes into
groups. Which group a class belongs to depends on the ratio between
the maximum packet length and the weight of the class. Unfortunately
the function qfq_change_class lacks the steps for changing the group
of a class when the ratio max_pkt_len/weight of the class changes.
For example, when the last of the following three commands is
executed, the group of class 1:1 is not correctly changed:
tc disc add dev XXX root handle 1: qfq
tc class add dev XXX parent 1: qfq classid 1:1 weight 1
tc class change dev XXX parent 1: classid 1:1 qfq weight 4
Not changing the group of a class does not affect the long-term
bandwidth guaranteed to the class, as the latter is independent of the
maximum packet length, and correctly changes (only) if the weight of
the class changes. In contrast, if the group of the class is not
updated, the class is still guaranteed the short-term bandwidth and
packet delay related to its old group, instead of the guarantees that
it should receive according to its new weight and/or maximum packet
length. This may also break service guarantees for other classes.
This patch adds the missing operations.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Valente <paolo.valente@unimore.it>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some action modules free struct tcf_common in their error path
while estimator is still active. This results in est_timer()
dereference freed memory.
Add gen_kill_estimator() in ipt, pedit and simple action.
Signed-off-by: Hiroaki SHIMODA <shimoda.hiroaki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gact_rand array is accessed by gact->tcfg_ptype whose value
is assumed to less than MAX_RAND, but any range checks are
not performed.
So add a check in tcf_gact_init(). And in tcf_gact(), we can
reduce a branch.
Signed-off-by: Hiroaki SHIMODA <shimoda.hiroaki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use inet_iif() consistently, and for TCP record the input interface of
cached RX dst in inet sock.
rt->rt_iif is going to be encoded differently, so that we can
legitimately cache input routes in the FIB info more aggressively.
When the input interface is "use SKB device index" the rt->rt_iif will
be set to zero.
This forces us to move the TCP RX dst cache installation into the ipv4
specific code, and as well it should since doing the route caching for
ipv6 is pointless at the moment since it is not inspected in the ipv6
input paths yet.
Also, remove the unlikely on dst->obsolete, all ipv4 dsts have
obsolete set to a non-zero value to force invocation of the check
callback.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netem does an early orphaning of skbs. Doing so breaks TCP Small Queue
or any mechanism relying on socket sk_wmem_alloc feedback.
Ideally, we should perform this orphaning after the rate module and
before the delay module, to mimic what happens on a real link :
skb orphaning is indeed normally done at TX completion, before the
transit on the link.
+-------+ +--------+ +---------------+ +-----------------+
+ Qdisc +---> Device +--> TX completion +--> links / hops +->
+ + + xmit + + skb orphaning + + propagation +
+-------+ +--------+ +---------------+ +-----------------+
< rate limiting > < delay, drops, reorders >
If netem is used without delay feature (drops, reorders, rate
limiting), then we should avoid early skb orphaning, to keep pressure
on sockets as long as packets are still in qdisc queue.
Ideally, netem should be refactored to implement delay module
as the last stage. Current algorithm merges the two phases
(rate limiting + delay) so its not correct.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Cc: Mark Gordon <msg@google.com>
Cc: Andreas Terzis <aterzis@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Resolves-bug: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=44461
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Can be used to match packets against netfilter ip sets created via ipset(8).
skb->sk_iif is used as 'incoming interface', skb->dev is 'outgoing interface'.
Since ipset is usually called from netfilter, the ematch
initializes a fake xt_action_param, pulls the ip header into the
linear area and also sets skb->data to the IP header (otherwise
matching Layer 4 set types doesn't work).
Tested-by: Mr Dash Four <mr.dash.four@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/batman-adv/bridge_loop_avoidance.c
net/batman-adv/bridge_loop_avoidance.h
net/batman-adv/soft-interface.c
net/mac80211/mlme.c
With merge help from Antonio Quartulli (batman-adv) and
Stephen Rothwell (drivers/net/usb/qmi_wwan.c).
The net/mac80211/mlme.c conflict seemed easy enough, accounting for a
conversion to some new tracing macros.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix two netem bugs :
1) When a frame was dropped by tfifo_enqueue(), drop counter
was incremented twice.
2) When reordering is triggered, we enqueue a packet without
checking queue limit. This can OOM pretty fast when this
is repeated enough, since skbs are orphaned, no socket limit
can help in this situation.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Mark Gordon <msg@google.com>
Cc: Andreas Terzis <aterzis@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This ematch makes it possible to classify CAN frames (AF_CAN) according
to their identifiers. This functionality can not be easily achieved with
existing classifiers, such as u32, because CAN identifier is always stored
in native endianness, whereas u32 expects Network byte order.
Signed-off-by: Rostislav Lisovy <lisovy@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
sockfd_lookup() is declared in linux/net.h, which is pulled by
linux/skbuff.h (and needed for a lot of other stuff in sch_atm.c
anyway).
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Pull cgroup updates from Tejun Heo:
"cgroup file type addition / removal is updated so that file types are
added and removed instead of individual files so that dynamic file
type addition / removal can be implemented by cgroup and used by
controllers. blkio controller changes which will come through block
tree are dependent on this. Other changes include res_counter cleanup
and disallowing kthread / PF_THREAD_BOUND threads to be attached to
non-root cgroups.
There's a reported bug with the file type addition / removal handling
which can lead to oops on cgroup umount. The issue is being looked
into. It shouldn't cause problems for most setups and isn't a
security concern."
Fix up trivial conflict in Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
* 'for-3.5' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/cgroup: (21 commits)
res_counter: Account max_usage when calling res_counter_charge_nofail()
res_counter: Merge res_counter_charge and res_counter_charge_nofail
cgroups: disallow attaching kthreadd or PF_THREAD_BOUND threads
cgroup: remove cgroup_subsys->populate()
cgroup: get rid of populate for memcg
cgroup: pass struct mem_cgroup instead of struct cgroup to socket memcg
cgroup: make css->refcnt clearing on cgroup removal optional
cgroup: use negative bias on css->refcnt to block css_tryget()
cgroup: implement cgroup_rm_cftypes()
cgroup: introduce struct cfent
cgroup: relocate __d_cgrp() and __d_cft()
cgroup: remove cgroup_add_file[s]()
cgroup: convert memcg controller to the new cftype interface
memcg: always create memsw files if CONFIG_CGROUP_MEM_RES_CTLR_SWAP
cgroup: convert all non-memcg controllers to the new cftype interface
cgroup: relocate cftype and cgroup_subsys definitions in controllers
cgroup: merge cft_release_agent cftype array into the base files array
cgroup: implement cgroup_add_cftypes() and friends
cgroup: build list of all cgroups under a given cgroupfs_root
cgroup: move cgroup_clear_directory() call out of cgroup_populate_dir()
...
The padding destination or hop-by-hop option is called Pad1 and not Pad0.
See RFC2460 (4.2) or the IANA ipv6-parameters registry:
http://www.iana.org/assignments/ipv6-parameters/ipv6-parameters.xml
Signed-off-by: Eldad Zack <eldad@fogrefinery.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
codel_should_drop() logic allows a packet being not dropped if queue
size is under max packet size.
In fq_codel, we have two possible backlogs : The qdisc global one, and
the flow local one.
The meaningful one for codel_should_drop() should be the global backlog,
not the per flow one, so that thin flows can have a non zero drop/mark
probability.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Dave Taht <dave.taht@bufferbloat.net>
Cc: Kathleen Nichols <nichols@pollere.com>
Cc: Van Jacobson <van@pollere.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Standardize the net core ratelimited logging functions.
Coalesce formats, align arguments.
Change a printk then vprintk sequence to use printf extension %pV.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following build error:
net/sched/sch_fq_codel.c: In function 'fq_codel_dump_stats':
net/sched/sch_fq_codel.c:464:3: error: unknown field 'qdisc_stats' specified in initializer
net/sched/sch_fq_codel.c:464:3: warning: missing braces around initializer
net/sched/sch_fq_codel.c:464:3: warning: (near initialization for 'st.<anonymous>')
net/sched/sch_fq_codel.c:465:3: error: unknown field 'qdisc_stats' specified in initializer
net/sched/sch_fq_codel.c:465:3: warning: excess elements in struct initializer
net/sched/sch_fq_codel.c:465:3: warning: (near initialization for 'st')
net/sched/sch_fq_codel.c:466:3: error: unknown field 'qdisc_stats' specified in initializer
net/sched/sch_fq_codel.c:466:3: warning: excess elements in struct initializer
net/sched/sch_fq_codel.c:466:3: warning: (near initialization for 'st')
net/sched/sch_fq_codel.c:467:3: error: unknown field 'qdisc_stats' specified in initializer
net/sched/sch_fq_codel.c:467:3: warning: excess elements in struct initializer
net/sched/sch_fq_codel.c:467:3: warning: (near initialization for 'st')
make[1]: *** [net/sched/sch_fq_codel.o] Error 1
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <levinsasha928@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
m68k allmodconfig:
net/sched/sch_codel.c: In function ‘dequeue’:
net/sched/sch_codel.c:70: error: implicit declaration of function ‘prefetch’
make[1]: *** [net/sched/sch_codel.o] Error 1
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An implementation of CoDel AQM, from Kathleen Nichols and Van Jacobson.
http://queue.acm.org/detail.cfm?id=2209336
This AQM main input is no longer queue size in bytes or packets, but the
delay packets stay in (FIFO) queue.
As we don't have infinite memory, we still can drop packets in enqueue()
in case of massive load, but mean of CoDel is to drop packets in
dequeue(), using a control law based on two simple parameters :
target : target sojourn time (default 5ms)
interval : width of moving time window (default 100ms)
Based on initial work from Dave Taht.
Refactored to help future codel inclusion as a plugin for other linux
qdisc (FQ_CODEL, ...), like RED.
include/net/codel.h contains codel algorithm as close as possible than
Kathleen reference.
net/sched/sch_codel.c contains the linux qdisc specific glue.
Separate structures permit a memory efficient implementation of fq_codel
(to be sent as a separate work) : Each flow has its own struct
codel_vars.
timestamps are taken at enqueue() time with 1024 ns precision, allowing
a range of 2199 seconds in queue, and 100Gb links support. iproute2 uses
usec as base unit.
Selected packets are dropped, unless ECN is enabled and packets can get
ECN mark instead.
Tested from 2Mb to 10Gb speeds with no particular problems, on ixgbe and
tg3 drivers (BQL enabled).
Usage: tc qdisc ... codel [ limit PACKETS ] [ target TIME ]
[ interval TIME ] [ ecn ]
qdisc codel 10: parent 1:1 limit 2000p target 3.0ms interval 60.0ms ecn
Sent 13347099587 bytes 8815805 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
rate 202365Kbit 16708pps backlog 113550b 75p requeues 0
count 116 lastcount 98 ldelay 4.3ms dropping drop_next 816us
maxpacket 1514 ecn_mark 84399 drop_overlimit 0
CoDel must be seen as a base module, and should be used keeping in mind
there is still a FIFO queue. So a typical setup will probably need a
hierarchy of several qdiscs and packet classifiers to be able to meet
whatever constraints a user might have.
One possible example would be to use fq_codel, which combines Fair
Queueing and CoDel, in replacement of sfq / sfq_red.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@bufferbloat.net>
Cc: Kathleen Nichols <nichols@pollere.com>
Cc: Van Jacobson <van@pollere.net>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Matt Mathis <mattmathis@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Class bytes/packets stats can be misleading because they are updated in
enqueue() while packet might be dropped later.
We already fixed all qdiscs but sch_atm.
This patch makes the final cleanup.
class rate estimators can now match qdisc ones.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000e/param.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-agn-rx.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-trans-pcie-rx.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-trans.h
Resolved the iwlwifi conflict with mainline using 3-way diff posted
by John Linville and Stephen Rothwell. In 'net' we added a bug
fix to make iwlwifi report a more accurate skb->truesize but this
conflicted with RX path changes that happened meanwhile in net-next.
In e1000e a conflict arose in the validation code for settings of
adapter->itr. 'net-next' had more sophisticated logic so that
logic was used.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb_checksum_help(skb) can return an error, we must free skb in this
case. qdisc_drop(skb, sch) can also be feeded with a NULL skb (if
skb_unshare() failed), so lets use this generic helper.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ECN (Explicit Congestion Notification) marking capability to netem
tc qdisc add dev eth0 root netem drop 0.5 ecn
Instead of dropping packets, try to ECN mark them.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix merge between commit 3adadc08cc ("net ax25: Reorder ax25_exit to
remove races") and commit 0ca7a4c87d ("net ax25: Simplify and
cleanup the ax25 sysctl handling")
The former moved around the sysctl register/unregister calls, the
later simply removed them.
With help from Stephen Rothwell.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A parameter set exists for WRED mode, called wred_set, to hold the same
values for qavg and qidlestart across all VQs. The WRED mode values had
been previously held in the VQ for the default DP. After these values
were moved to wred_set, the VQ for the default DP was no longer created
automatically (so that it could be omitted on purpose, to have packets
in the default DP enqueued directly to the device without using RED).
However, gred_dump() was overlooked during that change; in WRED mode it
still reads qavg/qidlestart from the VQ for the default DP, which might
not even exist. As a result, this command sequence will cause an oops:
tc qdisc add dev $DEV handle $HANDLE parent $PARENT gred setup \
DPs 3 default 2 grio
tc qdisc change dev $DEV handle $HANDLE gred DP 0 prio 8 $RED_OPTIONS
tc qdisc change dev $DEV handle $HANDLE gred DP 1 prio 8 $RED_OPTIONS
This fixes gred_dump() in WRED mode to use the values held in wred_set.
Signed-off-by: David Ward <david.ward@ll.mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These macros contain a hidden goto, and are thus extremely error
prone and make code hard to audit.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert debug, freezer, cpuset, cpu_cgroup, cpuacct, net_prio, blkio,
net_cls and device controllers to use the new cftype based interface.
Termination entry is added to cftype arrays and populate callbacks are
replaced with cgroup_subsys->base_cftypes initializations.
This is functionally identical transformation. There shouldn't be any
visible behavior change.
memcg is rather special and will be converted separately.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Paul Menage <paul@paulmenage.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com>
blk-cgroup, netprio_cgroup, cls_cgroup and tcp_memcontrol
unnecessarily define cftype array and cgroup_subsys structures at the
top of the file, which is unconventional and necessiates forward
declaration of methods.
This patch relocates those below the definitions of the methods and
removes the forward declarations. Note that forward declaration of
tcp_files[] is added in tcp_memcontrol.c for tcp_init_cgroup(). This
will be removed soon by another patch.
This patch doesn't introduce any functional change.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Pull networking merge from David Miller:
"1) Move ixgbe driver over to purely page based buffering on receive.
From Alexander Duyck.
2) Add receive packet steering support to e1000e, from Bruce Allan.
3) Convert TCP MD5 support over to RCU, from Eric Dumazet.
4) Reduce cpu usage in handling out-of-order TCP packets on modern
systems, also from Eric Dumazet.
5) Support the IP{,V6}_UNICAST_IF socket options, making the wine
folks happy, from Erich Hoover.
6) Support VLAN trunking from guests in hyperv driver, from Haiyang
Zhang.
7) Support byte-queue-limtis in r8169, from Igor Maravic.
8) Outline code intended for IP_RECVTOS in IP_PKTOPTIONS existed but
was never properly implemented, Jiri Benc fixed that.
9) 64-bit statistics support in r8169 and 8139too, from Junchang Wang.
10) Support kernel side dump filtering by ctmark in netfilter
ctnetlink, from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
11) Support byte-queue-limits in gianfar driver, from Paul Gortmaker.
12) Add new peek socket options to assist with socket migration, from
Pavel Emelyanov.
13) Add sch_plug packet scheduler whose queue is controlled by
userland daemons using explicit freeze and release commands. From
Shriram Rajagopalan.
14) Fix FCOE checksum offload handling on transmit, from Yi Zou."
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1846 commits)
Fix pppol2tp getsockname()
Remove printk from rds_sendmsg
ipv6: fix incorrent ipv6 ipsec packet fragment
cpsw: Hook up default ndo_change_mtu.
net: qmi_wwan: fix build error due to cdc-wdm dependecy
netdev: driver: ethernet: Add TI CPSW driver
netdev: driver: ethernet: add cpsw address lookup engine support
phy: add am79c874 PHY support
mlx4_core: fix race on comm channel
bonding: send igmp report for its master
fs_enet: Add MPC5125 FEC support and PHY interface selection
net: bpf_jit: fix BPF_S_LDX_B_MSH compilation
net: update the usage of CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY
fcoe: use CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY instead of CHECKSUM_PARTIAL on tx
net: do not do gso for CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY in netif_needs_gso
ixgbe: Fix issues with SR-IOV loopback when flow control is disabled
net/hyperv: Fix the code handling tx busy
ixgbe: fix namespace issues when FCoE/DCB is not enabled
rtlwifi: Remove unused ETH_ADDR_LEN defines
igbvf: Use ETH_ALEN
...
Fix up fairly trivial conflicts in drivers/isdn/gigaset/interface.c and
drivers/net/usb/{Kconfig,qmi_wwan.c} as per David.
Pull cgroup changes from Tejun Heo:
"Out of the 8 commits, one fixes a long-standing locking issue around
tasklist walking and others are cleanups."
* 'for-3.4' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/cgroup:
cgroup: Walk task list under tasklist_lock in cgroup_enable_task_cg_list
cgroup: Remove wrong comment on cgroup_enable_task_cg_list()
cgroup: remove cgroup_subsys argument from callbacks
cgroup: remove extra calls to find_existing_css_set
cgroup: replace tasklist_lock with rcu_read_lock
cgroup: simplify double-check locking in cgroup_attach_proc
cgroup: move struct cgroup_pidlist out from the header file
cgroup: remove cgroup_attach_task_current_cg()
This reverts commit d47a0ac7b6 (sch_sfq: dont put new flow at the end of
flows)
As Jesper found out, patch sounded great but has bad side effects.
In stress situation, pushing new flows in front of the queue can prevent
old flows doing any progress. Packets can stay in SFQ queue for
unlimited amount of time.
It's possible to add heuristics to limit this problem, but this would
add complexity outside of SFQ scope.
A more sensible answer to Dave Taht concerns (who reported the issued I
tried to solve in original commit) is probably to use a qdisc hierarchy
so that high prio packets dont enter a potentially crowded SFQ qdisc.
Reported-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <jdb@comx.dk>
Cc: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/sfc/rx.c
Overlapping changes in drivers/net/ethernet/sfc/rx.c, one to change
the rx_buf->is_page boolean into a set of u16 flags, and another to
adjust how ->ip_summed is initialized.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 50612537e9 (netem: fix classful handling) added two errors in
netem_dequeue()
1) After checking skb at the head of tfifo queue for time constraints,
it dequeues tail skb, thus adding unwanted reordering.
2) qdisc stats are updated twice per packet
(one when packet dequeued from tfifo, once when delivered)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/sched/sch_plug.c:211:18: warning: symbol 'plug_qdisc_ops' was not
declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just like skb->cb[], so that qdisc_skb_cb can be encapsulated inside
of other data structures.
This is intended to be used by IPoIB so that it can remember
addressing information stored at hard_header_ops->create() time that
it can fetch when the packet gets to the transmit routine.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The qdisc supports two operations - plug and unplug. When the
qdisc receives a plug command via netlink request, packets arriving
henceforth are buffered until a corresponding unplug command is received.
Depending on the type of unplug command, the queue can be unplugged
indefinitely or selectively.
This qdisc can be used to implement output buffering, an essential
functionality required for consistent recovery in checkpoint based
fault-tolerance systems. Output buffering enables speculative execution
by allowing generated network traffic to be rolled back. It is used to
provide network protection for Xen Guests in the Remus high availability
project, available as part of Xen.
This module is generic enough to be used by any other system that wishes
to add speculative execution and output buffering to its applications.
This module was originally available in the linux 2.6.32 PV-OPS tree,
used as dom0 for Xen.
For more information, please refer to http://nss.cs.ubc.ca/remus/
and http://wiki.xensource.com/xenwiki/Remus
Changes in V3:
* Removed debug output (printk) on queue overflow
* Added TCQ_PLUG_RELEASE_INDEFINITE - that allows the user to
use this qdisc, for simple plug/unplug operations.
* Use of packet counts instead of pointers to keep track of
the buffers in the queue.
Signed-off-by: Shriram Rajagopalan <rshriram@cs.ubc.ca>
Signed-off-by: Brendan Cully <brendan@cs.ubc.ca>
[author of the code in the linux 2.6.32 pvops tree]
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just like skb->cb[], so that qdisc_skb_cb can be encapsulated inside
of other data structures.
This is intended to be used by IPoIB so that it can remember
addressing information stored at hard_header_ops->create() time that
it can fetch when the packet gets to the transmit routine.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The argument is not used at all, and it's not necessary, because
a specific callback handler of course knows which subsys it
belongs to.
Now only ->pupulate() takes this argument, because the handlers of
this callback always call cgroup_add_file()/cgroup_add_files().
So we reduce a few lines of code, though the shrinking of object size
is minimal.
16 files changed, 113 insertions(+), 162 deletions(-)
text data bss dec hex filename
5486240 656987 7039960 13183187 c928d3 vmlinux.o.orig
5486170 656987 7039960 13183117 c9288d vmlinux.o
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
With netem reordering, a gap of N is supposed to reorder every Nth packet with
given reorder probability. However, the code currently skips N packets and
reorders every (N+1)th packet.
Signed-off-by: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds an optional Random Early Detection on each SFQ flow queue.
Traditional SFQ limits count of packets, while RED permits to also
control number of bytes per flow, and adds ECN capability as well.
1) We dont handle the idle time management in this RED implementation,
since each 'new flow' begins with a null qavg. We really want to address
backlogged flows.
2) if headdrop is selected, we try to ecn mark first packet instead of
currently enqueued packet. This gives faster feedback for tcp flows
compared to traditional RED [ marking the last packet in queue ]
Example of use :
tc qdisc add dev $DEV parent 1:1 handle 10: est 1sec 4sec sfq \
limit 3000 headdrop flows 512 divisor 16384 \
redflowlimit 100000 min 8000 max 60000 probability 0.20 ecn
qdisc sfq 10: parent 1:1 limit 3000p quantum 1514b depth 127 headdrop
flows 512/16384 divisor 16384
ewma 6 min 8000b max 60000b probability 0.2 ecn
prob_mark 0 prob_mark_head 4876 prob_drop 6131
forced_mark 0 forced_mark_head 0 forced_drop 0
Sent 1175211782 bytes 777537 pkt (dropped 6131, overlimits 11007
requeues 0)
rate 99483Kbit 8219pps backlog 689392b 456p requeues 0
In this test, with 64 netperf TCP_STREAM sessions, 50% using ECN enabled
flows, we can see number of packets CE marked is smaller than number of
drops (for non ECN flows)
If same test is run, without RED, we can check backlog is much bigger.
qdisc sfq 10: parent 1:1 limit 3000p quantum 1514b depth 127 headdrop
flows 512/16384 divisor 16384
Sent 1148683617 bytes 795006 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
rate 98429Kbit 8521pps backlog 1221290b 841p requeues 0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
CC: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch splits the red_parms structure into two components.
One holding the RED 'constant' parameters, and one containing the
variables.
This permits a size reduction of GRED qdisc, and is a preliminary step
to add an optional RED unit to SFQ.
SFQRED will have a single red_parms structure shared by all flows, and a
private red_vars per flow.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SFQ as implemented in Linux is very limited, with at most 127 flows
and limit of 127 packets. [ So if 127 flows are active, we have one
packet per flow ]
This patch brings to SFQ following features to cope with modern needs.
- Ability to specify a smaller per flow limit of inflight packets.
(default value being at 127 packets)
- Ability to have up to 65408 active flows (instead of 127)
- Ability to have head drops instead of tail drops
(to drop old packets from a flow)
Example of use : No more than 20 packets per flow, max 8000 flows, max
20000 packets in SFQ qdisc, hash table of 65536 slots.
tc qdisc add ... sfq \
flows 8000 \
depth 20 \
headdrop \
limit 20000 \
divisor 65536
Ram usage :
2 bytes per hash table entry (instead of previous 1 byte/entry)
32 bytes per flow on 64bit arches, instead of 384 for QFQ, so much
better cache hit ratio.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not now, but it looks you are correct. q->qdisc is NULL until another
additional qdisc is attached (beside tfifo). See 50612537e9.
The following patch should work.
From: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
netem: catch NULL pointer by updating the real qdisc statistic
Reported-by: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SFQ q->perturbation is used in sfq_hash() as an input to Jenkins hash.
We currently randomize this 32bit value only if a perturbation timer is
setup.
Its much better to always initialize it to defeat attackers, or else
they can predict very well what kind of packets they have to forge to
hit a particular flow.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 817fb15dfd (net_sched: sfq: allow divisor to be a
parameter), we can leave perturbation timer armed if a memory allocation
error aborts sfq_init().
Memory containing active struct timer_list is freed and kernel can
crash.
Call sfq_destroy() from sfq_init() to properly dismantle qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When trying to allocate ~32768 qdiscs using autohandle mechanism, we can
fill the space managed by kernel (handles in [8000-FFFF]:0000 range)
But O(N^2) qdisc_alloc_handle() loops 0x10000 times instead of 0x8000
time tc add qdisc add dev eth0 parent 10:7fff pfifo limit 10
RTNETLINK answers: Cannot allocate memory
real 1m54.826s
user 0m0.000s
sys 0m0.004s
INFO: rcu_sched_state detected stall on CPU 0 (t=60000 jiffies)
Half number of loops, and add a cond_resched() call.
We hold rtnl at this point.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can underestimate q->wsum in case of "tc class replace ... qfq"
and/or qdisc_create_dflt() error.
wsum is not really used in fast path, only at qfq qdisc/class setup,
to catch user error.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
grp->slot_shift is between 22 and 41, so using 32bit wide variables is
probably a typo.
This could explain QFQ hangs Dave reported to me, after 2^23 packets ?
(23 = 64 - 41)
Reported-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
CC: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SFQ enqueue algo puts a new flow _behind_ all pre-existing flows in the
circular list. In fact this is probably an old SFQ implementation bug.
100 Mbits = ~8333 full frames per second, or ~8 frames per ms.
With 50 flows, it means your "new flow" will have to wait 50 packets
being sent before its own packet. Thats the ~6ms.
We certainly can change SFQ to give a priority advantage to new flows,
so that next dequeued packet is taken from a new flow, not an old one.
Reported-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 10f6dfcfde (Revert "sch_netem: Remove classful functionality")
reintroduced classful functionality to netem, but broke basic netem
behavior :
netem uses an t(ime)fifo queue, and store timestamps in skb->cb[]
If qdisc is changed, time constraints are not respected and other qdisc
can destroy skb->cb[] and block netem at dequeue time.
Fix this by always using internal tfifo, and optionally attach a child
qdisc to netem (or a tree of qdiscs)
Example of use :
DEV=eth3
tc qdisc del dev $DEV root
tc qdisc add dev $DEV root handle 30: est 1sec 8sec netem delay 20ms 10ms
tc qdisc add dev $DEV handle 40:0 parent 30:0 tbf \
burst 20480 limit 20480 mtu 1514 rate 32000bps
qdisc netem 30: root refcnt 18 limit 1000 delay 20.0ms 10.0ms
Sent 190792 bytes 413 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
rate 18416bit 3pps backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
qdisc tbf 40: parent 30: rate 256000bit burst 20Kb/8 mpu 0b lat 0us
Sent 190792 bytes 413 pkt (dropped 6, overlimits 10 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 5p requeues 0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 6373a9a286 (netem: use vmalloc for distribution table) added a
regression, since vfree() is called while holding a spinlock and BH
being disabled.
Fix this by doing the pointers swap in critical section, and freeing
after spinlock release.
Also add __GFP_NOWARN to the kmalloc() try, since we fallback to
vmalloc().
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/bluetooth/l2cap_core.c
Just two overlapping changes, one added an initialization of
a local variable, and another change added a new local variable.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new netem loss model is configured with nested netlink messages.
This code is being overly strict about sizes, and is easily confused
by padding (or possible future expansion). Also message
for gemodel is incorrect.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add backlog (byte count) information in hfsc classes and qdisc, so that
"tc -s" can report it to user, instead of 0 values :
qdisc hfsc 1: root refcnt 6 default 20
Sent 45141660 bytes 30545 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 91751 requeues 0)
rate 1492Kbit 126pps backlog 103226b 74p requeues 0
...
class hfsc 1:20 parent 1:1 leaf 1201: rt m1 0bit d 0us m2 400000bit ls m1 0bit d 0us m2 200000bit
Sent 49534912 bytes 33519 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 81822b 56p requeues 0
period 23 work 49451576 bytes rtwork 13277552 bytes level 0
...
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: John A. Sullivan III <jsullivan@opensourcedevel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Userspace may not provide TCA_OPTIONS, in fact tc currently does
so not do so if no arguments are specified on the command line.
Return EINVAL instead of panicing.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A known Out Of Order (OOO) problem hurts SFQ when timer changes
perturbation value, since all new packets delivered to SFQ enqueue might
end on different slots than previous in-flight packets.
With round robin delivery, we can thus deliver packets in a different
order.
Since SFQ is limited to small amount of in-flight packets, we can rehash
packets so that this OOO problem is fixed.
This rehashing is performed only if internal flow classifier is in use.
We now store in skb->cb[] the "struct flow_keys" so that we dont call
skb_flow_dissect() again while rehashing.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In control path, its better to use GFP_KERNEL allocations where
possible.
Before taking qdisc spinlock, we preallocate memory just in case we'll
need it in gred_change_vq()
This is a followup to commit 3f1e6d3fd3 (sch_gred: should not use
GFP_KERNEL while holding a spinlock)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Its better to use a predefined size for this small automatic variable.
Removes a sparse error as well :
net/sched/cls_flow.c:288:13: error: bad constant expression
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This extension can be used to simulate special link layer
characteristics. Simulate because packet data is not modified, only the
calculation base is changed to delay a packet based on the original
packet size and artificial cell information.
packet_overhead can be used to simulate a link layer header compression
scheme (e.g. set packet_overhead to -20) or with a positive
packet_overhead value an additional MAC header can be simulated. It is
also possible to "replace" the 14 byte Ethernet header with something
else.
cell_size and cell_overhead can be used to simulate link layer schemes,
based on cells, like some TDMA schemes. Another application area are MAC
schemes using a link layer fragmentation with a (small) header each.
Cell size is the maximum amount of data bytes within one cell. Cell
overhead is an additional variable to change the per-cell-overhead
(e.g. 5 byte header per fragment).
Example (5 kbit/s, 20 byte per packet overhead, cell-size 100 byte, per
cell overhead 5 byte):
tc qdisc add dev eth0 root netem rate 5kbit 20 100 5
Signed-off-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gred_change_vq() is called under sch_tree_lock(sch).
This means a spinlock is held, and we are not allowed to sleep in this
context.
We might pre-allocate memory using GFP_KERNEL before taking spinlock,
but this is not suitable for stable material.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now RED uses a Q0.32 number to store max_p (max probability), allow
RED/GRED/CHOKE to use/report full resolution at config/dump time.
Old tc binaries are non aware of new attributes, and still set/get Plog.
New tc binary set/get both Plog and max_p for backward compatibility,
they display "probability value" if they get max_p from new kernels.
# tc -d qdisc show dev ...
...
qdisc red 10: parent 1:1 limit 360Kb min 30Kb max 90Kb ecn ewma 5
probability 0.09 Scell_log 15
Make sure we avoid potential divides by 0 in reciprocal_value(), if
(max_th - min_th) is big.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adaptative RED AQM for linux, based on paper from Sally FLoyd,
Ramakrishna Gummadi, and Scott Shenker, August 2001 :
http://icir.org/floyd/papers/adaptiveRed.pdf
Goal of Adaptative RED is to make max_p a dynamic value between 1% and
50% to reach the target average queue : (max_th - min_th) / 2
Every 500 ms:
if (avg > target and max_p <= 0.5)
increase max_p : max_p += alpha;
else if (avg < target and max_p >= 0.01)
decrease max_p : max_p *= beta;
target :[min_th + 0.4*(min_th - max_th),
min_th + 0.6*(min_th - max_th)].
alpha : min(0.01, max_p / 4)
beta : 0.9
max_P is a Q0.32 fixed point number (unsigned, with 32 bits mantissa)
Changes against our RED implementation are :
max_p is no longer a negative power of two (1/(2^Plog)), but a Q0.32
fixed point number, to allow full range described in Adatative paper.
To deliver a random number, we now use a reciprocal divide (thats really
a multiply), but this operation is done once per marked/droped packet
when in RED_BETWEEN_TRESH window, so added cost (compared to previous
AND operation) is near zero.
dump operation gives current max_p value in a new TCA_RED_MAX_P
attribute.
Example on a 10Mbit link :
tc qdisc add dev $DEV parent 1:1 handle 10: est 1sec 8sec red \
limit 400000 min 30000 max 90000 avpkt 1000 \
burst 55 ecn adaptative bandwidth 10Mbit
# tc -s -d qdisc show dev eth3
...
qdisc red 10: parent 1:1 limit 400000b min 30000b max 90000b ecn
adaptative ewma 5 max_p=0.113335 Scell_log 15
Sent 50414282 bytes 34504 pkt (dropped 35, overlimits 1392 requeues 0)
rate 9749Kbit 831pps backlog 72056b 16p requeues 0
marked 1357 early 35 pdrop 0 other 0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To reflect the fact that a refrence is not obtained to the
resulting neighbour entry.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
ERROR: "__udivdi3" [net/sched/sch_netem.ko] undefined!
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently netem is not in the ability to emulate channel bandwidth. Only static
delay (and optional random jitter) can be configured.
To emulate the channel rate the token bucket filter (sch_tbf) can be used. But
TBF has some major emulation flaws. The buffer (token bucket depth/rate) cannot
be 0. Also the idea behind TBF is that the credit (token in buckets) fills if
no packet is transmitted. So that there is always a "positive" credit for new
packets. In real life this behavior contradicts the law of nature where
nothing can travel faster as speed of light. E.g.: on an emulated 1000 byte/s
link a small IPv4/TCP SYN packet with ~50 byte require ~0.05 seconds - not 0
seconds.
Netem is an excellent place to implement a rate limiting feature: static
delay is already implemented, tfifo already has time information and the
user can skip TBF configuration completely.
This patch implement rate feature which can be configured via tc. e.g:
tc qdisc add dev eth0 root netem rate 10kbit
To emulate a link of 5000byte/s and add an additional static delay of 10ms:
tc qdisc add dev eth0 root netem delay 10ms rate 5KBps
Note: similar to TBF the rate extension is bounded to the kernel timing
system. Depending on the architecture timer granularity, higher rates (e.g.
10mbit/s and higher) tend to transmission bursts. Also note: further queues
living in network adaptors; see ethtool(8).
Signed-off-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@drr.davemloft.net>
We need rcu_read_lock() protection before using dst_get_neighbour(), and
we must cache its value (pass it to __teql_resolve())
teql_master_xmit() is called under rcu_read_lock_bh() protection, its
not enough.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using a custom flow dissector, use skb_flow_dissect() and
benefit from tunnelling support.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using a custom flow dissector, use skb_flow_dissect() and
benefit from tunnelling support.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create separate queue state flags so that either the stack or drivers
can turn on XOFF. Added a set of functions used in the stack to determine
if a queue is really stopped (either by stack or driver)
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current SFB double hashing is not fulfilling SFB theory, if two flows
share same rxhash value.
Using skb_flow_dissect() permits to really have better hash dispersion,
and get tunnelling support as well.
Double hashing point was mentioned by Florian Westphal
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using a custom flow dissector, use skb_flow_dissect() and
benefit from tunnelling support.
This lack of tunnelling support was mentioned by Dan Siemon.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the /sys/class/net/DEV/queues/Q/tx_timeout attribute
containing the total number of timeout events on the given queue. It
is always available with CONFIG_SYSFS, independently of
CONFIG_RPS/XPS.
Credits to Stephen Hemminger for a preliminary version of this patch.
Tested:
without CONFIG_SYSFS (compilation only)
with sysfs and without CONFIG_RPS & CONFIG_XPS
with sysfs and without CONFIG_RPS
with sysfs and without CONFIG_XPS
with defaults
Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <david.decotigny@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the assumption that skb_get_rxhash() makes IP header and ports
linear, and use skb_header_pointer() instead in choke_match_flow()
This permits __skb_get_rxhash() to use skb_header_pointer() eventually.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These files are non modular, but need to export symbols using
the macros now living in export.h -- call out the include so
that things won't break when we remove the implicit presence
of module.h from everywhere.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
With calls to modular infrastructure, these files really
needs the full module.h header. Call it out so some of the
cleanups of implicit and unrequired includes elsewhere can be
cleaned up.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Dan Siemon would like to add tunnelling support to cls_flow
This preliminary patch introduces use of skb_header_pointer() to help
this task, while avoiding skb head reallocation because of deep packet
inspection.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
File cls_rsvp.h in /net/sched was outdated. I'm sending you patch for this
file.
[ tb[] array should be indexed by X not X-1 -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Igor Maravić <igorm@etf.rs>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case SFB queue is full (hard limit reached), there is no point
spending time to compute hash and maximum qlen/p_mark.
We instead just early drop packet.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a redirected or mirrored packet is dropped by the target
device we need to record statistics.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 07bd8df5df
(sch_sfq: fix peek() implementation) changed sfq to use generic
peek helper.
This makes HFSC complain about a non-work-conserving child qdisc, if
prio with sfq child is used within hfsc:
hfsc peeks into prio qdisc, which will then peek into sfq.
returned skb is stashed in sch->gso_skb.
Next, hfsc tries to dequeue from prio, but prio will call sfq dequeue
directly, which may return NULL instead of previously peeked-at skb.
Have prio call qdisc_dequeue_peeked, so sfq->dequeue() is
not called in this case.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 8efa885406 (sch_sfq: avoid giving spurious NET_XMIT_CN signals)
forgot to call qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen() to signal upper levels that a
packet (from another flow) was dropped, leading to various problems.
With help from Michal Soltys and Michal Pokrywka, who did a bisection.
Bugzilla ref: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=39372
Debian ref: http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=631945
Reported-by: Lucas Bocchi <lucas.bocchi@gmail.com>
Reported-and-bisected-by: Michal Pokrywka <wolfmoon@o2.pl>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Michal Soltys <soltys@ziu.info>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove it, as it indirectly exposes netdev features. It's not used in
iproute2 (2.6.38) - is anything else using its interface?
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Results on dummy device can be seen in my netconf 2011
slides. These results are for a 10Gige IXGBE intel
nic - on another i5 machine, very similar specs to
the one used in the netconf2011 results.
It turns out - this is a hell lot worse than dummy
and so this patch is even more beneficial for 10G.
Test setup:
----------
System under test sending packets out.
Additional box connected directly dropping packets.
Installed prio qdisc on the eth device and default
netdev default length of 1000 used as is.
The 3 prio bands each were set to 100 (didnt factor in
the results).
5 packet runs were made and the middle 3 picked.
results
-------
The "cpu" column indicates the which cpu the sample
was taken on,
The "Pkt runx" carries the number of packets a cpu
dequeued when forced to be in the "dequeuer" role.
The "avg" for each run is the number of times each
cpu should be a "dequeuer" if the system was fair.
3.0-rc4 (plain)
cpu Pkt run1 Pkt run2 Pkt run3
================================================
cpu0 21853354 21598183 22199900
cpu1 431058 473476 393159
cpu2 481975 477529 458466
cpu3 23261406 23412299 22894315
avg 11506948 11490372 11486460
3.0-rc4 with patch and default weight 64
cpu Pkt run1 Pkt run2 Pkt run3
================================================
cpu0 13205312 13109359 13132333
cpu1 10189914 10159127 10122270
cpu2 10213871 10124367 10168722
cpu3 13165760 13164767 13096705
avg 11693714 11639405 11630008
As you can see the system is still not perfect but
is a lot better than what it was before...
At the moment we use the old backlog weight, weight_p
which is 64 packets. It seems to be reasonably fine
with that value.
The system could be made more fair if we reduce the
weight_p (as per my presentation), but we are going
to affect the shared backlog weight. Unless deemed
necessary, I think the default value is fine. If not
we could add yet another knob.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are enough instances of this:
iph->frag_off & htons(IP_MF | IP_OFFSET)
that a helper function is probably warranted.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove linux/mm.h inclusion from netdevice.h -- it's unused (I've checked manually).
To prevent mm.h inclusion via other channels also extract "enum dma_data_direction"
definition into separate header. This tiny piece is what gluing netdevice.h with mm.h
via "netdevice.h => dmaengine.h => dma-mapping.h => scatterlist.h => mm.h".
Removal of mm.h from scatterlist.h was tried and was found not feasible
on most archs, so the link was cutoff earlier.
Hope people are OK with tiny include file.
Note, that mm_types.h is still dragged in, but it is a separate story.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The message size allocated for rtnl ifinfo dumps was limited to
a single page. This is not enough for additional interface info
available with devices that support SR-IOV and caused a bug in
which VF info would not be displayed if more than approximately
40 VFs were created per interface.
Implement a new function pointer for the rtnl_register service that will
calculate the amount of data required for the ifinfo dump and allocate
enough data to satisfy the request.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
* remove interrupt.g inclusion from netdevice.h -- not needed
* fixup fallout, add interrupt.h and hardirq.h back where needed.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This interface uses a temporary buffer, but for no real reason.
And now can generate warnings like:
net/sched/sch_generic.c: In function dev_watchdog
net/sched/sch_generic.c:254:10: warning: unused variable drivername
Just return driver->name directly or "".
Reported-by: Connor Hansen <cmdkhh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit eeaeb068f1 (sch_sfq: allow big packets and be fair),
sfq_peek() can return a different skb that would be normally dequeued by
sfq_dequeue() [ if current slot->allot is negative ]
Use generic qdisc_peek_dequeued() instead of custom implementation, to
get consistent result.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
CC: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@diku.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While chasing a possible net_sched bug, I found that IP fragments have
litle chance to pass a congestioned SFQ qdisc :
- Say SFQ qdisc is full because one flow is non responsive.
- ip_fragment() wants to send two fragments belonging to an idle flow.
- sfq_enqueue() queues first packet, but see queue limit reached :
- sfq_enqueue() drops one packet from 'big consumer', and returns
NET_XMIT_CN.
- ip_fragment() cancel remaining fragments.
This patch restores fairness, making sure we return NET_XMIT_CN only if
we dropped a packet from the same flow.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
CC: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
CC: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dev_deactivate_many() issues one synchronize_rcu() call after qdiscs set
to noop_qdisc.
This call is here to make sure they are no outstanding qdisc-less
dev_queue_xmit calls before returning to caller.
But in dismantle phase, we dont have to wait, because we wont activate
again the device, and we are going to wait one rcu grace period later in
rollback_registered_many().
After this patch, device dismantle uses one synchronize_net() and one
rcu_barrier() call only, so we have a ~30% speedup and a smaller RTNL
latency.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>,
CC: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1446 commits)
macvlan: fix panic if lowerdev in a bond
tg3: Add braces around 5906 workaround.
tg3: Fix NETIF_F_LOOPBACK error
macvlan: remove one synchronize_rcu() call
networking: NET_CLS_ROUTE4 depends on INET
irda: Fix error propagation in ircomm_lmp_connect_response()
irda: Kill set but unused variable 'bytes' in irlan_check_command_param()
irda: Kill set but unused variable 'clen' in ircomm_connect_indication()
rxrpc: Fix set but unused variable 'usage' in rxrpc_get_transport()
be2net: Kill set but unused variable 'req' in lancer_fw_download()
irda: Kill set but unused vars 'saddr' and 'daddr' in irlan_provider_connect_indication()
atl1c: atl1c_resume() is only used when CONFIG_PM_SLEEP is defined.
rxrpc: Fix set but unused variable 'usage' in rxrpc_get_peer().
rxrpc: Kill set but unused variable 'local' in rxrpc_UDP_error_handler()
rxrpc: Kill set but unused variable 'sp' in rxrpc_process_connection()
rxrpc: Kill set but unused variable 'sp' in rxrpc_rotate_tx_window()
pkt_sched: Kill set but unused variable 'protocol' in tc_classify()
isdn: capi: Use pr_debug() instead of ifdefs.
tg3: Update version to 3.119
tg3: Apply rx_discards fix to 5719/5720
...
Fix up trivial conflicts in arch/x86/Kconfig and net/mac80211/agg-tx.c
as per Davem.
IP_ROUTE_CLASSID depends on INET and NET_CLS_ROUTE4 selects
IP_ROUTE_CLASSID, but when INET is not enabled, this kconfig warning
is produced, so fix it by making NET_CLS_ROUTE4 depend on INET.
warning: (NET_CLS_ROUTE4) selects IP_ROUTE_CLASSID which has unmet direct dependencies (NET && INET)
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no callback of this module maybe queued
since we use kfree_rcu(), we can safely remove the rcu_barrier().
Signed-off-by: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
[PATCH 05/17] net,rcu: convert call_rcu(tcf_police_free_rcu) to kfree_rcu()
The rcu callback tcf_police_free_rcu() just calls a kfree(),
so we use kfree_rcu() instead of the call_rcu(tcf_police_free_rcu).
Signed-off-by: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
The rcu callback tcf_common_free_rcu() just calls a kfree(),
so we use kfree_rcu() instead of the call_rcu(tcf_common_free_rcu).
Signed-off-by: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Add const qualifiers to structs iphdr, ipv6hdr and in6_addr pointers
where possible, to make code intention more obvious.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is an implementation of the Quick Fair Queue scheduler developed
by Fabio Checconi. The same algorithm is already implemented in ipfw
in FreeBSD. Fabio had an earlier version developed on Linux, I just
cleaned it up. Thanks to Eric Dumazet for testing this under load.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only necessary parts are the src/dst addresses, the
interface indexes, the TOS, and the mark.
The rest is unnecessary bloat, which amounts to nearly
50 bytes on 64-bit.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because of various alignements [SLUB / qdisc], we use 512 bytes of
memory for one {p|b}fifo qdisc, instead of 256 bytes on 64bit arches and
192 bytes on 32bit ones.
Move the "u32 limit" inside "struct Qdisc" (no impact on other qdiscs)
Change qdisc_alloc(), first trying a regular allocation before an
oversized one.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Better document choke skb->cb[] use, like we did in netem and sfb
This adds a compile time check to make sure we dont exhaust skb->cb[]
space.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of debug message that are not useful, and enable
the log messages in case of error.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a patch originated with Stefano Salsano and Fabio Ludovici.
It provides several alternative loss models for use with netem.
This patch adds two state machine based loss models.
See: http://netgroup.uniroma2.it/twiki/bin/view.cgi/Main/NetemCLG
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many users have wanted the old functionality that was lost
to be able to use pfifo as inner qdisc for netem. The reason that
netem could not be classful with the older API was because of the
limitations of the old dequeue/requeue interface; now that qdisc API has
a peek function, there is no longer a problem with using any
inner qdisc's.
This reverts commit 0220146411.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than magic constant in code, expose the maximum size of
packet distribution table in API. In iproute2, q_netem defines
MAX_DIST as 16K already.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netem probability table can be large (up to 64K bytes)
which may be too large to allocate in one contiguous chunk.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use nla_put_nested to update netlink attribute value.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* make qdisc_ops local
* add sparse annotation about expected unlock/unlock in dump_class_stats
* fix indentation
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the Stochastic Fair Blue scheduler, based on work from :
W. Feng, D. Kandlur, D. Saha, K. Shin. Blue: A New Class of Active Queue
Management Algorithms. U. Michigan CSE-TR-387-99, April 1999.
http://www.thefengs.com/wuchang/blue/CSE-TR-387-99.pdf
This implementation is based on work done by Juliusz Chroboczek
General SFB algorithm can be found in figure 14, page 15:
B[l][n] : L x N array of bins (L levels, N bins per level)
enqueue()
Calculate hash function values h{0}, h{1}, .. h{L-1}
Update bins at each level
for i = 0 to L - 1
if (B[i][h{i}].qlen > bin_size)
B[i][h{i}].p_mark += p_increment;
else if (B[i][h{i}].qlen == 0)
B[i][h{i}].p_mark -= p_decrement;
p_min = min(B[0][h{0}].p_mark ... B[L-1][h{L-1}].p_mark);
if (p_min == 1.0)
ratelimit();
else
mark/drop with probabilty p_min;
I did the adaptation of Juliusz code to meet current kernel standards,
and various changes to address previous comments :
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/90225http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/90375
Default flow classifier is the rxhash introduced by RPS in 2.6.35, but
we can use an external flow classifier if wanted.
tc qdisc add dev $DEV parent 1:11 handle 11: \
est 0.5sec 2sec sfb limit 128
tc filter add dev $DEV protocol ip parent 11: handle 3 \
flow hash keys dst divisor 1024
Notes:
1) SFB default child qdisc is pfifo_fast. It can be changed by another
qdisc but a child qdisc MUST not drop a packet previously queued. This
is because SFB needs to handle a dequeued packet in order to maintain
its virtual queue states. pfifo_head_drop or CHOKe should not be used.
2) ECN is enabled by default, unlike RED/CHOKe/GRED
With help from Patrick McHardy & Andi Kleen
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Juliusz Chroboczek <Juliusz.Chroboczek@pps.jussieu.fr>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
CC: Andi Kleen <andi@firstfloor.org>
CC: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The variable _data is used in asm-generic to define sections
which causes sparse warnings, so just rename the variable.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
In the beginning with batching unreg_list was a list that was used only
once in the lifetime of a network device (I think). Now we have calls
using the unreg_list that can happen multiple times in the life of a
network device like dev_deactivate and dev_close that are also using the
unreg_list. In addition in unregister_netdevice_queue we also do a
list_move because for devices like veth pairs it is possible that
unregister_netdevice_queue will be called multiple times.
So I think the change below to fix dev_deactivate which Eric D. missed
will fix this problem. Now to go test that.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All the cleanup code in mqprio_destroy() is currently conditional on
priv->qdiscs being non-null, but that condition should only apply to
the per-queue qdisc cleanup. We should always set the number of
traffic classes back to 0 here.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
CHOKe ("CHOose and Kill" or "CHOose and Keep") is an alternative
packet scheduler based on the Random Exponential Drop (RED) algorithm.
The core idea is:
For every packet arrival:
Calculate Qave
if (Qave < minth)
Queue the new packet
else
Select randomly a packet from the queue
if (both packets from same flow)
then Drop both the packets
else if (Qave > maxth)
Drop packet
else
Admit packet with proability p (same as RED)
See also:
Rong Pan, Balaji Prabhakar, Konstantinos Psounis, "CHOKe: a stateless active
queue management scheme for approximating fair bandwidth allocation",
Proceeding of INFOCOM'2000, March 2000.
Help from:
Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The change to allow divisor to be a parameter (in 2.6.38-rc1)
commit 817fb15dfd
introduced a possible deadlock caught by sparse.
The scheduler tree lock was left locked in the case of an incorrect
divisor value. Simplest fix is to move test outside of lock
which also solves problem of partial update.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mqprio_dump() should make sure all fields of struct tc_mqprio_qopt are
initialized.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now qdisc stab is handled before TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS test in
__dev_xmit_skb(), we can generalize TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS to other qdiscs
than pfifo_fast : pfifo, bfifo, pfifo_head_drop and sfq
SFQ is special because it can have external classifiers, and in these
cases, we cannot bypass queue discipline (packet could be dropped by
classifier) without admin asking it, or further changes.
Its worth doing this, especially for SFQ, avoiding dirtying memory in
case no packets are already waiting in queue.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 44b8288308 (net_sched: pfifo_head_drop problem), we fixed
a problem with pfifo_head drops that incorrectly decreased
sch->bstats.bytes and sch->bstats.packets
Several qdiscs (CHOKe, SFQ, pfifo_head, ...) are able to drop a
previously enqueued packet, and bstats cannot be changed, so
bstats/rates are not accurate (over estimated)
This patch changes the qdisc_bstats updates to be done at dequeue() time
instead of enqueue() time. bstats counters no longer account for dropped
frames, and rates are more correct, since enqueue() bursts dont have
effect on dequeue() rate.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts stab qdisc management to RCU, so that we can perform
the qdisc_calculate_pkt_len() call before getting qdisc lock.
This shortens the lock's held time in __dev_xmit_skb().
This permits more qdiscs to get TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS status, avoiding lot of
cache misses and so reducing latencies.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
CC: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@diku.dk>
CC: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
CC: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 3711210576 (net: QDISC_STATE_RUNNING dont need atomic bit
ops) I moved QDISC_STATE_RUNNING flag to __state container, located in
the cache line containing qdisc lock and often dirtied fields.
I now move TCQ_F_THROTTLED bit too, so that we let first cache line read
mostly, and shared by all cpus. This should speedup HTB/CBQ for example.
Not using test_bit()/__clear_bit()/__test_and_set_bit allows to use an
"unsigned int" for __state container, reducing by 8 bytes Qdisc size.
Introduce helpers to hide implementation details.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
CC: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@diku.dk>
CC: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
CC: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SFQ currently uses a 1024 slots hash table, and its internal structure
(sfq_sched_data) allocation needs order-1 page on x86_64
Allow tc command to specify a divisor value (hash table size), between 1
and 65536.
If no value is provided, assume the 1024 default size.
This allows admins to setup smaller (or bigger) SFQ for specific needs.
This also brings back sfq_sched_data allocations to order-0 ones, saving
3KB per SFQ qdisc.
Jesper uses ~55.000 SFQ in one machine, this patch should free 165 MB of
memory.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
CC: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@diku.dk>
CC: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
CC: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cleanup net/sched code to current CodingStyle and practices.
Reduce inline abuse
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This implements a mqprio queueing discipline that by default creates
a pfifo_fast qdisc per tx queue and provides the needed configuration
interface.
Using the mqprio qdisc the number of tcs currently in use along
with the range of queues alloted to each class can be configured. By
default skbs are mapped to traffic classes using the skb priority.
This mapping is configurable.
Configurable parameters,
struct tc_mqprio_qopt {
__u8 num_tc;
__u8 prio_tc_map[TC_BITMASK + 1];
__u8 hw;
__u16 count[TC_MAX_QUEUE];
__u16 offset[TC_MAX_QUEUE];
};
Here the count/offset pairing give the queue alignment and the
prio_tc_map gives the mapping from skb->priority to tc.
The hw bit determines if the hardware should configure the count
and offset values. If the hardware bit is set then the operation
will fail if the hardware does not implement the ndo_setup_tc
operation. This is to avoid undetermined states where the hardware
may or may not control the queue mapping. Also minimal bounds
checking is done on the count/offset to verify a queue does not
exceed num_tx_queues and that queue ranges do not overlap. Otherwise
it is left to user policy or hardware configuration to create
useful mappings.
It is expected that hardware QOS schemes can be implemented by
creating appropriate mappings of queues in ndo_tc_setup().
One expected use case is drivers will use the ndo_setup_tc to map
queue ranges onto 802.1Q traffic classes. This provides a generic
mechanism to map network traffic onto these traffic classes and
removes the need for lower layer drivers to know specifics about
traffic types.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (47 commits)
GRETH: resolve SMP issues and other problems
GRETH: handle frame error interrupts
GRETH: avoid writing bad speed/duplex when setting transfer mode
GRETH: fixed skb buffer memory leak on frame errors
GRETH: GBit transmit descriptor handling optimization
GRETH: fix opening/closing
GRETH: added raw AMBA vendor/device number to match against.
cassini: Fix build bustage on x86.
e1000e: consistent use of Rx/Tx vs. RX/TX/rx/tx in comments/logs
e1000e: update Copyright for 2011
e1000: Avoid unhandled IRQ
r8169: keep firmware in memory.
netdev: tilepro: Use is_unicast_ether_addr helper
etherdevice.h: Add is_unicast_ether_addr function
ks8695net: Use default implementation of ethtool_ops::get_link
ks8695net: Disable non-working ethtool operations
USB CDC NCM: Don't deref NULL in cdc_ncm_rx_fixup() and don't use uninitialized variable.
vxge: Remember to release firmware after upgrading firmware
netdev: bfin_mac: Remove is_multicast_ether_addr use in netdev_for_each_mc_addr
ipsec: update MAX_AH_AUTH_LEN to support sha512
...
Fix dependencies of netfilter realm match: it depends on NET_CLS_ROUTE,
which itself depends on NET_SCHED; this dependency is missing from netfilter.
Since matching on realms is also useful without having NET_SCHED enabled and
the option really only controls whether the tclassid member is included in
route and dst entries, rename the config option to IP_ROUTE_CLASSID and move
it outside of traffic scheduling context to get rid of the NET_SCHED dependeny.
Reported-by: Vladis Kletnieks <Valdis.Kletnieks@vt.edu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
After recent changes, (percpu stats on vlan/tunnels...), we dont need
anymore per struct netdev_queue tx_bytes/tx_packets/tx_dropped counters.
Only remaining users are ixgbe, sch_teql, gianfar & macvlan :
1) ixgbe can be converted to use existing tx_ring counters.
2) macvlan incremented txq->tx_dropped, it can use the
dev->stats.tx_dropped counter.
3) sch_teql : almost revert ab35cd4b8f (Use net_device internal stats)
Now we have ndo_get_stats64(), use it, even for "unsigned long"
fields (No need to bring back a struct net_device_stats)
4) gianfar adds a stats structure per tx queue to hold
tx_bytes/tx_packets
This removes a lockdep warning (and possible lockup) in rndis gadget,
calling dev_get_stats() from hard IRQ context.
Ref: http://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg149202.html
Reported-by: Neil Jones <neiljay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
CC: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
CC: Sandeep Gopalpet <sandeep.kumar@freescale.com>
CC: Michal Nazarewicz <mina86@mina86.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
HTB takes into account skb is segmented in stats updates.
Generalize this to all schedulers.
They should use qdisc_bstats_update() helper instead of manipulating
bstats.bytes and bstats.packets
Add bstats_update() helper too for classes that use
gnet_stats_basic_packed fields.
Note : Right now, TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS shortcurt can be taken only if no
stab is setup on qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 57dbb2d83d (sched: add head drop fifo queue)
introduced pfifo_head_drop, and broke the invariant that
sch->bstats.bytes and sch->bstats.packets are COUNTER (increasing
counters only)
This can break estimators because est_timer() handles unsigned deltas
only. A decreasing counter can then give a huge unsigned delta.
My mid term suggestion would be to change things so that
sch->bstats.bytes and sch->bstats.packets are incremented in dequeue()
only, not at enqueue() time. We also could add drop_bytes/drop_packets
and provide estimations of drop rates.
It would be more sensible anyway for very low speeds, and big bursts.
Right now, if we drop packets, they still are accounted in byte/packets
abolute counters and rate estimators.
Before this mid term change, this patch makes pfifo_head_drop behavior
similar to other qdiscs in case of drops :
Dont decrement sch->bstats.bytes and sch->bstats.packets
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide child qdisc backlog (byte count) information so that "tc -s
qdisc" can report it to user.
packet count is already correctly provided.
qdisc red 11: parent 1:11 limit 60Kb min 15Kb max 45Kb ecn
Sent 3116427684 bytes 1415782 pkt (dropped 8, overlimits 7866 requeues 0)
rate 242385Kbit 13630pps backlog 13560b 8p requeues 0
marked 7865 early 1 pdrop 7 other 0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
slot_dequeue_head() should make sure slot skb chain is correct in both
ways, or we can crash if all possible flows are in use.
Jarek pointed out slot_queue_init() can now be done in sfq_init() once,
instead each time a flow is setup.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SFQ is currently 'limited' to small packets, because it uses a 15bit
allotment number per flow. Introduce a scale by 8, so that we can handle
full size TSO/GRO packets.
Use appropriate handling to make sure allot is positive before a new
packet is dequeued, so that fairness is respected.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sfq_walk() runs without qdisc lock. By the time it selects a non empty
hash slot and sfq_dump_class_stats() is run (with lock held), slot might
have been freed : We then access q->slots[SFQ_EMPTY_SLOT], out of
bounds, and crash in slot_queue_walk()
On previous kernels, bug is here but out of bounds qs[SFQ_DEPTH] and
allot[SFQ_DEPTH] are located in struct sfq_sched_data, so no illegal
memory access happens, only possibly wrong data reported to user.
Also, slot_dequeue_tail() should make sure slot skb chain is correctly
terminated, or sfq_dump_class_stats() can access freed skbs.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
MAINTAINERS
arch/arm/mach-omap2/pm24xx.c
drivers/scsi/bfa/bfa_fcpim.c
Needed to update to apply fixes for which the old branch was too
outdated.
Here is a respin of patch.
I'll send a short patch to make SFQ more fair in presence of large
packets as well.
Thanks
[PATCH v3 net-next-2.6] net_sched: sch_sfq: better struct layouts
This patch shrinks sizeof(struct sfq_sched_data)
from 0x14f8 (or more if spinlocks are bigger) to 0x1180 bytes, and
reduce text size as well.
text data bss dec hex filename
4821 152 0 4973 136d old/net/sched/sch_sfq.o
4627 136 0 4763 129b new/net/sched/sch_sfq.o
All data for a slot/flow is now grouped in a compact and cache friendly
structure, instead of being spreaded in many different points.
struct sfq_slot {
struct sk_buff *skblist_next;
struct sk_buff *skblist_prev;
sfq_index qlen; /* number of skbs in skblist */
sfq_index next; /* next slot in sfq chain */
struct sfq_head dep; /* anchor in dep[] chains */
unsigned short hash; /* hash value (index in ht[]) */
short allot; /* credit for this slot */
};
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When deploying SFQ/IFB here at work, I found the allot management was
pretty wrong in sfq, even changing allot from short to int...
We should init allot for each new flow, not using a previous value found
in slot.
Before patch, I saw bursts of several packets per flow, apparently
denying the default "quantum 1514" limit I had on my SFQ class.
class sfq 11:1 parent 11:
(dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 7p requeues 0
allot 11546
class sfq 11:46 parent 11:
(dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 1p requeues 0
allot -23873
class sfq 11:78 parent 11:
(dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 5p requeues 0
allot 11393
After patch, better fairness among each flow, allot limit being
respected, allot is positive :
class sfq 11:e parent 11:
(dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 86)
backlog 0b 3p requeues 86
allot 596
class sfq 11:94 parent 11:
(dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 3p requeues 0
allot 1468
class sfq 11:a4 parent 11:
(dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 4p requeues 0
allot 650
class sfq 11:bb parent 11:
(dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 3p requeues 0
allot 596
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently return for each active SFQ slot the number of packets in
queue. We can also give number of bytes accounted for these packets.
tc -s class show dev ifb0
Before patch :
class sfq 11:3d9 parent 11:
(dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 3p requeues 0
allot 1266
After patch :
class sfq 11:3e4 parent 11:
(dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 4380b 3p requeues 0
allot 1212
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add dev_close_many and dev_deactivate_many to factorize another
sync-rcu operation on the netdevice unregister path.
$ modprobe dummy numdummies=10000
$ ip link set dev dummy* up
$ time rmmod dummy
Without the patch With the patch
real 0m 24.63s real 0m 5.15s
user 0m 0.00s user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 6.05s sys 0m 5.14s
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocate qdisc memory according to NUMA properties of cpus included in
xps map.
To be effective, qdisc should be (re)setup after changes
of /sys/class/net/eth<n>/queues/tx-<n>/xps_cpus
I added a numa_node field in struct netdev_queue, containing NUMA node
if all cpus included in xps_cpus share same node, else -1.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When testing struct netdev_queue state against FROZEN bit, we also test
XOFF bit. We can test both bits at once and save some cycles.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of the documentation refers to web pages under
the domain `osdl.org'. However, `osdl.org' now
redirects to `linuxfoundation.org'.
Rather than rely on redirections, this patch updates
the addresses appropriately; for the most part, only
documentation that is meant to be current has been
updated.
The patch should be pretty quick to scan and check;
each new web-page url was gotten by trying out the
original URL in a browser and then simply copying the
the redirected URL (formatting as necessary).
There is some conflict as to which one of these domain
names is preferred:
linuxfoundation.org
linux-foundation.org
So, I wrote:
info@linuxfoundation.org
and got this reply:
Message-ID: <4CE17EE6.9040807@linuxfoundation.org>
Date: Mon, 15 Nov 2010 10:41:42 -0800
From: David Ames <david@linuxfoundation.org>
...
linuxfoundation.org is preferred. The canonical name for our web site is
www.linuxfoundation.org. Our list site is actually
lists.linux-foundation.org.
Regarding email linuxfoundation.org is preferred there are a few people
who choose to use linux-foundation.org for their own reasons.
Consequently, I used `linuxfoundation.org' for web pages and
`lists.linux-foundation.org' for mailing-list web pages and email addresses;
the only personal email address I updated from `@osdl.org' was that of
Andrew Morton, who prefers `linux-foundation.org' according `git log'.
Signed-off-by: Michael Witten <mfwitten@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
The basic classifier keeps statistics but does not report it to user space.
This showed up when using basic classifier (with police) as a default catch
all on ingress; no statistics were reported.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Somewhere along the lines net_cls_subsys_id became a macro when
cls_cgroup is built as a module. Not only did it make cls_cgroup
completely useless, it also causes it to crash on module unload.
This patch fixes this by removing that macro.
Thanks to Eric Dumazet for diagnosing this problem.
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Reviewed-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While validating the configuration em_ops is already set, thus the
individual destroy functions are called, but the ematch data has
not been allocated and associated with the ematch yet.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1699 commits)
bnx2/bnx2x: Unsupported Ethtool operations should return -EINVAL.
vlan: Calling vlan_hwaccel_do_receive() is always valid.
tproxy: use the interface primary IP address as a default value for --on-ip
tproxy: added IPv6 support to the socket match
cxgb3: function namespace cleanup
tproxy: added IPv6 support to the TPROXY target
tproxy: added IPv6 socket lookup function to nf_tproxy_core
be2net: Changes to use only priority codes allowed by f/w
tproxy: allow non-local binds of IPv6 sockets if IP_TRANSPARENT is enabled
tproxy: added tproxy sockopt interface in the IPV6 layer
tproxy: added udp6_lib_lookup function
tproxy: added const specifiers to udp lookup functions
tproxy: split off ipv6 defragmentation to a separate module
l2tp: small cleanup
nf_nat: restrict ICMP translation for embedded header
can: mcp251x: fix generation of error frames
can: mcp251x: fix endless loop in interrupt handler if CANINTF_MERRF is set
can-raw: add msg_flags to distinguish local traffic
9p: client code cleanup
rds: make local functions/variables static
...
Fix up conflicts in net/core/dev.c, drivers/net/pcmcia/smc91c92_cs.c and
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/debug.c as per David
The first parameter dev isn't in use in qdisc_create_dflt().
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Peter Zijlstra found a bug in the way softirq time is accounted in
VIRT_CPU_ACCOUNTING on this thread:
http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail//linux/kernel/1009.2/01366.html
The problem is, softirq processing uses local_bh_disable internally. There
is no way, later in the flow, to differentiate between whether softirq is
being processed or is it just that bh has been disabled. So, a hardirq when bh
is disabled results in time being wrongly accounted as softirq.
Looking at the code a bit more, the problem exists in !VIRT_CPU_ACCOUNTING
as well. As account_system_time() in normal tick based accouting also uses
softirq_count, which will be set even when not in softirq with bh disabled.
Peter also suggested solution of using 2*SOFTIRQ_OFFSET as irq count
for local_bh_{disable,enable} and using just SOFTIRQ_OFFSET while softirq
processing. The patch below does that and adds API in_serving_softirq() which
returns whether we are currently processing softirq or not.
Also changes one of the usages of softirq_count in net/sched/cls_cgroup.c
to in_serving_softirq.
Looks like many usages of in_softirq really want in_serving_softirq. Those
changes can be made individually on a case by case basis.
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Pallipadi <venki@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
LKML-Reference: <1286237003-12406-2-git-send-email-venki@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Add a seqlock in struct neighbour to protect neigh->ha[], and avoid
dirtying neighbour in stress situation (many different flows / dsts)
Dirtying takes place because of read_lock(&n->lock) and n->used writes.
Switching to a seqlock, and writing n->used only on jiffies changes
permits less dirtying.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb_headroom() is unsigned so "skb_headroom(skb) + toff" is also
unsigned and can't be less than zero. This test was added in 66d50d25:
"u32: negative offset fix" It was supposed to fix a regression.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ingress being not used very much, and net_device->ingress_queue being
quite a big object (128 or 256 bytes), use a dynamic allocation if
needed (tc qdisc add dev eth0 ingress ...)
dev_ingress_queue(dev) helper should be used only with RTNL taken.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is some confusion with rx_queue name after RPS, and net drivers
private rx_queue fields.
I suggest to rename "struct net_device"->rx_queue to ingress_queue.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The list_head conversion unearther an unnecessary flow
check. Since flow is always NULL here we don't need to
see if a matching flow exists already.
Reported-by: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes init_vf() function, so on each new backlog period parent's
cl_cfmin is properly updated (including further propgation towards the root),
even if the activated leaf has no upperlimit curve defined.
Signed-off-by: Michal Soltys <soltys@ziu.info>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While reviewing commit 1c40be12f7, I
audited other users of tc_action_ops->dump for information leaks.
That commit covered almost all of them but act_police still had a leak.
opt.limit and opt.capab aren't zeroed out before the structure is
passed out.
This patch uses the C99 initializers to zero everything unused out.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Mahoney <jeffm@suse.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Mahoney <jeffm@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trivial extension to existing meta data match rules to allow
matching on skb receive hash value.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
for the declararion of csum_ipv6_magic.
Fixes this build error on PowerPC (at least):
net/sched/act_csum.c: In function 'tcf_csum_ipv6_icmp':
net/sched/act_csum.c:178: error: implicit declaration of function 'csum_ipv6_magic'
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can use rxhash to classify the traffic into flows. As rxhash maybe
supplied by NIC or RPS, it is cheaper.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/sched: add ACT_CSUM action to update packets checksums
ACT_CSUM can be called just after ACT_PEDIT in order to re-compute some
altered checksums in IPv4 and IPv6 packets. The following checksums are
supported by this patch:
- IPv4: IPv4 header, ICMP, IGMP, TCP, UDP & UDPLite
- IPv6: ICMPv6, TCP, UDP & UDPLite
It's possible to request in the same action to update different kind of
checksums, if the packets flow mix TCP, UDP and UDPLite, ...
An example of usage is done in the associated iproute2 patch.
Version 3 changes:
- remove useless goto instructions
- improve IPv6 hop options decoding
Version 2 changes:
- coding style correction
- remove useless arguments of some functions
- use stack in tcf_csum_dump()
- add tcf_csum_skb_nextlayer() to factor code
Signed-off-by: Gregoire Baron <baronchon@n7mm.org>
Acked-by: jamal <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to check "s". nla_data() doesn't return NULL. Also we
already dereferenced "s" at this point so it would have oopsed ealier if
it were NULL.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We leak at least 32bits of kernel memory to user land in tc dump,
because we dont init all fields (capab ?) of the dumped structure.
Use C99 initializers so that holes and non explicit fields are zeroed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Require qdisc class ops .walk and .leaf for classful qdisc in
register_qdisc(). The checks could be done later insted, but these
ops are really needed and used by most of classful qdiscs.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sch_sfq as a classful qdisc needs the .leaf handler. Otherwise, there
is an oops possible in tc_modify_qdisc()/check_loop().
Fixes commit 7d2681a6ff
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is based on work originally done by Patric McHardy.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Verify in register_qdisc() some basic qdisc class handlers are present.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add dummy .unbind_tcf and .put qdisc class ops for easier verification.
(All other schedulers have it like this.)
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since there was added ->tcf_chain() method without ->bind_tcf() to
sch_sfq class options, there is oops when a filter is added with
the classid parameter.
Fixes commit 7d2681a6ff
netdev thread: null pointer at cls_api.c
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Franchoze Eric <franchoze@yandex.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The packet length should be checked before the packet data is dereferenced.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The packet length should be checked before the packet data is dereferenced.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The packet length should be checked before the packet data is dereferenced.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On the TX path, skb->data points to the ethernet header, not the network
header. So when validating the packet length for accessing we should
take the ethernet header into account.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It was possible to use a negative offset in a u32 match to reference
the ethernet header or other parts of the link layer header.
This fixes the regression caused by:
commit fbc2e7d9cf
Author: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Date: Wed Jun 2 07:32:42 2010 -0700
cls_u32: use skb_header_pointer() to dereference data safely
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
after updating the value of the ICMP payload, inet_proto_csum_replace4() should
be called with zero pseudohdr.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pskb_may_pull() may change skb pointers, so adjust icmph after pskb_may_pull().
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes hang when target device of mirred packet classifier
action is removed.
If a mirror or redirection action is configured to cause packets
to go to another device, the classifier holds a ref count, but was assuming
the adminstrator cleaned up all redirections before removing. The fix
is to add a notifier and cleanup during unregister.
The new list is implicitly protected by RTNL mutex because
it is held during filter add/delete as well as notifier.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/vhost/net.c
net/bridge/br_device.c
Fix merge conflict in drivers/vhost/net.c with guidance from
Stephen Rothwell.
Revert the effects of net-2.6 commit 573201f36f
since net-next-2.6 has fixes that make bridge netpoll work properly thus
we don't need it disabled.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use modern this_cpu_xxx() api, saving few bytes on x86
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The reset_policy() does:
memset(d->tcfd_defdata, 0, SIMP_MAX_DATA);
strlcpy(d->tcfd_defdata, defdata, SIMP_MAX_DATA);
In the original code, the size of d->tcfd_defdata wasn't fixed and if
strlen(defdata) was less than 31, reset_policy() would cause memory
corruption.
Please Note: The original alloc_defdata() assumes defdata is 32
characters and a NUL terminator while reset_policy() assumes defdata is
31 characters and a NUL. This patch updates alloc_defdata() to match
reset_policy() (ie a shorter string). I'm not very familiar with this
code so please review carefully.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
not all of the ICMP packets need an IP header payload, so we check the length
of the skbs only when the packets should have an IP header payload.
Based upon analysis and initial patch by Rodrigo Partearroyo González.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
----
net/sched/act_nat.c | 5 ++++-
1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
act_nat: use stack variable
structure tc_nat isn't too big for stack, so we can put it in stack.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
net/sched/act_nat.c | 31 ++++++++++---------------------
1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 21 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
act_mirred: combine duplicate code
tcf_bstats is updated in any way, so we can do it earlier to reduce the size of
the code.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
----
net/sched/act_mirred.c | 6 ++----
1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
don't clone skb when skb isn't shared
When the tcf_action is TC_ACT_STOLEN, and the skb isn't shared, we don't need
to clone a new skb. As the skb will be freed after this function returns, we
can use it freely once we get a reference to it.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
include/net/sch_generic.h | 11 +++++++++--
net/sched/act_mirred.c | 6 +++---
2 files changed, 12 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=16183
The sch_teql module, which can be used to load balance over a set of
underlying interfaces, stopped working after 2.6.30 and has been
broken in all kernels since then for any underlying interface which
requires the addition of link level headers.
The problem is that the transmit routine relies on being able to
access the destination address in the skb in order to do address
resolution once it has decided which underlying interface it is going
to transmit through.
In 2.6.31 the IFF_XMIT_DST_RELEASE flag was introduced, and set by
default for all interfaces, which causes the destination address to be
released before the transmit routine for the interface is called.
The solution is to clear that flag for teql interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Tom Hughes <tom@compton.nu>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gen_kill_estimator() API is incomplete or not well documented, since
caller should make sure an RCU grace period is respected before
freeing stats_lock.
This was partially addressed in commit 5d944c640b
(gen_estimator: deadlock fix), but same problem exist for all
gen_kill_estimator() users, if lock they use is not already RCU
protected.
A code review shows xt_RATEEST.c, act_api.c, act_police.c have this
problem. Other are ok because they use qdisc lock, already RCU
protected.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the core path doesnt set OK to munge we detect
writable skbs by looking to see if they are cloned.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
remove two unnecessary assignments
we don't need to assign NULL when initialize structure objects.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
net/sched/sch_htb.c | 2 --
1 file changed, 2 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
access skb->data safely
we should use skb_header_pointer() and skb_store_bits() to access skb->data to
handle small or non-linear skbs.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
net/sched/act_pedit.c | 24 ++++++++++++++----------
1 file changed, 14 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use skb_header_pointer() to dereference data safely
the original skb->data dereference isn't safe, as there isn't any skb->len or
skb_is_nonlinear() check. skb_header_pointer() is used instead in this patch.
And when the skb isn't long enough, we terminate the function u32_classify()
immediately with -1.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fix the wrong checksum when addr isn't in old_addr/mask
For TCP and UDP packets, when addr isn't in old_addr/mask we don't do SNAT or
DNAT, and we should not update layer 4 checksum.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
net/sched/act_nat.c | 4 ++++
1 file changed, 4 insertions(+)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When many cpus compete for sending frames on a given qdisc, the qdisc
spinlock suffers from very high contention.
The cpu owning __QDISC_STATE_RUNNING bit has same priority to acquire
the lock, and cannot dequeue packets fast enough, since it must wait for
this lock for each dequeued packet.
One solution to this problem is to force all cpus spinning on a second
lock before trying to get the main lock, when/if they see
__QDISC_STATE_RUNNING already set.
The owning cpu then compete with at most one other cpu for the main
lock, allowing for higher dequeueing rate.
Based on a previous patch from Alexander Duyck. I added the heuristic to
avoid the atomic in fast path, and put the new lock far away from the
cache line used by the dequeue worker. Also try to release the busylock
lock as late as possible.
Tests with following script gave a boost from ~50.000 pps to ~600.000
pps on a dual quad core machine (E5450 @3.00GHz), tg3 driver.
(A single netperf flow can reach ~800.000 pps on this platform)
for j in `seq 0 3`; do
for i in `seq 0 7`; do
netperf -H 192.168.0.1 -t UDP_STREAM -l 60 -N -T $i -- -m 6 &
done
done
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define three helpers to manipulate QDISC_STATE_RUNNIG flag, that a
second patch will move on another location.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently such notifications are only generated when the device comes up or the
address changes. However one use case for these notifications is to enable
faster network recovery after a virtual machine migration (by causing switches
to relearn their MAC tables). A migration appears to the network stack as a
temporary loss of carrier and therefore does not trigger either of the current
conditions. Rather than adding carrier up as a trigger (which can cause issues
when interfaces a flapping) simply add an interface which the driver can use
to explicitly trigger the notification.
Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up until now cls_cgroup has relied on fetching the classid out of
the current executing thread. This runs into trouble when a packet
processing is delayed in which case it may execute out of another
thread's context.
Furthermore, even when a packet is not delayed we may fail to
classify it if soft IRQs have been disabled, because this scenario
is indistinguishable from one where a packet unrelated to the
current thread is processed by a real soft IRQ.
In fact, the current semantics is inherently broken, as a single
skb may be constructed out of the writes of two different tasks.
A different manifestation of this problem is when the TCP stack
transmits in response of an incoming ACK. This is currently
unclassified.
As we already have a concept of packet ownership for accounting
purposes in the skb->sk pointer, this is a natural place to store
the classid in a persistent manner.
This patch adds the cls_cgroup classid in struct sock, filling up
an existing hole on 64-bit :)
The value is set at socket creation time. So all sockets created
via socket(2) automatically gains the ID of the thread creating it.
Whenever another process touches the socket by either reading or
writing to it, we will change the socket classid to that of the
process if it has a valid (non-zero) classid.
For sockets created on inbound connections through accept(2), we
inherit the classid of the original listening socket through
sk_clone, possibly preceding the actual accept(2) call.
In order to minimise risks, I have not made this the authoritative
classid. For now it is only used as a backup when we execute
with soft IRQs disabled. Once we're completely happy with its
semantics we can use it as the sole classid.
Footnote: I have rearranged the error path on cls_group module
creation. If we didn't do this, then there is a window where
someone could create a tc rule using cls_group before the cgroup
subsystem has been registered.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ben Pfaff reported a kernel oops and provided a test program to
reproduce it.
https://kerneltrap.org/mailarchive/linux-netdev/2010/5/21/6277805
tc_fill_qdisc() should not be called for builtin qdisc, or it
dereference a NULL pointer to get device ifindex.
Fix is to always use tc_qdisc_dump_ignore() before calling
tc_fill_qdisc().
Reported-by: Ben Pfaff <blp@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes from net/ (but not any netfilter files)
all the unnecessary return; statements that precede the
last closing brace of void functions.
It does not remove the returns that are immediately
preceded by a label as gcc doesn't like that.
Done via:
$ grep -rP --include=*.[ch] -l "return;\n}" net/ | \
xargs perl -i -e 'local $/ ; while (<>) { s/\n[ \t\n]+return;\n}/\n}/g; print; }'
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the user has a bad classification configuration, and gets a packet
that goes through too many steps. Chances are more packets will arrive,
and the message spew will overrun syslog because it is not rate limited.
And because it is not tagged with appropriate priority it can't not be screened.
Added the qdisc to the message to try and give some more context when
the message does arrive.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The previous patch encourage me to go look at all the messages in
the network scheduler and fix them. Many messages were missing
any severity level. Some serious ones that should never happen
were turned into WARN(), and the random noise messages that were
handled changed to pr_debug().
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When attaching filters to a class pointing to a class higher up in the
hierarchy, classification may enter an endless loop. Currently this is
prevented for filters that are already resolved, but not for filters
resolved at runtime.
Only allow filters to point downwards in the hierarchy, similar to what
CBQ does.
Reported-by: Pawel Staszewski <pstaszewski@itcare.pl>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several netem users use TBF for rate control. But every time the parameters
of TBF are changed it destroys the child qdisc, requiring reconfigation.
Better to just keep child qdisc and just notify it of changed limit.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use low order bit of skb->_skb_dst to tell dst is not refcounted.
Change _skb_dst to _skb_refdst to make sure all uses are catched.
skb_dst() returns the dst, regardless of noref bit set or not, but
with a lockdep check to make sure a noref dst is not given if current
user is not rcu protected.
New skb_dst_set_noref() helper to set an notrefcounted dst on a skb.
(with lockdep check)
skb_dst_drop() drops a reference only if skb dst was refcounted.
skb_dst_force() helper is used to force a refcount on dst, when skb
is queued and not anymore RCU protected.
Use skb_dst_force() in __sk_add_backlog(), __dev_xmit_skb() if
!IFF_XMIT_DST_RELEASE or skb enqueued on qdisc queue, in
sock_queue_rcv_skb(), in __nf_queue().
Use skb_dst_force() in dev_requeue_skb().
Note: dst_use_noref() still dirties dst, we might transform it
later to do one dirtying per jiffies.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Per cpu variable softnet_data.total was shared between IRQ and SoftIRQ context
without any protection. And enqueue_to_backlog should update the netdev_rx_stat
of the target CPU.
This patch renames softnet_data.total to softnet_data.processed: the number of
packets processed in uppper levels(IP stacks).
softnet_stat data is moved into softnet_data.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
include/linux/netdevice.h | 17 +++++++----------
net/core/dev.c | 26 ++++++++++++--------------
net/sched/sch_generic.c | 2 +-
3 files changed, 20 insertions(+), 25 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sparse can help us find endianness bugs, but we need to make some
cleanups to be able to more easily spot real bugs.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of my test machine got a deadlock during "tc" sessions,
adding/deleting classes & filters, using traffic estimators.
After some analysis, I believe we have a potential use after free case
in est_timer() :
spin_lock(e->stats_lock); << HERE >>
read_lock(&est_lock);
if (e->bstats == NULL) << TEST >>
goto skip;
Test is done a bit late, because after estimator is killed, and before
rcu grace period elapsed, we might already have freed/reuse memory where
e->stats_locks points to (some qdisc->q.lock)
A possible fix is to respect a rcu grace period at Qdisc dismantle time.
On 64bit, sizeof(struct Qdisc) is exactly 192 bytes. Adding 16 bytes to
it (for struct rcu_head) is a problem because it might change
performance, given QDISC_ALIGNTO is 32 bytes.
This is why I also change QDISC_ALIGNTO to 64 bytes, to satisfy most
current alignment requirements.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These changes were suggested by Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>:
- psched_show() does not use any private data so just pass NULL to
psched_open()
- remove unnecessary return statement
Signed-off-by: Tom Goff <thomas.goff@boeing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being
included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which
in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files
universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies.
percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for
this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those
headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion
needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is
used as the basis of conversion.
http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py
The script does the followings.
* Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that
only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used,
gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h.
* When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include
blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms
to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains
core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered -
alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there
doesn't seem to be any matching order.
* If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly
because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out
an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the
file.
The conversion was done in the following steps.
1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly
over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h
and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400
files.
2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion,
some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or
embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added
inclusions to around 150 files.
3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits
from #2 to make sure no file was left behind.
4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed.
e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab
APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually.
5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically
editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h
files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h
inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually
wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each
slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as
necessary.
6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h.
7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures
were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my
distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few
more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things
build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq).
* x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config.
* powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig
* sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig
* ia64 SMP allmodconfig
* s390 SMP allmodconfig
* alpha SMP allmodconfig
* um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig
8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as
a separate patch and serve as bisection point.
Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step
6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch.
If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch
headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of
the specific arch.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
Allows the net_cls cgroup subsystem to be compiled as a module
This patch modifies net/sched/cls_cgroup.c to allow the net_cls subsystem
to be optionally compiled as a module instead of builtin. The
cgroup_subsys struct is moved around a bit to allow the subsys_id to be
either declared as a compile-time constant by the cgroup_subsys.h include
in cgroup.h, or, if it's a module, initialized within the struct by
cgroup_load_subsys.
Signed-off-by: Ben Blum <bblum@andrew.cmu.edu>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mostly minor changes to add a net argument to various functions and
remove initial network namespace checks.
Make /proc/net/psched per network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Tom Goff <thomas.goff@boeing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The action modules have been prefixed with 'act_', but the Kconfig
description was not changed.
Signed-off-by: Jan Luebbe <jluebbe@debian.org>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds an additional queuing strategy, called pfifo_head_drop,
to remove the oldest skb in the case of an overflow within the queue -
the head element - instead of the last skb (tail). To remove the oldest
skb in congested situations is useful for sensor network environments
where newer packets reflect the superior information.
Reviewed-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not including net/atm/
Compiled tested x86 allyesconfig only
Added a > 80 column line or two, which I ignored.
Existing checkpatch plaints willfully, cheerfully ignored.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Generated with the following semantic patch
@@
struct net *n1;
struct net *n2;
@@
- n1 == n2
+ net_eq(n1, n2)
@@
struct net *n1;
struct net *n2;
@@
- n1 != n2
+ !net_eq(n1, n2)
applied over {include,net,drivers/net}.
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fix can probably wait 2.6.33, or should use another patch
if needed in 2.6.32 (no get_dev_by_index_rcu() before 2.6.33)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
move checking if eaction is valid in tcf_mirred_init()
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. don't let go back using goto.
2. don't call skb_act_clone() until it is necessary.
3. one exit of the critical context.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent changes in the TX error propagation require additional checking
and masking of values returned from hard_start_xmit(), mainly to
separate cases where skb was consumed. This aim can be simplified by
changing the order of NETDEV_TX and NET_XMIT codes, because the latter
are treated similarly to negative (ERRNO) values.
After this change much simpler dev_xmit_complete() is also used in
sch_direct_xmit(), so it is moved to netdevice.h.
Additionally NET_RX definitions in netdevice.h are moved up from
between TX codes to avoid confusion while reading the TX comment.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the ->ndo_hard_start_xmit() callbacks are only permitted to return
one of the NETDEV_TX codes. This prevents any kind of error propagation for
virtual devices, like queue congestion of the underlying device in case of
layered devices, or unreachability in case of tunnels.
This patches changes the NET_XMIT codes to avoid clashes with the NETDEV_TX
codes and changes the two callers of dev_hard_start_xmit() to expect either
errno codes, NET_XMIT codes or NETDEV_TX codes as return value.
In case of qdisc_restart(), all non NETDEV_TX codes are mapped to NETDEV_TX_OK
since no error propagation is possible when using qdiscs. In case of
dev_queue_xmit(), the error is propagated upwards.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use RCU to walk list of network devices in qdisc dump.
This could be optimized for large number of devices.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
something-bility is spelled as something-blity
so a grep for 'blit' would find these lines
this is so trivial that I didn't split it by subsystem / copy
additional maintainers - all changes are to comments
The only purpose is to get fewer false positives when grepping
around the kernel sources.
Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <hohndel@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
We hold RTNL in tc_dump_tfilter(), we can avoid dev_hold()/dev_put()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Another rcu conversion to avoid one dev_hold()/dev_put() pair
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This probably deserves to go into -stable.
Pedit will reject a policy that is large because it
uses the wrong structure in the policy validation.
This fixes it.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 9ef1d4c7c7 ("[NETLINK]: Missing
initializations in dumped data") introduced a typo in
initialization. This patch fixes this.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some classful qdiscs miss qstats.qlen updating with q.qlen of their
child qdiscs in dump_stats methods.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If qdisc_get_stab returns error in qdisc_create there is skipped qdisc
ops->destroy, which is necessary because it's after ops->init at the
moment, so memory leaks are quite probable.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the recent mq change there is the new select_queue qdisc class
method used in tc_modify_qdisc, but it works OK only for direct child
qdiscs of mq qdisc. Grandchildren always get the first tx queue, which
would give wrong qdisc_root etc. results (e.g. for sch_htb as child of
sch_prio). This patch fixes it by using parent's dev_queue for such
grandchildren qdiscs. The select_queue method's return type is changed
BTW.
With feedback from: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the recent mq change using ingress qdisc overwrites dev->qdisc;
there is also a wrong old qdisc pointer passed to notify_and_destroy.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1623 commits)
netxen: update copyright
netxen: fix tx timeout recovery
netxen: fix file firmware leak
netxen: improve pci memory access
netxen: change firmware write size
tg3: Fix return ring size breakage
netxen: build fix for INET=n
cdc-phonet: autoconfigure Phonet address
Phonet: back-end for autoconfigured addresses
Phonet: fix netlink address dump error handling
ipv6: Add IFA_F_DADFAILED flag
net: Add DEVTYPE support for Ethernet based devices
mv643xx_eth.c: remove unused txq_set_wrr()
ucc_geth: Fix hangs after switching from full to half duplex
ucc_geth: Rearrange some code to avoid forward declarations
phy/marvell: Make non-aneg speed/duplex forcing work for 88E1111 PHYs
drivers/net/phy: introduce missing kfree
drivers/net/wan: introduce missing kfree
net: force bridge module(s) to be GPL
Subject: [PATCH] appletalk: Fix skb leak when ipddp interface is not loaded
...
Fixed up trivial conflicts:
- arch/x86/include/asm/socket.h
converted to <asm-generic/socket.h> in the x86 tree. The generic
header has the same new #define's, so that works out fine.
- drivers/net/tun.c
fix conflict between 89f56d1e9 ("tun: reuse struct sock fields") that
switched over to using 'tun->socket.sk' instead of the redundantly
available (and thus removed) 'tun->sk', and 2b980dbd ("lsm: Add hooks
to the TUN driver") which added a new 'tun->sk' use.
Noted in 'next' by Stephen Rothwell.
When new child qdiscs are attached to the mq qdisc, they are actually
attached as root qdiscs to the device queues. The lock selection for
new estimators incorrectly picks the root lock of the existing and
to be replaced qdisc, which results in a use-after-free once the old
qdisc has been destroyed.
Mark mq qdisc instances with a new flag and treat qdiscs attached to
mq as children similar to regular root qdiscs.
Additionally prevent estimators from being attached to the mq qdisc
itself since it only updates its byte and packet counters during dumps.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a classful dummy scheduler which can be used as root qdisc
for multiqueue devices and exposes each device queue as a child class.
This allows to address queues individually and graft them similar to regular
classes. Additionally it presents an accumulated view of the statistics of
all real root qdiscs in the dummy root.
Two new callbacks are added to the qdisc_ops and qdisc_class_ops:
- cl_ops->select_queue selects the tx queue number for new child classes.
- qdisc_ops->attach() overrides root qdisc device grafting to attach
non-shared qdiscs to the queues.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It will be used in a following patch by the multiqueue qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the multiqueue integration with the qdisc API suffers from
a few problems:
- with multiple queues, all root qdiscs use the same handle. This means
they can't be exposed to userspace in a backwards compatible fashion.
- all API operations always refer to queue number 0. Newly created
qdiscs are automatically shared between all queues, its not possible
to address individual queues or restore multiqueue behaviour once a
shared qdisc has been attached.
- Dumps only contain the root qdisc of queue 0, in case of non-shared
qdiscs this means the statistics are incomplete.
This patch reintroduces dev->qdisc, which points to the (single) root qdisc
from userspace's point of view. Currently it either points to the first
(non-shared) default qdisc, or a qdisc shared between all queues. The
following patches will introduce a classful dummy qdisc, which will be used
as root qdisc and contain the per-queue qdiscs as children.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The class argument to the ->graft(), ->leaf(), ->dump(), ->dump_stats() all
originate from either ->get() or ->walk() and are always valid.
Remove unnecessary checks.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some schedulers don't support creating, changing or deleting classes.
Make the respective callbacks optionally and consistently return
-EOPNOTSUPP for unsupported operations, instead of currently either
-EOPNOTSUPP, -ENOSYS or no error.
In case of sch_prio and sch_multiq, the removed operations additionally
checked for an invalid class. This is not necessary since the class
argument can only orginate from ->get() or in case of ->change is 0
for creation of new classes, in which case ->change() incorrectly
returned -ENOENT.
As a side-effect, this patch fixes a possible (root-only) NULL pointer
function call in sch_ingress, which didn't implement a so far mandatory
->delete() operation.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some qdiscs don't support attaching filters. Handle this centrally in
cls_api and return a proper errno code (EOPNOTSUPP) instead of EINVAL.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the parent qdisc doesn't support classes, use EOPNOTSUPP.
If the parent class doesn't exist, use ENOENT. Currently EINVAL
is returned in both cases.
Additionally check whether grafting is supported and remove a now
unnecessary graft function from sch_ingress.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Three bytes of uninitialized kernel memory are currently leaked to user
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These are full of unresolved problems, mainly that conversions don't
work 1-1 from hrtimers to tasklet_hrtimers because unlike hrtimers
tasklets can't be killed from softirq context.
And when a qdisc gets reset, that's exactly what we need to do here.
We'll work this out in the net-next-2.6 tree and if warranted we'll
backport that work to -stable.
This reverts the following 3 changesets:
a2cb6a4dd4
("pkt_sched: Fix bogon in tasklet_hrtimer changes.")
38acce2d79
("pkt_sched: Convert CBQ to tasklet_hrtimer.")
ee5f9757ea
("pkt_sched: Convert qdisc_watchdog to tasklet_hrtimer")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pfifo_fast_enqueue has this check:
if (skb_queue_len(list) < qdisc_dev(qdisc)->tx_queue_len) {
which allows each band to enqueue upto tx_queue_len skbs for a
total of 3*tx_queue_len skbs. I am not sure if this was the
intention of limiting in qdisc.
Patch compiled and 32 simultaneous netperf testing ran fine. Also:
# tc -s qdisc show dev eth2
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: root bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Sent 16835026752 bytes 373116 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 25)
rate 0bit 0pps backlog 0b 0p requeues 25
Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Maintain a per-qdisc bitmap for pfifo_fast giving availability
of skbs for each band. This allows faster lookup for a skb when
there are no high priority skbs. Also, it helps in (rare) cases
when there are no skbs on the list, where an immediate lookup is
faster than iterating through the three bands.
Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Consitfy nlmsghdr arguments to a couple of functions as preparation
for the next patch, which will constify the netlink message data in
all nfnetlink users.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Reported by Stephen Rothwell, luckily it's harmless:
net/sched/sch_api.c: In function 'qdisc_watchdog':
net/sched/sch_api.c:460: warning: initialization from incompatible pointer type
net/sched/sch_cbq.c: In function 'cbq_undelay':
net/sched/sch_cbq.c:595: warning: initialization from incompatible pointer type
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This code expects to run in softirq context, and bare hrtimers
run in hw IRQ context.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
None of this stuff should execute in hw IRQ context, therefore
use a tasklet_hrtimer so that it runs in softirq context.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
In 5e140dfc1f "net: reorder struct Qdisc
for better SMP performance" the definition of struct gnet_stats_basic
changed incompatibly, as copies of this struct are shipped to
userland via netlink.
Restoring old behavior is not welcome, for performance reason.
Fix is to use a private structure for kernel, and
teach gnet_stats_copy_basic() to convert from kernel to user land,
using legacy structure (struct gnet_stats_basic)
Based on a report and initial patch from Michael Spang.
Reported-by: Michael Spang <mspang@csclub.uwaterloo.ca>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dev_queue_xmit enqueue's a skb and calls qdisc_run which
dequeue's the skb and xmits it. In most cases, the skb that
is enqueue'd is the same one that is dequeue'd (unless the
queue gets stopped or multiple cpu's write to the same queue
and ends in a race with qdisc_run). For default qdiscs, we
can remove the redundant enqueue/dequeue and simply xmit the
skb since the default qdisc is work-conserving.
The patch uses a new flag - TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS to identify the
default fast queue. The controversial part of the patch is
incrementing qlen when a skb is requeued - this is to avoid
checks like the second line below:
+ } else if ((q->flags & TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS) && !qdisc_qlen(q) &&
>> !q->gso_skb &&
+ !test_and_set_bit(__QDISC_STATE_RUNNING, &q->state)) {
Results of a 2 hour testing for multiple netperf sessions (1,
2, 4, 8, 12 sessions on a 4 cpu system-X). The BW numbers are
aggregate Mb/s across iterations tested with this version on
System-X boxes with Chelsio 10gbps cards:
----------------------------------
Size | ORG BW NEW BW |
----------------------------------
128K | 156964 159381 |
256K | 158650 162042 |
----------------------------------
Changes from ver1:
1. Move sch_direct_xmit declaration from sch_generic.h to
pkt_sched.h
2. Update qdisc basic statistics for direct xmit path.
3. Set qlen to zero in qdisc_reset.
4. Changed some function names to more meaningful ones.
Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is the result of an automatic spatch transformation to convert
all ndo_start_xmit() return values of 0 to NETDEV_TX_OK.
Some occurences are missed by the automatic conversion, those will be
handled in a seperate patch.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 2b85a34e91
(net: No more expensive sock_hold()/sock_put() on each tx)
changed initial sk_wmem_alloc value.
We need to take into account this offset when reporting
sk_wmem_alloc to user, in PROC_FS files or various
ioctls (SIOCOUTQ/TIOCOUTQ)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Action police statistics could be misleading because drops are not
shown when expected.
With feedback from: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Reported-by: Pawel Staszewski <pstaszewski@itcare.pl>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let's use TICKS instead of US, so PSCHED_TICKS2NS and PSCHED_NS2TICKS
(like in PSCHED_TICKS_PER_SEC already) to avoid misleading.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert magic values 1 and -1 to NETDEV_TX_BUSY and NETDEV_TX_LOCKED respectively.
0 (NETDEV_TX_OK) is not changed to keep the noise down, except in very few cases
where its in direct proximity to one of the other values.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use PSCHED_SHIFT constant instead of '10' in PSCHED_US2NS() and
PSCHED_NS2US() macros to enable changing this value later.
Additionally use PSCHED_SHIFT in sch_hfsc SM_SHIFT and ISM_SHIFT
definitions. This part of the patch is based on feedback from
Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>.
Reported-by: Antonio Almeida <vexwek@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Antonio Almeida <vexwek@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I found a bug in cls_cgroup_change() in cls_cgroup.c.
cls_cgroup_change() expected tca[TCA_OPTIONS] was set from user space properly,
but tc in iproute2-2.6.29-1 (which I used) didn't set it.
In the current source code of tc in git, it set tca[TCA_OPTIONS].
git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/shemminger/iproute2.git
If we always use a newest iproute2 in git when we use cls_cgroup,
we don't face this oops probably.
But I think, kernel shouldn't panic regardless of use program's behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Minoru Usui <usui@mxm.nes.nec.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define three accessors to get/set dst attached to a skb
struct dst_entry *skb_dst(const struct sk_buff *skb)
void skb_dst_set(struct sk_buff *skb, struct dst_entry *dst)
void skb_dst_drop(struct sk_buff *skb)
This one should replace occurrences of :
dst_release(skb->dst)
skb->dst = NULL;
Delete skb->dst field
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define skb_rtable(const struct sk_buff *skb) accessor to get rtable from skb
Delete skb->rtable field
Setting rtable is not allowed, just set dst instead as rtable is an alias.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a bug which unconfigured struct tcf_proto keeps
chaining in tc_ctl_tfilter(), and avoids kernel panic in
cls_cgroup_classify() when we use cls_cgroup.
When we execute 'tc filter add', tcf_proto is allocated, initialized
by classifier's init(), and chained. After it's chained,
tc_ctl_tfilter() calls classifier's change(). When classifier's
change() fails, tc_ctl_tfilter() does not free and keeps tcf_proto.
In addition, cls_cgroup is initialized in change() not in init(). It
accesses unconfigured struct tcf_proto which is chained before
change(), then hits Oops.
Signed-off-by: Minoru Usui <usui@mxm.nes.nec.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Tested-by: Minoru Usui <usui@mxm.nes.nec.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid reading the unsynchronized value cs->classid multiple times,
since it could change concurrently from non-zero to zero; this would
result in the classifier returning a positive result with a bogus
(zero) classid.
Signed-off-by: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We would like to get rid of netdev->trans_start = jiffies; that about all net
drivers have to use in their start_xmit() function, and use txq->trans_start
instead.
This can be done generically in core network, as suggested by David.
Some devices, (particularly loopback) dont need trans_start update, because
they dont have transmit watchdog. We could add a new device flag, or rely
on fact that txq->tran_start can be updated is txq->xmit_lock_owner is
different than -1. Use a helper function to hide our choice.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can slightly reduce size of teqlN structure, not duplicating stats
structure in teql_master but using stats field from net_device.stats
for tx_errors and from netdev_queue for tx_bytes/tx_packets/tx_dropped
values.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is illegal to dereference a skb after a successful ndo_start_xmit()
call. We must store skb length in a local variable instead.
Bug was introduced in 2.6.27 by commit 0abf77e55a
(net_sched: Add accessor function for packet length for qdiscs)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct net_device trans_start field is a hot spot on SMP and high performance
devices, particularly multi queues ones, because every transmitter dirties
it. Is main use is tx watchdog and bonding alive checks.
But as most devices dont use NETIF_F_LLTX, we have to lock
a netdev_queue before calling their ndo_start_xmit(). So it makes
sense to move trans_start from net_device to netdev_queue. Its update
will occur on a already present (and in exclusive state) cache line, for
free.
We can do this transition smoothly. An old driver continue to
update dev->trans_start, while an updated one updates txq->trans_start.
Further patches could also put tx_bytes/tx_packets counters in
netdev_queue to avoid dirtying dev->stats (vlan device comes to mind)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can remove this lock here, since we are in cgroup write handler and
thus the cgrp is guaranteed to be valid, and no lock is needed when
writing a u32 variable.
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsuc.com>
Acked-by: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When no limit is given, the bfifo uses a default of tx_queue_len * mtu.
Packets handled by qdiscs include the link layer header, so this should
be taken into account, similar to what other qdiscs do.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The kernel should only be using the high 16 bits of a kernel
generated priority. Filter priorities in all other cases only
use the upper 16 bits of the u32 'prio' field of 'struct tcf_proto',
but when the kernel generates the priority of a filter is saves all
32 bits which can result in incorrect lookup failures when a filter
needs to be deleted or modified.
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alex Sidorenko reported:
"while experimenting with 'netem' we have found some strange behaviour. It
seemed that ingress delay as measured by 'ping' command shows up on some
hosts but not on others.
After some investigation I have found that the problem is that skbuff->tstamp
field value depends on whether there are any packet sniffers enabled. That
is:
- if any ptype_all handler is registered, the tstamp field is as expected
- if there are no ptype_all handlers, the tstamp field does not show the delay"
This patch prevents unnecessary update of tstamp in dev_queue_xmit_nit()
on ingress path (with act_mirred) adding a check, so minimal overhead on
the fast path, but only when sniffers etc. are active.
Since netem at ingress seems to logically emulate a network before a host,
tstamp is zeroed to trigger the update and pretend delays are from the
outside.
Reported-by: Alex Sidorenko <alexandre.sidorenko@hp.com>
Tested-by: Alex Sidorenko <alexandre.sidorenko@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When vlan acceleration is used on receive, the vlan tag is maintained
outside of the skb data. The existing vlan tag match only works on TX
path because it uses vlan_get_tag which tests for VLAN_HW_TX_ACCEL.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_sack_swap seems unnecessary so I pushed swap to the caller.
Also removed comment that seemed then pointless, and added include
when not already there. Compile tested.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While looking for a possible reason of bugzilla report on HTB oops:
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12858
I found the code in htb_delete calling htb_destroy_class on zero
refcount is very misleading: it can suggest this is a common path, and
destroy is called under sch_tree_lock. Actually, this can never happen
like this because before deletion cops->get() is done, and after
delete a class is still used by tclass_notify. The class destroy is
always called from cops->put(), so without sch_tree_lock.
This doesn't mean much now (since 2.6.27) because all vulnerable calls
were moved from htb_destroy_class to htb_delete, but there was a bug
in older kernels. The same change is done for other classful scheds,
which, it seems, didn't have similar locking problems here.
Reported-by: m0sia <m0sia@m0sia.ru>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A commit c1b56878fb "tc: policing requires
a rate estimator" introduced a test which invalidates previously working
configs, based on examples from iproute2: doc/actions/actions-general.
This is too rigorous: a rate estimator is needed only when police's
"avrate" option is used.
Reported-by: Joao Correia <joaomiguelcorreia@gmail.com>
Diagnosed-by: John Dykstra <john.dykstra1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drr_change_class lacks a check for NULL of tca[TCA_OPTIONS], so oops
is possible.
Reported-by: Denys Fedoryschenko <denys@visp.net.lb>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current "RTNETLINK answers: Invalid argument" warning, while trying to
add multiq qdisc to non-multiqueue device, isn't very helpful and some
of these devs can be changed btw., so let's use a better errno.
With feedback from Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Reported-by: Badalian Vyacheslav <slavon@bigtelecom.ru>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> suggested using a workqueue instead
of hrtimers to trigger netif_schedule() when there is a problem with
setting exact time of this event: 'The differnce - yeah, it shouldn't
make much, mainly wake up the qdisc earlier (but not too early) after
"too many events" occured _and_ no further enqueue events wake up the
qdisc anyways.'
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let's get some info on possible config problems. This patch brings
back an old warning, but is printed only once now.
With feedback from Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> suggested:
> How about making this flag and the warning message (in a out-of-line
> function) globally available? Other qdiscs (f.i. HFSC) can't deal with
> inner non-work-conserving qdiscs as well.
This patch uses qdisc->flags field of "suspected" child qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently htb_do_events() breaks events recounting for a level after 2
jiffies, but there is no reason to repeat this for next levels and
increase delays even more (with softirqs disabled). htb_dequeue_tree()
can add to this too, btw. In such a case q->now time is invalid anyway.
Thanks to Patrick McHardy for spotting an error around earlier version
of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Next event time should consider jiffies used for recounting. Otherwise
qdisc_watchdog_schedule() triggers hrtimer immediately with the event
in the past, and may cause very high ksoftirqd cpu usage (if highres
is on).
There is also removed checking "event" for zero in htb_dequeue(): it's
always true in this place.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (84 commits)
wimax: fix kernel-doc for debufs_dentry member of struct wimax_dev
net: convert pegasus driver to net_device_ops
bnx2x: Prevent eeprom set when driver is down
net: switch kaweth driver to netdevops
pcnet32: round off carrier watch timer
i2400m/usb: wrap USB power saving in #ifdef CONFIG_PM
wimax: testing for rfkill support should also test for CONFIG_RFKILL_MODULE
wimax: fix kconfig interactions with rfkill and input layers
wimax: fix '#ifndef CONFIG_BUG' layout to avoid warning
r6040: bump release number to 0.20
r6040: warn about MAC address being unset
r6040: check PHY status when bringing interface up
r6040: make printks consistent with DRV_NAME
gianfar: Fixup use of BUS_ID_SIZE
mlx4_en: Returning real Max in get_ringparam
mlx4_en: Consider inline packets on completion
netdev: bfin_mac: enable bfin_mac net dev driver for BF51x
qeth: convert to net_device_ops
vlan: add neigh_setup
dm9601: warn on invalid mac address
...
New nodes are inserted in u32_change() under rtnl_lock() with wmb(),
so without tcf_tree_lock() like in other classifiers (e.g. cls_fw).
This isn't enough without rmb() on the read side, but on the other
hand adding such barriers doesn't give any savings, so the lock is
added instead.
Reported-by: m0sia <m0sia@plotinka.ru>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 22604c8668.
We can't fix this issue in this way, because we now can try
to take the dev_base_lock rwlock as a writer in software interrupt
context and that is not allowed without major surgery elsewhere.
This initial link state problem needs to be solved in some other
way.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Michael Marineau <mike@marineau.org>
Commit b47300168e "Do not fire linkwatch
events until the device is registered." was made as a workaround for
drivers that call netif_carrier_off before registering the device.
Unfortunately this causes these drivers to incorrectly report their
link status as IF_OPER_UNKNOWN which can falsely set the IFF_RUNNING
flag when the interface is first brought up. This issues was
previously pointed out[1] but was dismissed saying that IFF_RUNNING is
not related to the link status. From my digging IFF_RUNNING, as
reported to userspace, is based on the link state. It is set based on
__LINK_STATE_START and IF_OPER_UP or IF_OPER_UNKNOWN. See [2], [3],
and [4]. (Whether or not the kernel has IFF_RUNNING set in flags is
not reported to user space so it may well be independent of the link,
I don't know if and when it may get set.)
The end result depends slightly depending on the driver. The the two I
tested were e1000e and b44. With e1000e if the system is booted
without a network cable attached the interface will falsely report
RUNNING when it is brought up causing NetworkManager to attempt to
start it and eventually time out. With b44 when the system is booted
with a network cable attached and brought up with dhcpcd it will time
out the first time.
The attached patch that will still set the operstate variable
correctly to IF_OPER_UP/DOWN/etc when linkwatch_fire_event is called
but then return rather than skipping the linkwatch_fire_event call
entirely as the previous fix did. (sorry it isn't inline, I don't have
a patch friendly email client at the moment)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cls_cgroup can't be compiled as a module, since it's not supported by
cgroup.
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- It's better to use container_of() instead of casting cgroup_subsys_state *
to cgroup_cls_state *.
- Add helper function task_cls_state().
- Rename net_cls_state() to cgrp_cls_state().
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When removing a cgroup, an oops was triggered immediately. The cause
is wrong kfree() in cgrp_destroy().
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1429 commits)
net: Allow dependancies of FDDI & Tokenring to be modular.
igb: Fix build warning when DCA is disabled.
net: Fix warning fallout from recent NAPI interface changes.
gro: Fix potential use after free
sfc: If AN is enabled, always read speed/duplex from the AN advertising bits
sfc: When disabling the NIC, close the device rather than unregistering it
sfc: SFT9001: Add cable diagnostics
sfc: Add support for multiple PHY self-tests
sfc: Merge top-level functions for self-tests
sfc: Clean up PHY mode management in loopback self-test
sfc: Fix unreliable link detection in some loopback modes
sfc: Generate unique names for per-NIC workqueues
802.3ad: use standard ethhdr instead of ad_header
802.3ad: generalize out mac address initializer
802.3ad: initialize ports LACPDU from const initializer
802.3ad: remove typedef around ad_system
802.3ad: turn ports is_individual into a bool
802.3ad: turn ports is_enabled into a bool
802.3ad: make ntt bool
ixgbe: Fix set_ringparam in ixgbe to use the same memory pools.
...
Fixed trivial IPv4/6 address printing conflicts in fs/cifs/connect.c due
to the conversion to %pI (in this networking merge) and the addition of
doing IPv6 addresses (from the earlier merge of CIFS).
While implementing a TCQ_F_THROTTLED flag there was used an smp_wmb()
in qdisc_watchdog(), but since this flag is practically used only in
sch_netem(), and since it's not even clear what reordering is avoided
here (TCQ_F_THROTTLED vs. __QDISC_STATE_SCHED?) it seems the barrier
could be safely removed.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some gcc versions warn that ret may be used uninitialized in
sfq_enqueue(). It's a false positive, so let's annotate this.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netem simulator is no longer limited by Linux timer resolution HZ.
Not since Patrick McHardy changed the QoS system to use hrtimer.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@comx.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can skip WARN_ON() in htb_dequeue_tree() because there should be
always a similar warning from htb_lookup_leaf() earlier.
The first WARN_ON() in in htb_lookup_leaf() is changed to BUG_ON()
because most likly this should end with oops anyway.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
htb_id_find_next_upper() is usually called to find a class with next
id after some previously removed class, so let's move a check for
equality to the end: it's the least likely here.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
fs/nfsd/nfs4recover.c
Manually fixed above to use new creds API functions, e.g.
nfs4_save_creds().
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Replace HTB_ACCNT() macro with inlines to make it more readable.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
L2T() is currently used only in one place (and has one spurious
parameter, btw), so let's: 'get rid of L2T completely, and just
use "qdisc_l2t(rate, size)" directly.' - quote & feedback from
David S. Miller.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While implementing htb_parent_to_leaf() there where added backup prio
and quantum struct htb_class fields to preserve these values for inner
classes in case of their return to leaf. This patch cleans this a bit
by removing union leaf duplicates.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Impact: make global function static
Fix the following sparse warning:
net/sched/sch_api.c:192:14: warning: symbol 'qdisc_match_from_root' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Hannes Eder <hannes@hanneseder.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since all other gen_estimator functions use bstats and rate_est params
together, and searching for them is optimized now, let's use this also
in gen_estimator_active(). The return type of gen_estimator_active()
is changed to bool, and gen_find_node() parameters to const, btw.
In tcf_act_police_locate() a check for ACT_P_CREATED is added before
calling gen_estimator_active().
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Found that while trying average rate policing, it was possible to
request average rate policing without a rate estimator. This results
in no policing which is harmless but incorrect.
Since policing could be setup in two steps, need to check
in the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The functions gen_new_estimator and gen_replace_estimator can return
errors, but they were being ignored.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow tcf_hash_create to return different errors on estimator failure.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this warning:
net/sched/sch_hfsc.c: In function ‘hfsc_enqueue’:
net/sched/sch_hfsc.c:1577: warning: ‘err’ may be used uninitialized in this function
triggers because GCC does not recognize the (correct) error flow
between hfsc_classify(), 'cl' and 'err'.
Annotate it.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After implementing qdisc->ops->peek() there is no more calling
qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen() without rtnl_lock(), so qdisc_list_lock
added by commit: f6e0b239a2 "pkt_sched:
Fix qdisc list locking" can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jarek Poplawski points out:
If all child qdiscs of sch_drr are non-work-conserving (e.g. sch_tbf)
drr_dequeue() will busy-loop waiting for skbs instead of leaving the
job for a watchdog. Checking for list_empty() in each loop isn't
necessary either, because this can never be true except the first time.
Using non-work-conserving qdiscs as children of DRR makes no sense,
simply bail out in that case.
Reported-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The use of xchg() hasn't been necessary since 2.2.something when proper
locking was added to packet schedulers. In the case of classifiers they
mostly weren't even necessary before that since they're mainly used
to assign a NULL pointer to the filter root in the ->destroy path;
the root is destroyed immediately after that.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The use of xchg() hasn't been necessary since 2.2.something when proper
locking was added to packet schedulers.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add classful DRR scheduler as a more flexible replacement for SFQ.
The main difference to the algorithm described in "Efficient Fair Queueing
using Deficit Round Robin" is that this implementation doesn't drop packets
from the longest queue on overrun because its classful and limits are
handled by each individual child qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nla_nest_start() might return NULL, causing a NULL pointer dereference.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the network device internal API to move adminstrative
operations out of the network device structure and into a separate structure.
This patch involves some hackery to maintain compatablity between the
new and old model, so all 300+ drivers don't have to be changed at once.
For drivers that aren't converted yet, the netdevice_ops virt function list
still resides in the net_device structure. For old protocols, the new
net_device_ops are copied out to the old net_device pointers.
After the transistion is completed the nag message can be changed to
an WARN_ON, and the compatiablity code can be made configurable.
Some function pointers aren't moved:
* destructor can't be in net_device_ops because
it may need to be referenced after the module is unloaded.
* neighbor setup is manipulated in a couple of places that need special
consideration
* hard_start_xmit is in the fast path for transmit.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several device drivers try to do things like netif_carrier_off()
before register_netdev() is invoked. This is bogus, but too many
drivers do this to fix them all up in one go.
Reported-by: Folkert van Heusden <folkert@vanheusden.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simply delete ops from list and let list debugging do the job.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After implementing qdisc->ops->peek() and changing sch_netem into
classless qdisc there are no more qdisc->ops->requeue() users. This
patch removes this method with its wrappers (qdisc_requeue()), and
also unused qdisc->requeue structure. There are a few minor fixes of
warnings (htb_enqueue()) and comments btw.
The idea to kill ->requeue() and a similar patch were first developed
by David S. Miller.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Attach creds to file structs and discard f_uid/f_gid.
file_operations::open() methods (such as hppfs_open()) should use file->f_cred
rather than current_cred(). At the moment file->f_cred will be current_cred()
at this point.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
The classifier should cover the most common use case and will work
without any special configuration.
The principle of the classifier is to directly access the
task_struct via get_current(). In order for this to work,
classification requests from softirqs must be ignored. This is
not a problem because the vast majority of packets in softirq
context are not assigned to a task anyway. For this to work, a
mechanism is needed to trace softirq context.
This repost goes back to the method of relying on the number of
nested bh disable calls for the sake of not adding too much
complexity and the option to come up with something more reliable
if actually needed.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All these individual parsing functions never return an error,
so they can be void.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since gso_skb is re-used for qdisc_peek_dequeued(), and this skb is
counted in the qdisc->q.qlen, it has to be kfreed during qdisc_reset()
when qlen is zeroed.
With help from David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After removing netem classful functionality we are sure its inner
qdisc is tfifo, so we can replace qdisc->ops->requeue() method with
open code. After this patch there are no more ops->requeue() users.
The idea of this patch is by Patrick McHardy.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patrick McHardy noticed that: "a lot of the functionality of netem
requires the inner tfifo anyways and rate-limiting is usually done
on top of netem. So I would suggest so either hard-wire the tfifo
qdisc or at least make the assumption that inner qdiscs are
work-conserving.", and later: "- a lot of other qdiscs still don't
work as inner qdiscs of netem [...]".
So, according to his suggestion, this patch removes classful options
of netem. The main reason of this change is to remove ops->requeue()
method, which is currently used only by netem.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds qdisc_peek_dequeued() wrapper to emulate peek method
with qdisc->dequeue() and storing "peeked" skb in qdisc->gso_skb until
dequeuing. This is mainly for compatibility reasons not to break some
strange configs because peeking is expected for non-work-conserving
parent qdiscs to query work-conserving child qdiscs.
This implementation requires using qdisc_dequeue_peeked() wrapper
instead of directly calling qdisc->dequeue() for all qdiscs ever
querried with qdisc->ops->peek() or qdisc_peek_dequeued().
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use qdisc->ops->peek() instead of ->dequeue() & ->requeue() pair.
After this patch the only remaining user of qdisc->ops->requeue() is
netem_enqueue(). Based on ideas of Herbert Xu, Patrick McHardy and
David S. Miller.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add qdisc->ops->peek() implementation for work-conserving qdiscs.
With feedback from Patrick McHardy.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Just as a demonstration how easy adding a peek operation to the
work-conserving qdiscs actually is. It doesn't need to keep or change
any internal state in many cases thanks to the guarantee that the
packet will either be dequeued or, if another packet arrives, the
upper qdisc will immediately ->peek again to reevaluate the state.
(This is only slightly modified Patrick's patch.)
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After these commands:
# modprobe sch_teql
# tc qdisc add dev eth0 root teql0
# tc qdisc del dev eth0 root
we get an oops in teql_destroy() when spin_lock is taken from a null
qdisc_sleeping pointer. It's because at the moment teql0 dev haven't
been activated yet, and a qdisc_root_sleeping() is pointing to noop
qdisc's netdev_queue with qdisc_sleeping uninitialized. This patch
fixes this both for noop and noqueue netdev_queues to avoid similar
problems in the future.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some code here depends on CONFIG_KMOD to not try to load
protocol modules or similar, replace by CONFIG_MODULES
where more than just request_module depends on CONFIG_KMOD
and and also use try_then_request_module in ebtables.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the last change of requeuing there is no info about such
incidents in tc stats. This patch updates the counter, but we should
consider this should differ from previous stats because of additional
checks preventing to repeat this. On the other hand, previous stats
didn't include requeuing of gso_segmented skbs.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By passing in the family through which extensions were invoked, a bit
of data space can be reclaimed. The "family" member will be added to
the parameter structures and the check functions be adjusted.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch does this for target extensions' destroy functions.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch does this for target extensions' checkentry functions.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch does this for target extensions' target functions.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
It used to be that {ip,ip6,etc}_tables called extension->checkentry
themselves, but this can be moved into the xtables core.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
qdisc->requeue was planned to universally replace all requeuing code,
but at the top level we never requeue more than one skb, so qdisc->
gso_skb is enough for this. qdisc->requeue would be used on the lower
levels only for one level deep requeuing (like in sch_hfsc) after
finishing all the changes.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jay Cliburn noticed and diagnosed a bug triggered in
dev_gso_skb_destructor() after last change from qdisc->gso_skb
to qdisc->requeue list. Since gso_segmented skbs can't be queued
to another list this patch brings back qdisc->gso_skb for them.
Reported-by: Jay Cliburn <jcliburn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check in dequeue_skb() the state of tx_queue for requeued skb to save
on locking and re-requeuing, and possibly remove the current check in
qdisc_run(). Based on the idea of Alexander Duyck.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no reason to call into the complicated qdiscs
just to remember the last SKB where we found the device
blocked.
The SKB is outside of the qdiscs realm at this point.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently dequeueing a packet and requeueing the same packet will cause a
different packet to be pulled on the next dequeue. This change forces
requeue to rewind the current_band.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch resolves a few issues found with multiq including wording
suggestions and a problem seen in the allocation of queues.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This new action will have the ability to change the priority and/or
queue_mapping fields on an sk_buff.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is intended to add a qdisc to support the new tx multiqueue
architecture by providing a band for each hardware queue. By doing
this it is possible to support a different qdisc per physical hardware
queue.
This qdisc uses the skb->queue_mapping to select which band to place
the traffic onto. It then uses a round robin w/ a check to see if the
subqueue is stopped to determine which band to dequeue the packet from.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this patch turns the netdev timeout WARN_ON_ONCE() into a WARN_ONCE(),
so that the device and driver names are inside the warning message.
This helps automated tools like kerneloops.org to collect the data
and do statistics, as well as making it more likely that humans
cut-n-paste the important message as part of a bugreport.
Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to be able to do range hrtimers we need to use accessor functions
to the "expire" member of the hrtimer struct.
This patch converts sched_cbq to these accessors.
Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Removes all _nested_compat() functions from the API. The prio qdisc
no longer requires them and netem has its own format anyway. Their
existance is only confusing.
Resend: Also remove the wrapper macro.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use qdisc_root_sleeping_lock() instead of qdisc_root_lock() where
appropriate. The only difference is while dev is deactivated, when
currently we can use a sleeping qdisc with the lock of noop_qdisc.
This shouldn't be dangerous since after deactivation root lock could
be used only by gen_estimator code, but looks wrong anyway.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While passing a qdisc root lock to gen_new_estimator() and
gen_replace_estimator() dev could be deactivated or even before
grafting proper root qdisc as qdisc_sleeping (e.g. qdisc_create), so
using qdisc_root_lock() is not enough. This patch adds
qdisc_root_sleeping_lock() for this, plus additional checks, where
necessary.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These pointers are RCU protected, so proper primitives should be used.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During dev_graft_qdisc() dev is deactivated, so qdisc_root_lock()
returns wrong lock of noop_qdisc instead of qdisc_sleeping.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since some qdiscs call qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen() (so qdisc_lookup())
without rtnl_lock(), adding and deleting from a qdisc list needs
additional locking. This patch adds global spinlock qdisc_list_lock
and wrapper functions for modifying the list. It is considered as a
temporary solution until hfsc_dequeue(), netem_dequeue() and
tbf_dequeue() (or qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen()) are redone.
With feedback from Herbert Xu and David S. Miller.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dev_deactivate() can skip rescheduling of a qdisc by qdisc_watchdog()
or other timer calling netif_schedule() after dev_queue_deactivate().
We prevent this checking aliveness before scheduling the timer. Since
during deactivation the root qdisc is available only as qdisc_sleeping
additional accessor qdisc_root_sleeping() is created.
With feedback from Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 1cfa26661a.
qdisc_destroy() runs fully under RTNL again and not from softint any
longer, so this change is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
...Last block local var got just deleted.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based upon reports by Denys Fedoryshchenko, and feedback
and help from Jarek Poplawski and Herbert Xu.
We always either:
1) Never made an external reference to this qdisc.
or
2) Did a dev_deactivate() which purged all asynchronous
references.
So do not lock the qdisc when we call qdisc_destroy(),
it's illegal anyways as when we drop the lock this is
free'd memory.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Qdisc locks are initialized in the same function, qdisc_alloc(), so
lockdep can't distinguish tx qdisc lock from rx and reports "possible
recursive locking detected" when both these locks are taken eg. while
using act_mirred with ifb. This looks like a false positive. Anyway,
after this patch these locks will be reported more exactly.
Reported-by: Denys Fedoryshchenko <denys@visp.net.lb>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based upon initial discovery and patch by Jarek Poplawski.
The qdisc watchdogs can be attached to any qdisc, not just the root,
so make sure we schedule the correct one.
CBQ has a similar bug.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based upon a bug report by Josip Rodin.
Packet schedulers should only return NET_XMIT_DROP iff
the packet really was dropped. If the packet does reach
the device after we return NET_XMIT_DROP then TCP can
crash because it depends upon the enqueue path return
values being accurate.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use return value from inner qdisc requeue when value returned isn't
NET_XMIT_SUCCESS, instead of always returning NET_XMIT_DROP.
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can now kill them synchronously with all of the
previous dev_deactivate() cures.
This makes netdev destruction and shutdown saner as
the qdiscs hold references to the device.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
When we are destroying non-root qdiscs, we need to lock
the root of the qdisc tree not the the qdisc itself.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The condition under which the previous qdisc has no more references
after we've attached &noop_qdisc is that both RUNNING and SCHED
are both seen clear while holding the root lock.
So just make specifically that check in the polling loop, instead
of this overly complex "check without then check with lock held"
sequence.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This new state lets dev_deactivate() mark a qdisc as having been
deactivated.
dev_queue_xmit() and ing_filter() check for this bit and do not
try to process the qdisc if the bit is set.
dev_deactivate() polls the qdisc after setting the bit, waiting
for both __QDISC_STATE_RUNNING and __QDISC_STATE_SCHED to clear.
This isn't perfect yet, but subsequent changesets will make it so.
This part is just one piece of the puzzle.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a bug with spin_lock_bh() inserted instead of spin_unlock_bh() by
some recent patch.
Reported-by: Denys Fedoryshchenko <denys@visp.net.lb>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based upon discussions with Jarek P. and Herbert Xu.
First, we're testing the wrong qdisc. We just reset the device
queue qdiscs to &noop_qdisc and checking it's state is completely
pointless here.
We want to wait until the previous qdisc that was sitting at
the ->qdisc pointer is not busy any more. And that would be
->qdisc_sleeping.
Because of how we propagate the samples qdisc pointer down into
qdisc_run and friends via per-cpu ->output_queue and netif_schedule,
we have to wait also for the __QDISC_STATE_SCHED bit to clear as
well.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent changes introduced a bug in htb_delete(): cl->parent->children
counter update misses checking cl->parent for NULL, which is used for
root classes, so deleting them causes an oops.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flushing must consistently return ENOMEM on failure of any allocation
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flushing of actions has been broken since we changed
the semantics of netlink parsed tb[X] to mean X is an attribute type.
This makes the flushing work.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since qdisc_stab_lock is used in qdisc_put_stab(), which is called in
BH context from __qdisc_destroy() RCU callback, softirq safe locking
is needed.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based upon bug reports by Stephen Hemminger.
We still had some cases using ->qdisc instead of ->qdisc_sleeping.
Also, qdisc_lookup() should return ingress qdiscs.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an action is added several times with the same exact index
it gets deleted on every even-numbered attempt.
This fixes that issue.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> noticed that it would be nice to
handle NET_XMIT_BYPASS by NET_XMIT_SUCCESS with an internal qdisc flag
__NET_XMIT_BYPASS and to remove the mapping from dev_queue_xmit().
David Miller <davem@davemloft.net> spotted a serious bug in the first
version of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> noticed:
"The other problem that affects all qdiscs supporting actions is
TC_ACT_QUEUED/TC_ACT_STOLEN getting mapped to NET_XMIT_SUCCESS
even though the packet is not queued, corrupting upper qdiscs'
qlen counters."
and later explained:
"The reason why it translates it at all seems to be to not increase
the drops counter. Within a single qdisc this could be avoided by
other means easily, upper qdiscs would still increase the counter
when we return anything besides NET_XMIT_SUCCESS though.
This means we need a new NET_XMIT return value to indicate this to
the upper qdiscs. So I'd suggest to introduce NET_XMIT_STOLEN,
return that to upper qdiscs and translate it to NET_XMIT_SUCCESS
in dev_queue_xmit, similar to NET_XMIT_BYPASS."
David Miller <davem@davemloft.net> noticed:
"Maybe these NET_XMIT_* values being passed around should be a set of
bits. They could be composed of base meanings, combined with specific
attributes.
So you could say "NET_XMIT_DROP | __NET_XMIT_NO_DROP_COUNT"
The attributes get masked out by the top-level ->enqueue() caller,
such that the base meanings are the only thing that make their
way up into the stack. If it's only about communication within the
qdisc tree, let's simply code it that way."
This patch is trying to realize these ideas.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based upon a bug report by Jeff Kirsher.
Don't use qdisc_root_lock() in these cases as the root
qdisc could have been changed, and we'd thus lock the
wrong object.
Tested by Emil S Tantilov who confirms that this seems
to fix the problem.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When support for multiple TX queues were added, the
netif_tx_lock() routines we converted to iterate over
all TX queues and grab each queue's spinlock.
This causes heartburn for lockdep and it's not a healthy
thing to do with lots of TX queues anyways.
So modify this to use a top-level lock and a "frozen"
state for the individual TX queues.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bug report from Steven Jan Springl:
Issuing the following command causes a kernel oops:
tc qdisc add dev eth0 handle ffff: ingress
The problem mostly stems from all of the special case handling of
ingress qdiscs.
So, to fix this, do the grafting operation the same way we do for TX
qdiscs. Which means that dev_activate() and dev_deactivate() now do
the "qdisc_sleeping <--> qdisc" transitions on dev->rx_queue too.
Future simplifications are possible now, mainly because it is
impossible for dev_queue->{qdisc,qdisc_sleeping} to be NULL. There
are NULL checks all over to handle the ingress qdisc special case
that used to exist before this commit.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs-2.6: (39 commits)
[PATCH] fix RLIM_NOFILE handling
[PATCH] get rid of corner case in dup3() entirely
[PATCH] remove remaining namei_{32,64}.h crap
[PATCH] get rid of indirect users of namei.h
[PATCH] get rid of __user_path_lookup_open
[PATCH] f_count may wrap around
[PATCH] dup3 fix
[PATCH] don't pass nameidata to __ncp_lookup_validate()
[PATCH] don't pass nameidata to gfs2_lookupi()
[PATCH] new (local) helper: user_path_parent()
[PATCH] sanitize __user_walk_fd() et.al.
[PATCH] preparation to __user_walk_fd cleanup
[PATCH] kill nameidata passing to permission(), rename to inode_permission()
[PATCH] take noexec checks to very few callers that care
Re: [PATCH 3/6] vfs: open_exec cleanup
[patch 4/4] vfs: immutable inode checking cleanup
[patch 3/4] fat: dont call notify_change
[patch 2/4] vfs: utimes cleanup
[patch 1/4] vfs: utimes: move owner check into inode_change_ok()
[PATCH] vfs: use kstrdup() and check failing allocation
...
make it atomic_long_t; while we are at it, get rid of useless checks in affs,
hfs and hpfs - ->open() always has it equal to 1, ->release() - to 0.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
This reverts commit f867e6af94.
Based upon discussions between Jarek and Patrick McHardy
this is field being set is more a config parameter than a
statistic. And we should add a true statistic to provide
this information if we really want it.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removes legacy reinvent-the-wheel type thing. The generic
machinery integrates much better to automated debugging aids
such as kerneloops.org (and others), and is unambiguous due to
better naming. Non-intuively BUG_TRAP() is actually equal to
WARN_ON() rather than BUG_ON() though some might actually be
promoted to BUG_ON() but I left that to future.
I could make at least one BUILD_BUG_ON conversion.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dump the "flows" number according to the number of active flows
instead of repeating the "limit".
Reported-by: Denys Fedoryshchenko <denys@visp.net.lb>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes the needlessly global qdisc_class_hash_alloc() static.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As suggested by Dave:
This patch adds a function to get the driver name from a struct net_device,
and consequently uses this in the watchdog timeout handler to print as
part of the message.
Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit a0c80b80e0.
After discussions with Jamal and Herbert on netdev, we should
provide at least minimal prioritization at the qdisc level
even in multiqueue situations.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removed unused variable 'skb' in the dev_deactivate_queue function
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The stab bits can't be referenced uniless the full
packet scheduler layer is enabled.
Reported by Stephen Rothwell.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add size table functions for qdiscs and calculate packet size in
qdisc_enqueue().
Based on patch by Patrick McHardy
http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=115201979221729&w=2
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like noop_qdisc, it needs a dummy backpointer and
explicit qdisc->q.lock initialization.
Based upon a report by Stephen Hemminger.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Idea is from Patrick McHardy.
Instead of managing the list of qdiscs on the device level, manage it
in the root qdisc of a netdev_queue. This solves all kinds of
visibility issues during qdisc destruction.
The way to iterate over all qdiscs of a netdev_queue is to visit
the netdev_queue->qdisc, and then traverse it's list.
The only special case is to ignore builting qdiscs at the root when
dumping or doing a qdisc_lookup(). That was not needed previously
because builtin qdiscs were not added to the device's qdisc_list.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The u32_list is just an indirect way of maintaining a reference
to a U32 node on a per-qdisc basis.
Just add an explicit node pointer for u32 to struct Qdisc an do
away with this global list.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of 'pfifo_fast' we have just plain 'fifo_fast'.
No priority queues, just a straight FIFO.
This is necessary in order to legally have a seperate
qdisc per queue in multi-TX-queue setups, and thus get
full parallelization.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the destruction of the old queue into qdisc_graft().
When operating on a root qdisc (ie. "parent == NULL"), apply
the operation to all queues. The caller has grabbed a single
implicit reference for this graft, therefore when we apply the
change to more than one queue we must grab additional qdisc
references.
Otherwise, we are operating on a class of a specific parent qdisc, and
therefore no multiqueue handling is necessary.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lock the root of the qdisc being operated upon.
All explicit references to qdisc_tree_lock() are now gone.
The only remaining uses are via the sch_tree_{lock,unlock}()
and tcf_tree_{lock,unlock}() macros.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It just wants the qdisc tree for the filter to be synchronized.
So just BH lock qdisc_root_lock(q) instead.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows less strict control of access to the qdisc attached to a
netdev_queue. It is even allowed to enqueue into a qdisc which is
in the process of being destroyed. The RCU handler will toss out
those packets.
We will need this to handle sharing of a qdisc amongst multiple
TX queues. In such a setup the lock has to be shared, so will
be inside of the qdisc itself. At which point the netdev_queue
lock cannot be used to hard synchronize access to the ->qdisc
pointer.
One operation we have to keep inside of qdisc_destroy() is the list
deletion. It is the only piece of state visible after the RCU quiesce
period, so we have to undo it early and under the appropriate locking.
The operations in the RCU handler do not need any looking because the
qdisc tree is no longer visible to anything at that point.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are registering the device, there is no way anyone can get
at this object's qdiscs yet in any meaningful way.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we have shared qdiscs, packets come out of the qdiscs
for multiple transmit queues.
Therefore it doesn't make any sense to schedule the transmit
queue when logically we cannot know ahead of time the TX
queue of the SKB that the qdisc->dequeue() will give us.
Just for sanity I added a BUG check to make sure we never
get into a state where the noop_qdisc is scheduled.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When code wants to lock the qdisc tree state, the logic
operation it's doing is locking the top-level qdisc that
sits of the root of the netdev_queue.
Add qdisc_root_lock() to represent this and convert the
easiest cases.
In order for this to work out in all cases, we have to
hook up the noop_qdisc to a dummy netdev_queue.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently it is associated with a netdev_queue, but when we have
qdisc sharing that no longer makes any sense.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We liberate any dangling gso_skb during qdisc destruction.
It really only matters for the root qdisc. But when qdiscs
can be shared by multiple netdev_queue objects, we can't
have the gso_skb in the netdev_queue any more.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This effectively "flips the switch" by making the core networking
and multiqueue-aware drivers use the new TX multiqueue structures.
Non-multiqueue drivers need no changes. The interfaces they use such
as netif_stop_queue() degenerate into an operation on TX queue zero.
So everything "just works" for them.
Code that really wants to do "X" to all TX queues now invokes a
routine that does so, such as netif_tx_wake_all_queues(),
netif_tx_stop_all_queues(), etc.
pktgen and netpoll required a little bit more surgery than the others.
In particular the pktgen changes, whilst functional, could be largely
improved. The initial check in pktgen_xmit() will sometimes check the
wrong queue, which is mostly harmless. The thing to do is probably to
invoke fill_packet() earlier.
The bulk of the netpoll changes is to make the code operate solely on
the TX queue indicated by by the SKB queue mapping.
Setting of the SKB queue mapping is entirely confined inside of
net/core/dev.c:dev_pick_tx(). If we end up needing any kind of
special semantics (drops, for example) it will be implemented here.
Finally, we now have a "real_num_tx_queues" which is where the driver
indicates how many TX queues are actually active.
With IGB changes from Jeff Kirsher.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This actually fixes a bug added by the RR scheduler changes. The
->bands and ->prio2band parameters were being set outside of the
sch_tree_lock() and thus could result in strange behavior and
inconsistencies.
It might be possible, in the new design (where there will be one qdisc
per device TX queue) to allow similar functionality via a TX hash
algorithm for RR but I really see no reason to export this aspect of
how these multiqueue cards actually implement the scheduling of the
the individual DMA TX rings and the single physical MAC/PHY port.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
alloc_netdev_mq() now allocates an array of netdev_queue
structures for TX, based upon the queue_count argument.
Furthermore, all accesses to the TX queues are now vectored
through the netdev_get_tx_queue() and netdev_for_each_tx_queue()
interfaces. This makes it easy to grep the tree for all
things that want to get to a TX queue of a net device.
Problem spots which are not really multiqueue aware yet, and
only work with one queue, can easily be spotted by grepping
for all netdev_get_tx_queue() calls that pass in a zero index.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Accesses are mostly structured such that when there are multiple TX
queues the code transformations will be a little bit simpler.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only plain netif_schedule() remains taking a net_device, mostly as a
compatability item while we transition the rest of these interfaces.
Everything else calls netif_schedule_queue() or __netif_schedule(),
both of which take a netdev_queue pointer.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It just wants the root qdisc given an arbitrary qdisc,
and that is simply qdisc->dev_queue->qdisc
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Now that our qdisc management is bi-directional, per-queue, and fully
orthogonal, there is no reason to have a special ingress qdisc pointer
in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Every qdisc is assosciated with a queue, and in the case of ingress
qdiscs that will now be netdev->rx_queue so using that queue's lock is
the thing to do.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The lock is now an attribute of the device queue.
One thing to notice is that "suspicious" places
emerge which will need specific training about
multiple queue handling. They are so marked with
explicit "netdev->rx_queue" and "netdev->tx_queue"
references.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It can be obtained via the netdev_queue. So create a helper routine,
qdisc_dev(), to make the transformations nicer looking.
Now, qdisc_alloc() now no longer needs a net_device pointer argument.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A netdev_queue is an entity managed by a qdisc.
Currently there is one RX and one TX queue, and a netdev_queue merely
contains a backpointer to the net_device.
The Qdisc struct is augmented with a netdev_queue pointer as well.
Eventually the 'dev' Qdisc member will go away and we will have the
resulting hierarchy:
net_device --> netdev_queue --> Qdisc
Also, qdisc_alloc() and qdisc_create_dflt() now take a netdev_queue
pointer argument.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The filter_cnt is supposed to count filter references to a class.
Since the qdisc can't be the target of a filter, it doesn't need
a filter_cnt. In fact the counter is never decreased since cls_api
considers a return value of zero a failure and doesn't unbind again.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the qdisc isn't destroyed in hierarchical order anymore,
the only user of the child lists left is htb_parent_last_child().
This can be easily changed to use a counter of children to save
a few bytes.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hash list removal currently happens twice (once in htb_delete, once
in htb_destroy_class), which makes it harder to use the dynamically
sized class hash without adding special cases for HTB. The reason is
that qdisc destruction destroys classes in hierarchical order, which
is not necessary if filters are destroyed in a separate iteration
during qdisc destruction.
Adjust qdisc destruction to follow the same scheme as other hierarchical
qdiscs by first performing a filter destruction pass, then destroying
all classes in hash order.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently all qdiscs which allow to create classes uses a fixed sized hash
table with size 16 to hash the classes. This causes a large bottleneck
when using thousands of classes and unbound filters.
Add helpers for dynamically sized class hashes to fix this. The following
patches will convert the qdiscs to use them.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Filters need to be destroyed before beginning to destroy classes
since the destination class needs to still be alive to unbind the
filter.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass double tcf_proto pointers to tcf_destroy_chain() to make it
clear the start of the filter list for more consistency.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit d62733c8e4
([SCHED]: Qdisc changes and sch_rr added for multiqueue)
added a NET_SCH_RR option that was unused since the code
went unconditionally into sch_prio.
Reported-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Note, in the following patch, 'err' is initialized as:
int err = -ENOBUFS;
Signed-off-by: WANG Cong <wcong@critical-links.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a htb_hysteresis parameter to htb_sch.ko and by sysfs magic make
it runtime adjustable via
/sys/module/sch_htb/parameters/htb_hysteresis mode 640.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@comx.dk>
Acked-by: Martin Devera <devik@cdi.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The HTB hysteresis mode reduce the CPU load, but at the
cost of scheduling accuracy.
On ADSL links (512 kbit/s upstream), this inaccuracy introduce
significant jitter, enought to disturbe VoIP. For details see my
masters thesis (http://www.adsl-optimizer.dk/thesis/), chapter 7,
section 7.3.1, pp 69-70.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@comx.dk>
Acked-by: Martin Devera <devik@cdi.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes CVS keywords that weren't updated for a long time
from comments.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make nlmsg_trim(), nlmsg_cancel(), genlmsg_cancel(), and
nla_nest_cancel() void functions.
Return -EMSGSIZE instead of -1 if the provided message buffer is not
big enough.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cls_api should return ENOENT when the requested classifier doesn't
exist.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
reallocation of the policy data was being ignored. It could fail.
Simplify so that there is no need for reallocating.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert to netlink helpers by using netlink policy validation.
As a side effect fixes a leak.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is lack of removing a class from the event queue while changing
from parent to leaf which can cause corruption of this rb tree. This
patch fixes a bug introduced by my patch: "sch_htb: turn intermediate
classes into leaves" commit: 160d5e10f8.
Many thanks to Jan 'yanek' Bortl for finding a way to reproduce this
rare bug and narrowing the test case, which made possible proper
diagnosing.
This patch is recommended for all kernels starting from 2.6.20.
Reported-and-tested-by: Jan 'yanek' Bortl <yanek@ya.bofh.cz>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
WARN_ON_ONCE() gives a stack trace including the full module list.
Having this in the kernel dump for the timeout case in the
generic netdev watchdog will help us see quicker which driver
is involved. It also allows us to collect statistics
and patterns in terms of which drivers have this event occuring.
Suggested by Andrew Morton
Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
datalen is unsigned so it can never be less than zero,
but that's ok because the attribute passed to nla_len()
has been validated and therefore a negative return
value is impossible.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TC_H_MAJ(parentid) for root classes is the same as for ingress, and if
ingress qdisc is created qdisc_lookup() returns its pointer (without
ingress NULL is returned). After this all qdisc_lookups give the same,
and we get endless loop. (I don't know how this could hide for so long
- it should trigger with every leaf class deleted if it's qdisc isn't
empty.)
After this fix qdisc_lookup() is omitted both for ingress and root
parents, but looking for root is only wasting a little time here...
Many thanks to Enrico Demarin for finding a test for catching this
bug, which probably bothered quite a lot of admins.
Reported-by: Enrico Demarin <enrico@superclick.com>,
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Deleting of nonroot hnodes mostly doesn't work in u32_delete():
refcnt == 1 is expected, but such hnodes' refcnts are initialized
with 0 and charged only with "link" nodes. Now they'll start with
1 like usual. Thanks to Patrick McHardy for an improving suggestion.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The qdisc_run loop is currently unbounded and runs entirely in a
softirq. This is bad as it may create an unbounded softirq run.
This patch fixes this by calling need_resched and breaking out if
necessary.
It also adds a break out if the jiffies value changes since that would
indicate we've been transmitting for too long which starves other
softirqs.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce per-sock inlines: sock_net(), sock_net_set()
and per-inet_timewait_sock inlines: twsk_net(), twsk_net_set().
Without CONFIG_NET_NS, no namespace other than &init_net exists.
Let's explicitly define them to help compiler optimizations.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
HTB is event driven algorithm and part of its work is to apply
scheduled events at proper times. It tried to defend itself from
livelock by processing only limited number of events per dequeue.
Because of faster computers some users already hit this hardcoded
limit.
This patch limits processing up to 2 jiffies (why not 1 jiffie ?
because it might stop prematurely when only fraction of jiffie
remains).
Signed-off-by: Martin Devera <devik@cdi.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(Anonymous) unions can help us to avoid ugly casts.
A common cast it the (struct rtable *)skb->dst one.
Defining an union like :
union {
struct dst_entry *dst;
struct rtable *rtable;
};
permits to use skb->rtable in place.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 954415e33e ("[PKT_SCHED] ematch:
tcf_em_destroy robustness") removed a cast on em->data when
passing it to kfree(), but em->data is an integer type that can
hold pointers as well as other values so the cast is necessary.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
htb_requeue() enqueues skbs for which htb_classify() returns NULL.
This is wrong because such skbs could be handled by NET_CLS_ACT code,
and the decision could be different than earlier in htb_enqueue().
So htb_requeue() is changed to work and look more like htb_enqueue().
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the code in tcf_em_tree_destroy more robust and cleaner:
* Don't need to cast pointer to kfree() or avoid passing NULL.
* After freeing the tree, clear the pointer to avoid possible problems
from repeated free.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A couple of functions in meta match don't need to be inline.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If userspace passes a unknown match index into em_meta, then
em_meta_change will return an error and the data for the match will
not be set. This then causes an null pointer dereference when the
cleanup is done in the error path via tcf_em_tree_destroy. Since the
tree structure comes kzalloc, it is initialized to NULL.
Discovered when testing a new version of tc command against an
accidental older kernel.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we're using fls(), we need to check whether the value is
non-zero first.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/sched/em_meta.c: In function 'meta_int_vlan_tag':
net/sched/em_meta.c:179: warning: 'tag' may be used uninitialized in this function
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide a way to use tc filters on vlan tag even if tag is buried in
skb due to hardware acceleration.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 2.6 latest git build was broken when using the following
configuration options:
CONFIG_NET_EMATCH=n
CONFIG_NET_CLS_FLOW=y
with the following error:
net/sched/cls_flow.c: In function 'flow_dump':
net/sched/cls_flow.c:598: error: 'struct tcf_ematch_tree' has no
member named 'hdr'
make[2]: *** [net/sched/cls_flow.o] Error 1
make[1]: *** [net/sched] Error 2
make: *** [net] Error 2
see the recent post by Li Zefan:
http://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg54434.html
The reason for this crash is that struct tcf_ematch_tree
(net/pkt_cls.h) is empty when CONFIG_NET_EMATCH is not defined.
When CONFIG_NET_EMATCH is defined, the tcf_ematch_tree structure
indeed holds a struct tcf_ematch_tree_hdr (hdr) as flow_dump()
expects.
This patch adds #ifdef CONFIG_NET_EMATCH in flow_dump to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new "flow" classifier, which is meant to extend the SFQ hashing
capabilities without hard-coding new hash functions and also allows
deterministic mappings of keys to classes, replacing some out of tree
iptables patches like IPCLASSIFY (maps IPs to classes), IPMARK (maps
IPs to marks, with fw filters to classes), ...
Some examples:
- Classic SFQ hash:
tc filter add ... flow hash \
keys src,dst,proto,proto-src,proto-dst divisor 1024
- Classic SFQ hash, but using information from conntrack to work properly in
combination with NAT:
tc filter add ... flow hash \
keys nfct-src,nfct-dst,proto,nfct-proto-src,nfct-proto-dst divisor 1024
- Map destination IPs of 192.168.0.0/24 to classids 1-257:
tc filter add ... flow map \
key dst addend -192.168.0.0 divisor 256
- alternatively:
tc filter add ... flow map \
key dst and 0xff
- similar, but reverse ordered:
tc filter add ... flow map \
key dst and 0xff xor 0xff
Perturbation is currently not supported because we can't reliable kill the
timer on destruction.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for dumping statistics and make internal queues visible as
classes.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for external classifiers to allow using different flow
hash functions similar to ESFQ. When no classifier is attached the
built-in hash is used as before.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the old policer code is gone, TC actions are needed for policing.
The ingress qdisc can get packets directly from netif_receive_skb()
in case TC actions are enabled or through netfilter otherwise, but
since without TC actions there is no policer the only thing it actually
does is count packets.
Remove the netfilter support and always require TC actions.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use nla_nest_start/nla_nest_end for dumping nested attributes.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nla_parse() returns more detailed errno codes, propagate them back on
error.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert open-coded nlmsg_parse to use the real function.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix two invalid attribute accesses, indices start at 1 with the new
netlink API.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace open coded equivalent of nla_parse_nested_compat().
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix format string warning introduces by the netlink API conversion:
net/sched/sch_atm.c:250: warning: format '%lu' expects type 'long unsigned int', but argument 3 has type 'int'.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert packet schedulers to use the netlink API. Unfortunately a gradual
conversion is not possible without breaking compilation in the middle or
adding lots of casts, so this patch converts them all in one step. The
patch has been mostly generated automatically with some minor edits to
at least allow seperate conversion of classifiers and actions.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Additionally remove unnecessary NULL initilizations of the next pointer.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Classifier code cleanup. Get rid of printk wrapper, and fix whitespace
and other style stuff reported by checkpatch
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ATM scheduler clean house:
* get rid of printk and qdisc_priv() wrapper
* split some assignment in if() statements
* whitespace and line breaks.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of all style things checkpatch warns about, indentation and
whitespace.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make dsmark work properly with non-linear and cloned skb's
Before modifying the header, it needs to check that skb header is
writeable.
Note: this makes the assumption, that if it queues a good skb
then a good skb will come out of the embedded qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove extraneous macro wrappers for printk and qdisc_priv.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code is already gone for about half a year, the config option
has been kept around to select the replacement options for easier
upgrades. This seems long enough, people upgrading from older
kernels will have to reconfigure a lot anyway.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The printk about ingress qdisc registration error can't be triggered
under normal circumstances. Since register_qdisc only fails for two
identical registrations, the only way to trigger it is by loading the
sch_ingress modules multiple times under different names, in which
case we already return -EEXIST to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the repeating "ifndef CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT/ifdef CONFIG_NETFILTER"
ifdefs into a single condition.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of complaining at scheduler initialization time, check the
dependencies in Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- ->reset is optional
- sch_api provides identical defaults for ->dequeue/->requeue
- ->drop can't happen since ingress never has a parent qdisc
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove excessive debugging statements and some "future use" stuff.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add whitespace around operators, and add a few blank lines to improve
readability.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen.hemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SFQ doesn't need true random numbers, it is only using them to salt a
hash. Therefore it is better to use net_random() and avoid any
possible problems with depleting the entropy pool.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen.hemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The perturbation timer used for re-keying can be deferred, it doesn't
need to be deterministic.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen.hemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __acquires() and __releases() annotations to suppress some sparse
warnings.
example of warnings :
net/ipv4/udp.c:1555:14: warning: context imbalance in 'udp_seq_start' - wrong
count at exit
net/ipv4/udp.c:1571:13: warning: context imbalance in 'udp_seq_stop' -
unexpected unlock
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Kill the defines again, convert to the new checksum helper names and
remove the dependency of NET_ACT_NAT on NETFILTER.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After this patch none of the netlink callback support anything
except the initial network namespace but the rtnetlink infrastructure
now handles multiple network namespaces.
Changes from v2:
- IPv6 addrlabel processing
Changes from v1:
- no need for special rtnl_unlock handling
- fixed IPv6 ndisc
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before I can enable rtnetlink to work in all network namespaces I need
to be certain that something won't break. So this patch deliberately
disables all of the rtnletlink methods in everything except the
initial network namespace. After the methods have been audited this
extra check can be disabled.
Changes from v1:
- added IPv6 addrlabel protection
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Qdisc_class_ops are const, and Qdisc_ops are mostly read.
Using "const" and "__read_mostly" qualifiers helps to reduce false
sharing.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IPv4 and IPv6 hook values are identical, yet some code tries to figure
out the "correct" value by looking at the address family. Introduce NF_INET_*
values for both IPv4 and IPv6. The old values are kept in a #ifndef __KERNEL__
section for userspace compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many-many code in the kernel initialized the timer->function
and timer->data together with calling init_timer(timer). There
is already a helper for this. Use it for networking code.
The patch is HUGE, but makes the code 130 lines shorter
(98 insertions(+), 228 deletions(-)).
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only qdiscs that check subqueue state before dequeue'ing are PRIO
and RR. The other qdiscs, including the default pfifo_fast qdisc,
will allow traffic bound for subqueue 0 through to hard_start_xmit.
The check for netif_queue_stopped() is done above in pkt_sched.h, so
it is unnecessary for qdisc_restart(). However, if the underlying
driver is multiqueue capable, and only sets queue states on subqueues,
this will allow packets to enter the driver when it's currently unable
to process packets, resulting in expensive requeues and driver
entries. This patch re-adds the check for the subqueue status before
calling hard_start_xmit, so we can try and avoid the driver entry when
the queues are stopped.
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Computing the rank of the first set bit in the hash mask (for using later
in u32_hash_fold()) was done with plain C code. Using ffs() instead makes
the code more readable and improves performance (since ffs() is better
optimized in assembler).
Using the conditional operator on hash mask before applying ntohl() also
saves one ntohl() call if mask is 0.
Signed-off-by: Radu Rendec <radu.rendec@ines.ro>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@o2.pl>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While trying to implement u32 hashes in my shaping machine I ran into
a possible bug in the u32 hash/bucket computing algorithm
(net/sched/cls_u32.c).
The problem occurs only with hash masks that extend over the octet
boundary, on little endian machines (where htonl() actually does
something).
Let's say that I would like to use 0x3fc0 as the hash mask. This means
8 contiguous "1" bits starting at b6. With such a mask, the expected
(and logical) behavior is to hash any address in, for instance,
192.168.0.0/26 in bucket 0, then any address in 192.168.0.64/26 in
bucket 1, then 192.168.0.128/26 in bucket 2 and so on.
This is exactly what would happen on a big endian machine, but on
little endian machines, what would actually happen with current
implementation is 0x3fc0 being reversed (into 0xc03f0000) by htonl()
in the userspace tool and then applied to 192.168.x.x in the u32
classifier. When shifting right by 16 bits (rank of first "1" bit in
the reversed mask) and applying the divisor mask (0xff for divisor
256), what would actually remain is 0x3f applied on the "168" octet of
the address.
One could say is this can be easily worked around by taking endianness
into account in userspace and supplying an appropriate mask (0xfc03)
that would be turned into contiguous "1" bits when reversed
(0x03fc0000). But the actual problem is the network address (inside
the packet) not being converted to host order, but used as a
host-order value when computing the bucket.
Let's say the network address is written as n31 n30 ... n0, with n0
being the least significant bit. When used directly (without any
conversion) on a little endian machine, it becomes n7 ... n0 n8 ..n15
etc in the machine's registers. Thus bits n7 and n8 would no longer be
adjacent and 192.168.64.0/26 and 192.168.128.0/26 would no longer be
consecutive.
The fix is to apply ntohl() on the hmask before computing fshift,
and in u32_hash_fold() convert the packet data to host order before
shifting down by fshift.
With helpful feedback from Jamal Hadi Salim and Jarek Poplawski.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tecl_reset() is called from deactivate and qdisc is set to noop already,
but subsequent teql_xmit does not know about it and dereference private
data as teql qdisc and thus oopses.
not catch it first :)
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Polyakov <johnpol@2ka.mipt.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
clean skb_clone of any signs of CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT and
have mirred us skb_act_clone()
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix one more user of netiff_subqueue_stopped. To check for the
queue id one must use the __netiff_subqueue_stoped call.
This run out of my sight when I made the:
668f895a85
[NET]: Hide the queue_mapping field inside netif_subqueue_stopped
commit :(
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many places get the queue_mapping field from skb to pass it to the
netif_subqueue_stopped() which will be 0 in any case.
Make the helper that works with sk_buff
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the helper for getting the field, symmetrical to
the "set" one. Return 0 if CONFIG_NETDEVICES_MULTIQUEUE=n
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the various misspellings of "system", controller", "interrupt" and
"[un]necessary".
Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@mindspring.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
The function dev_deactivate is supposed to only return when
all outstanding transmissions have completed. Unfortunately
it is possible for store operations in the driver's transmit
function to only become visible after dev_deactivate returns.
This patch fixes this by taking the queue lock after we see
the end of the queue run. This ensures that all effects of
any previous transmit calls are visible.
If however we detect that there is another queue run occuring,
then we'll warn about it because this should never happen as
we have pointed dev->qdisc to noop_qdisc within the same queue
lock earlier in the functino.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert "QoS and/or fair queueing" to menuconfig.
This makes it easy for someone to disable all sub-options with
one config symbol.
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While looking at a net driver with the following construct,
if (!netif_carrier_ok(dev))
netif_carrier_on(dev);
it stuck me that the netif_carrier_ok() check was redundant, since
netif_carrier_on() checks bit __LINK_STATE_NOCARRIER anyway. This is
the same reason why netif_queue_stopped() need not be called prior to
netif_wake_queue().
This is true, but there is however an unwanted side effect from assuming
that netif_carrier_on() can be called multiple times: it touches the
watchdog, regardless of pre-existing carrier state.
The fix: move watchdog-up inside the bit-cleared code path.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With all the users of the double pointers removed, this patch mops up by
finally replacing all occurances of sk_buff ** in the netfilter API by
sk_buff *.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The fourth parameter of /proc/net/psched is supposed to show the timer
resultion and is used by HTB userspace to calculate the necessary
burst rate. Currently we show the clock resolution, which results in a
too low burst rate when the two differ.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a bunch of sparse warnings. Mostly about 0 used as
NULL pointer, and shadowed variable declarations.
One notable case was that hash size should have been unsigned.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Stateless NAT is useful in controlled environments where restrictions are
placed on through traffic such that we don't need connection tracking to
correctly NAT protocol-specific data.
In particular, this is of interest when the number of flows or the number
of addresses being NATed is large, or if connection tracking information
has to be replicated and where it is not practical to do so.
Previously we had stateless NAT functionality which was integrated into
the IPv4 routing subsystem. This was a great solution as long as the NAT
worked on a subnet to subnet basis such that the number of NAT rules was
relatively small. The reason is that for SNAT the routing based system
had to perform a linear scan through the rules.
If the number of rules is large then major renovations would have take
place in the routing subsystem to make this practical.
For the time being, the least intrusive way of achieving this is to use
the u32 classifier written by Alexey Kuznetsov along with the actions
infrastructure implemented by Jamal Hadi Salim.
The following patch is an attempt at this problem by creating a new nat
action that can be invoked from u32 hash tables which would allow large
number of stateless NAT rules that can be used/updated in constant time.
The actual NAT code is mostly based on the previous stateless NAT code
written by Alexey. In future we might be able to utilise the protocol
NAT code from netfilter to improve support for other protocols.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since hardware header operations are part of the protocol class
not the device instance, make them into a separate object and
save memory.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add inline for common usage of hardware header creation, and
fix bug in IPV6 mcast where the assumption about negative return is
an errno. Negative return from hard_header means not enough space
was available,(ie -N bytes).
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For N cpus, with full throttle traffic on all N CPUs, funneling traffic
to the same ethernet device, the devices queue lock is contended by all
N CPUs constantly. The TX lock is only contended by a max of 2 CPUS.
In the current mode of operation, after all the work of entering the
dequeue region, we may endup aborting the path if we are unable to get
the tx lock and go back to contend for the queue lock. As N goes up,
this gets worse.
The changes in this patch result in a small increase in performance
with a 4CPU (2xdual-core) with no irq binding. Both e1000 and tg3
showed similar behavior;
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's been a useless no-op for long enough in 2.6 so I figured it's time to
remove it. The number of people that could object because they're
maintaining unified 2.4 and 2.6 drivers is probably rather small.
[ Handled drivers added by netdev tree and some missed IRDA cases... -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change L2T (length to time) macros, in all rate based schedulers, to
call a common function qdisc_l2t() that does the rate table lookup.
This function handles if the packet size lookup is larger than the
rate table, which often occurs with TSO enabled.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@comx.dk>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes most of the generic device layer network
namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a
network namespace variable, and then it picks up
a few associated variables. The functions:
dev_getbyhwaddr
dev_getfirsthwbytype
dev_get_by_flags
dev_get_by_name
__dev_get_by_name
dev_get_by_index
__dev_get_by_index
dev_ioctl
dev_ethtool
dev_load
wireless_process_ioctl
were modified to take a network namespace argument, and
deal with it.
vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their
hooks will receive a network namespace argument.
So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was
affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle
multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was
simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network
namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network
stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces.
For now the ifindex generator is left global.
Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else
we will have corner case problems with migration when
we get that far.
At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack
that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making
the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until
the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when
you change namespaces, and the like.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes /proc/net per network namespace. It modifies the global
variables proc_net and proc_net_stat to be per network namespace.
The proc_net file helpers are modified to take a network namespace argument,
and all of their callers are fixed to pass &init_net for that argument.
This ensures that all of the /proc/net files are only visible and
usable in the initial network namespace until the code behind them
has been updated to be handle multiple network namespaces.
Making /proc/net per namespace is necessary as at least some files
in /proc/net depend upon the set of network devices which is per
network namespace, and even more files in /proc/net have contents
that are relevant to a single network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net
device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several
queues.
In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the
structure representing the poll is independant from the net
device itself.
The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from:
int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget)
to
int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget)
The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or
the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get
abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping
dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the
caller upon return.
The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data
structures.
Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI
instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the
napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures,
only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances
it may have per-device.
With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier,
Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim.
Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra,
Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan.
[ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated
Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list
handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is followup to Patrick's patch. A little optimization to enqueue
routine allows to remove artificial limitation on queue length.
Plus, testing showed that hash function used by SFQ is too bad or even worse.
It does not even sweep the whole range of hash values.
Switched to Jenkins' hash.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kuznetsov <kaber@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/sched/sch_cbq.c: In function 'cbq_enqueue':
net/sched/sch_cbq.c:383: warning: 'ret' may be used uninitialized in this function
has been verified to be a bogus case. So let's shut it up.
Signed-off-by: Satyam Sharma <satyam@infradead.org>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(with no apologies to C Heston)
On Mon, 2007-10-09 at 21:00 +0800, Herbert Xu wrote:
On Sun, Sep 02, 2007 at 01:11:29PM +0000, Christian Kujau wrote:
> >
> > after upgrading to 2.6.23-rc5 (and applying davem's fix [0]), lockdep
> > was quite noisy when I tried to shape my external (wireless) interface:
> >
> > [ 6400.534545] FahCore_78.exe/3552 just changed the state of lock:
> > [ 6400.534713] (&dev->ingress_lock){-+..}, at: [<c038d595>]
> > netif_receive_skb+0x2d5/0x3c0
> > [ 6400.534941] but this lock took another, soft-read-irq-unsafe lock in the
> > past:
> > [ 6400.535145] (police_lock){-.--}
>
> This is a genuine dead-lock. The police lock can be taken
> for reading with softirqs on. If a second CPU tries to take
> the police lock for writing, while holding the ingress lock,
> then a softirq on the first CPU can dead-lock when it tries
> to get the ingress lock.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT is enabled, tc_classify() is called twice in
prio_classify(). This causes "interesting" behaviour: with the setup
below, packets are duplicated, sent twice to ifb0, and then loop in and
out of ifb0.
The patch uses the previously calculated return value in the switch,
which is probably what Patrick had in mind in commit
bdba91ec70 -- maybe Patrick can
double-check this?
-- example setup --
ifconfig ifb0 up
tc qdisc add dev ifb0 root netem delay 2s
tc qdisc add dev $ETH root handle 1: prio
tc filter add dev $ETH parent 1: protocol ip prio 10 u32 \
match ip dst 172.24.110.6/32 flowid 1:1 \
action mirred egress redirect dev ifb0
ping -c1 172.24.110.6
Signed-off-by: Lucas Nussbaum <lucas.nussbaum@imag.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch cleans up duplicate includes in
net/sched/
Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jesper.juhl@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the check in prio_tune() to see if sch->parent is TC_H_ROOT instead of
sch->handle to load or reject the qdisc for multiqueue devices.
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix sch_api to correctly set sch->parent for both ingress and egress
qdiscs in qdisc_create().
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <trash@kaber.net>
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix handling of empty or completely non-matching filter chains. In
that case -1 is returned and tcf_result is uninitialized, the
qdisc should fall back to default classification in that case.
Noticed by PJ Waskiewicz <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: vignesh babu <vignesh.babu@wipro.com>
Signed-off-by: chas williams <chas@cmf.nrl.navy.mil>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NET_CLS_ACT option is now a full replacement for NET_CLS_POLICE,
remove the old code. The config option will be kept around to select
the equivalent NET_CLS_ACT options for a short time to allow easier
upgrades.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The behaviour of NET_CLS_POLICE for TC_POLICE_RECLASSIFY was to return
it to the qdisc, which could handle it internally or ignore it. With
NET_CLS_ACT however, tc_classify starts over at the first classifier
and never returns it to the qdisc. This makes it impossible to support
qdisc-internal reclassification, which in turn makes it impossible to
remove the old NET_CLS_POLICE code without breaking compatibility since
we have two qdiscs (CBQ and ATM) that support this.
This patch adds a tc_classify_compat function that handles
reclassification the old way and changes CBQ and ATM to use it.
This again is of course not fully backwards compatible with the previous
NET_CLS_ACT behaviour. Unfortunately there is no way to fully maintain
compatibility *and* support qdisc internal reclassification with
NET_CLS_ACT, but this seems like the better choice over keeping the two
incompatible options around forever.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Handle act_api classification results.
The ATM scheduler behaves slightly different than other schedulers
in that it only handles policer results for successful classifications,
this behaviour is retained for the act_api case.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As noticed by Ranko Zivojnovic <ranko@spidernet.net>, calling qdisc_run
from the timer handler can result in deadlock:
> CPU#0
>
> qdisc_watchdog() fires and gets dev->queue_lock
> qdisc_run()...qdisc_restart()...
> -> releases dev->queue_lock and enters dev_hard_start_xmit()
>
> CPU#1
>
> tc del qdisc dev ...
> qdisc_graft()...dev_graft_qdisc()...dev_deactivate()...
> -> grabs dev->queue_lock ...
>
> qdisc_reset()...{cbq,hfsc,htb,netem,tbf}_reset()...qdisc_watchdog_cancel()...
> -> hrtimer_cancel() - waiting for the qdisc_watchdog() to exit, while still
> holding dev->queue_lock
>
> CPU#0
>
> dev_hard_start_xmit() returns ...
> -> wants to get dev->queue_lock(!)
>
> DEADLOCK!
The entire optimization is a bit questionable IMO, it moves potentially
large parts of NET_TX_SOFTIRQ work to TIMER_SOFTIRQ/HRTIMER_SOFTIRQ,
which kind of defeats the separation of them.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: Ranko Zivojnovic <ranko@spidernet.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the HTB scheduler does not correctly account for TSO packets
which causes large inaccuracies in the bandwidth control when using TSO.
This patch allows the HTB scheduler to work with TSO enabled devices.
Signed-off-by: Ranjit Manomohan <ranjitm@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the generic estimator instead of reimplementing (parts of) it.
For compatibility always create a default estimator for new classes.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove stats_lock pointers from qdisc-internal structures, in all cases
it points to dev->queue_lock. The only case where it is necessary is for
top-level qdiscs, where it might also point to dev->ingress_lock in case
of the ingress qdisc. Also remove it from actions completely, it always
points to the actions internal lock.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The generic estimator is always built in anways and all the config options
does is prevent including a minimal amount of code for setting it up.
Additionally the option is already automatically selected for most cases.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the new sch_rr qdisc for multiqueue network device support. Allow
sch_prio and sch_rr to be compiled with or without multiqueue hardware
support.
sch_rr is part of sch_prio, and is referenced from MODULE_ALIAS. This
was done since sch_prio and sch_rr only differ in their dequeue
routine.
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the multiqueue hardware device support API to the core network
stack. Allow drivers to allocate multiple queues and manage them at
the netdev level if they choose to do so.
Added a new field to sk_buff, namely queue_mapping, for drivers to
know which tx_ring to select based on OS classification of the flow.
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changes :
- netif_queue_stopped need not be called inside qdisc_restart as
it has been called already in qdisc_run() before the first skb
is sent, and in __qdisc_run() after each intermediate skb is
sent (note : we are the only sender, so the queue cannot get
stopped while the tx lock was got in the ~LLTX case).
- BUG_ON((int) q->q.qlen < 0) was a relic from old times when -1
meant more packets are available, and __qdisc_run used to loop
when qdisc_restart() returned -1. During those days, it was
necessary to make sure that qlen is never less than zero, since
__qdisc_run would get into an infinite loop if no packets are on
the queue and this bug in qdisc was there (and worse - no more
skbs could ever get queue'd as we hold the queue lock too). With
Herbert's recent change to return values, this check is not
required. Hopefully Herbert can validate this change. If at all
this is required, it should be added to skb_dequeue (in failure
case), and not to qdisc_qlen.
Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New changes :
- Incorporated Peter Waskiewicz's comments.
- Re-added back one warning message (on driver returning wrong value).
Previous changes :
- Converted to use switch/case code which looks neater.
- "if (ret == NETDEV_TX_LOCKED && lockless)" is buggy, and the lockless
check should be removed, since driver will return NETDEV_TX_LOCKED only
if lockless is true and driver has to do the locking. In the original
code as well as the latest code, this code can result in a bug where
if LLTX is not set for a driver (lockless == 0) but the driver is written
wrongly to do a trylock (despite LLTX being set), the driver returns
LOCKED. But since lockless is zero, the packet is requeue'd instead of
calling collision code which will issue warning and free up the skb.
Instead this skb will be retried with this driver next time, and the same
result will ensue. Removing this check will catch these driver bugs instead
of hiding the problem. I am keeping this change to readability section
since :
a. it is confusing to check two things as it is; and
b. it is difficult to keep this check in the changed 'switch' code.
- Changed some names, like try_get_tx_pkt to dev_dequeue_skb (as that is
the work being done and easier to understand) and do_dev_requeue to
dev_requeue_skb, merged handle_dev_cpu_collision and tx_islocked to
dev_handle_collision (handle_dev_cpu_collision is a small routine with only
one caller, so there is no need to have two separate routines which also
results in getting rid of two macros, etc.
- Removed an XXX comment as it should never fail (I suspect this was related
to batch skb WIP, Jamal ?). Converted some functions to original coding
style of having the return values and the function name on same line, eg
prio2list.
Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Over the years this code has gotten hairier. Resulting in many long
discussions over long summer days and patches that get it wrong.
This patch helps tame that code so normal people will understand it.
Thanks to Thomas Graf, Peter J. waskiewicz Jr, and Patrick McHardy
for their valuable reviews.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cbq and atm destroy their filters twice when destroying inner classes
during qdisc destruction.
Reported-and-tested-by: Strobl Anton <a.strobl@aws-it.at>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent gcc versions emit warnings when unsigned variables are
compared < 0 or >= 0.
Signed-off-by: Bill Nottingham <notting@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
round_jiffies for net dev watchdog timer.
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Pallipadi <venkatesh.pallipadi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The event cache time must be an absolute value, when no event exists
it is incorrectly set to 1s instead of 1s in the future.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My previous patch that changed the return value of qdisc_restart
incorrectly made the case where dequeue returns empty continue
processing packets.
This patch is based on diagnosis and fix by Patrick McHardy.
Reported-and-debugged-by: Anant Nitya <kernel@prachanda.info>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes an out-of-boundary condition when the classified
band equals q->bands. Caught by Alexey
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we relinquish queue_lock in qdisc_restart and then retake it for
requeueing, we might race against dev_deactivate and end up requeueing
onto noop_qdisc. This causes a warning to be printed.
This patch fixes this by checking this before we requeue. As an added
bonus, we can remove the same check in __qdisc_run which was added to
prevent dev->gso_skb from being requeued when we're shutting down.
Even though we've had to add a new conditional in its place, it's better
because it only happens on requeues rather than every single time that
qdisc_run is called.
For this to work we also need to move the clearing of gso_skb up in
dev_deactivate as now qdisc_restart can occur even after we wait for
__LINK_STATE_QDISC_RUNNING to clear (but it won't do anything as long
as the queue and gso_skb is already clear).
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we return the queue length after NETDEV_TX_OK we better
make sure that we have the right queue. Otherwise we can cause a
stall after a really quick dev_deactive/dev_activate.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current return value scheme and associated comment was invented
back in the 20th century when we still had that tbusy flag. Things
have changed quite a bit since then (even Tony Blair is moving on
now, not to mention the new French president).
All we need to indicate now is whether the caller should continue
processing the queue. Therefore it's sufficient if we return 0 if
we want to stop and non-zero otherwise.
This is based on a patch by Krishna Kumar.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When transmit fails with NETDEV_TX_LOCKED the skb is requeued
to dev->qdisc again. The dev->qdisc pointer is protected by
the queue lock which needs to be dropped when attempting to
transmit and acquired again before requeing. The problem is
that qdisc_restart() fetches the dev->qdisc pointer once and
stores it in the `q' variable which is invalidated when
dropping the queue_lock, therefore the variable needs to be
refreshed before requeueing.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Optimize teql_enqueue so that it first checks limits before enqueing.
Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cleanup of dev_base list use, with the aim to simplify making device
list per-namespace. In almost every occasion, use of dev_base variable
and dev->next pointer could be easily replaced by for_each_netdev
loop. A few most complicated places were converted to using
first_netdev()/next_netdev().
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelianov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Kirill Korotaev <dev@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Spring cleaning time...
There seems to be a lot of places in the network code that have
extra bogus semicolons after conditionals. Most commonly is a
bogus semicolon after: switch() { }
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch ingress queueing back to use ingress_lock. qdisc_lock_tree now locks
both the ingress and egress qdiscs on the device. All changes to data that
might be used on both ingress and egress needs to be protected by using
qdisc_lock_tree instead of manually taking dev->queue_lock. Additionally
the qdisc stats_lock needs to be initialized to ingress_lock for ingress
qdiscs.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we're now holding the rtnl during the entire dump operation, we
can remove qdisc_tree_lock, whose only purpose is to protect dump
callbacks from concurrent changes to the qdisc tree.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We're holding dev->queue_lock in qdisc_watchdog_schedule and
qdisc_watchdog_cancel, no need for the barriers.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Uninline tcf_destroy and add a helper function to destroy an entire filter
chain.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netem checks PSCHED_TLESS(cb->time_to_send, now) to find out whether it is
allowed to send a packet, which is equivalent to cb->time_to_send < now.
Use !PSCHED_TLESS(now, cb->time_to_send) instead to properly handle
cb->time_to_send == now.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of some of my creative spelling.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If possible, avoid having to do a transmit softirq when a qdisc
watchdog decides to re-enable. The watchdog routine runs off
a timer, so it is already in the same effective context as
the softirq.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netem code would call getnstimeofday() and dequeue/requeue after
every packet, even if it was waiting. Avoid this overhead by using
the throttled flag.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In most cases, the next packet will be sent after the
last one. So optimize that case.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The random number generator always generates 32 bit values.
The time values are limited by psched_tdiff_t
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If you setup netem to just delay packets; "tc qdisc ls" will report
the reordering as 100%. Well it's a lie, reorder isn't used unless
gap is set, so just set value to 0 so the output of utility
is correct.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So that it is also an offset from skb->head, reduces its size from 8 to 4 bytes
on 64bit architectures, allowing us to combine the 4 bytes hole left by the
layer headers conversion, reducing struct sk_buff size to 256 bytes, i.e. 4
64byte cachelines, and since the sk_buff slab cache is SLAB_HWCACHE_ALIGN...
:-)
Many calculations that previously required that skb->{transport,network,
mac}_header be first converted to a pointer now can be done directly, being
meaningful as offsets or pointers.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/sched/sch_api.c: In function 'psched_show':
net/sched/sch_api.c:1219: warning: format '%08x' expects type 'unsigned int', but argument 6 has type 's64'
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
q->now is increased during dequeue and doesn't contain the current time
afterwards, resulting in a too large timeout value for the qdisc watchdog.
Use "now" instead, which still contains the current time.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The timer resolution exported in /proc/net/psched is used by userspace to
calculate HTB's burst values. Currently it is set to HZ, since we're now
using hrtimers, use KTIME_MONOTONIC_RES, which makes HTB use smaller burst
values.
This patch also affects libnl, which incorrectly uses this value for
the SFQ perturbation parameter, which is always in seconds, and some
routing cache values, which are in USER_HZ, so both cases are broken
anyway.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that all packet schedulers have been converted to hrtimers most users
of PSCHED_JIFFIE2US and PSCHED_US2JIFFIE are gone. The remaining users use
it to convert external time units to packet scheduler clock ticks, so use
PSCHED_TICKS_PER_SEC instead.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch delay_timer to hrtimer.
The class penalty parameter is changed to use psched ticks as units.
Since iproute never supported using this and the only existing user
(libnl) incorrectly assumes psched ticks as units anyway, this
shouldn't break anything.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cbq_undelay_prio is supposed to return a time delta, but returns the
current time for non-active priorities, causing cbq_undelay to mark
the priority as active and schedule a timer for twice the current
time.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of the manual clock source selection mess and use ktime. Also
use a scalar representation, which allows to clean up pkt_sched.h a bit
more and results in less ktime_to_ns() calls in most cases.
The PSCHED_US2JIFFIE/PSCHED_JIFFIE2US macros are implemented quite
inefficient by this patch, following patches will convert all qdiscs
to hrtimers and get rid of them entirely.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now the skb->nh union has just one member, .raw, i.e. it is just like the
skb->mac union, strange, no? I'm just leaving it like that till the transport
layer is done with, when we'll rename skb->mac.raw to skb->mac_header (or
->mac_header_offset?), ditto for ->{h,nh}.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the places where we need a pointer to the network header, it is still legal
to touch skb->nh.raw directly if just adding to, subtracting from or setting it
to another layer header.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the quite common 'skb->nh.raw - skb->data' sequence.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Userspace uses an integer for TCA_TCINDEX_SHIFT, the kernel was changed
to expect and use a u16 value in 2.6.11, which broke compatibility on
big endian machines. Change back to use int.
Reported by Ole Reinartz <ole.reinartz@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The input_device pointer is not refcounted, which means the device may
disappear while packets are queued, causing a crash when ifb passes packets
with a stale skb->dev pointer to netif_rx().
Fix by storing the interface index instead and do a lookup where neccessary.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During both HTB and HFSC class deletion the class is removed from the
class hash before calling qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen. This makes the
->get operation in qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen fail, so it passes a NULL
pointer to ->qlen_notify, causing an oops.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the worthless net/sched/Makefile entry for the non-existent
source file sch_hpfq.c.
Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@mindspring.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cls_basic doesn't allocate tp->root before it is linked into the
active classifier list, resulting in a NULL pointer dereference
when packets hit the classifier before its ->change function is
called.
Reported by Chris Madden <chris@reflexsecurity.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Turning up the warnings on gcc makes it emit warnings
about the placement of 'inline' in function declarations.
Here's everything that was under net/
Signed-off-by: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After Al Viro (finally) succeeded in removing the sched.h #include in module.h
recently, it makes sense again to remove other superfluous sched.h includes.
There are quite a lot of files which include it but don't actually need
anything defined in there. Presumably these includes were once needed for
macros that used to live in sched.h, but moved to other header files in the
course of cleaning it up.
To ease the pain, this time I did not fiddle with any header files and only
removed #includes from .c-files, which tend to cause less trouble.
Compile tested against 2.6.20-rc2 and 2.6.20-rc2-mm2 (with offsets) on alpha,
arm, i386, ia64, mips, powerpc, and x86_64 with allnoconfig, defconfig,
allmodconfig, and allyesconfig as well as a few randconfigs on x86_64 and all
configs in arch/arm/configs on arm. I also checked that no new warnings were
introduced by the patch (actually, some warnings are removed that were emitted
by unnecessarily included header files).
Signed-off-by: Tim Schmielau <tim@physik3.uni-rostock.de>
Acked-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Many struct file_operations in the kernel can be "const". Marking them const
moves these to the .rodata section, which avoids false sharing with potential
dirty data. In addition it'll catch accidental writes at compile time to
these shared resources.
Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This patch introduces users of the round_jiffies() function in the
networking code.
These timers all were of the "about once a second" or "about once
every X seconds" variety and several showed up in the "what wakes the
cpu up" profiles that the tickless patches provide. Some timers are
highly dynamic based on network load; but even on low activity systems
they still show up so the rounding is done only in cases of low
activity, allowing higher frequency timers in the high activity case.
The various hardware watchdogs are an obvious case; they run every 2
seconds but aren't otherwise specific of exactly when they need to
run.
Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a dump_stats callback to enable
printing of basic statistics of prio classes.
(With help of Patrick McHardy).
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@o2.pl>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The x_tables patch broke target module autoloading in the ipt action
by replacing the ipt_find_target call (which does autoloading) by
xt_find_target (which doesn't do autoloading). Additionally xt_find_target
may return ERR_PTR values in case of an error, which are not handled.
Use xt_request_find_target, which does both autoloading and ERR_PTR
handling properly. Also don't forget to drop the target module reference
again when xt_check_target fails.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- turn intermediate classes into leaves again when their
last child is deleted (struct htb_class changed)
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@o2.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- deactivating of active classes when q.qlen drops to zero
(cbq_drop)
- a redundant instruction removed from cbq_deactivate_class
PS: probably htb_deactivate in htb_delete and
cbq_deactivate_class in cbq_delete are also
redundant now.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@o2.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the first fw classifier is initialized, there is a small window
between the ->init() and ->change() calls, during which the classifier
is active but not entirely set up and tp->root is still NULL (->init()
does nothing).
When a packet is queued during this window a NULL pointer dereference
occurs in fw_classify() when trying to dereference head->mask;
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not returning -EINVAL, because someone might want to use the value
zero in some future gact_prob algorithm?
Signed-off-by: Kim Nordlund <kim.nordlund@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tc actions increased the size of struct tc_police, which broke
compatibility with old iproute binaries since both the act_police
and the old NET_CLS_POLICE code check for an exact size match.
Since the new members are not even used, the simple fix is to also
accept the size of the old structure. Dumping is not affected since
old userspace will receive a bigger structure, which is handled fine.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the following unused EXPORT_SYMBOL's:
- sch_api.c: qdisc_lookup
- sch_generic.c: __netdev_watchdog_up
- sch_generic.c: noop_qdisc_ops
- sch_generic.c: qdisc_alloc
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When peeking at the next packet in a child qdisc by calling dequeue/requeue,
the upper qdisc qlen counter may get out of sync in case the requeue fails.
The qdisc and the child qdisc both have their counter decremented, but since
no packet is given to the upper qdisc it won't decrement its counter itself.
requeue should not fail, so this is mostly for "correctness".
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert HTB to use qdisc_tree_decrease_len() and add a callback
for deactivating a class when its child queue becomes empty.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert HFSC to use qdisc_tree_decrease_len() and add a callback
for deactivating a class when its child queue becomes empty.
All queue purging goes through hfsc_purge_queue(), which is used in
three cases: grafting, class creation (when a leaf class is turned
into an intermediate class by attaching a new class) and class
deletion. In all cases qdisc_tree_decrease_len() is needed.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the "simple" qdiscs to use qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen() where
necessary:
- all graft operations
- destruction of old child qdiscs in prio, red and tbf change operation
- purging of queue in sfq change operation
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are multiple problems related to qlen adjustment that can lead
to an upper qdisc getting out of sync with the real number of packets
queued, leading to endless dequeueing attempts by the upper layer code.
All qdiscs must maintain an accurate q.qlen counter. There are basically
two groups of operations affecting the qlen: operations that propagate
down the tree (enqueue, dequeue, requeue, drop, reset) beginning at the
root qdisc and operations only affecting a subtree or single qdisc
(change, graft, delete class). Since qlen changes during operations from
the second group don't propagate to ancestor qdiscs, their qlen values
become desynchronized.
This patch adds a function to propagate qlen changes up the qdisc tree,
optionally calling a callback function to perform qdisc-internal
maintenance when the child qdisc becomes empty. The follow-up patches
will convert all qdiscs to use this function where necessary.
Noticed by Timo Steinbach <tsteinbach@astaro.com>.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set parent classids in default qdiscs to allow walking up the tree
from outside the qdiscs. This is needed by the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qlen adjustment should happen immediately in ->delete and not in the
class destroy function because the reference count will not hit zero in
->delete (sch_api holds a reference) but in ->put. Since the qdisc
lock is released between deletion of the class and final destruction
this creates an externally visible error in the qlen counter.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on patch by Patrick McHardy.
Add a new option, NET_SCH_FIFO, which provides a simple fifo qdisc
without requiring CONFIG_NET_SCHED.
The d80211 stack needs a generic fifo qdisc for WME. At present it
uses net/d80211/fifo_qdisc.c which is functionally equivalent to
sch_fifo.c. This patch will allow the d80211 stack to remove
net/d80211/fifo_qdisc.c and use sch_fifo.c instead.
Signed-off-by: David Kimdon <david.kimdon@devicescape.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nfmark is being used in various subsystems and has become
the defacto mark field for all kinds of packets. Therefore
it makes sense to rename it to `mark' and remove the
dependency on CONFIG_NETFILTER.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Otherwise we can hit paths that (legally) do multiple deletes on the
same node and OOPS with the HLIST poison values there instead of
NULL.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I don't want my code to downgraded to GPLv3 because of
cut-n-pasted the comments. These files which I hold copyright
on were started before it was clear what GPLv3 was going to be.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org>
The networking emulator can queue SKBs for a very long
time, so if you're using netem on the sender side for
large bandwidth/delay product testing, the SKB socket
send queue sizes become artificially larger.
Correct this by calling skb_orphan() in netem_enqueue().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use rb_first() to get first entry in rb tree.
Signed-off-by: Akinbou Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove unused file, estimators live in net/core/gen_estimator.c now.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With commit 10fd48f237 [1] , RB_EMPTY_NODE
changed behaviour so it returns true when the node is empty as expected.
Hence Patrick McHardy's fix for sched_htb.c should be reverted.
Signed-off-by: Ismail Donmez <ismail@pardus.org.tr>
ACKed-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The move of qdisc destruction to a rcu callback broke locking in the
entire qdisc layer by invalidating previously valid assumptions about
the context in which changes to the qdisc tree occur.
The two assumptions were:
- since changes only happen in process context, read_lock doesn't need
bottem half protection. Now invalid since destruction of inner qdiscs,
classifiers, actions and estimators happens in the RCU callback unless
they're manually deleted, resulting in dead-locks when read_lock in
process context is interrupted by write_lock_bh in bottem half context.
- since changes only happen under the RTNL, no additional locking is
necessary for data not used during packet processing (f.e. u32_list).
Again, since destruction now happens in the RCU callback, this assumption
is not valid anymore, causing races while using this data, which can
result in corruption or use-after-free.
Instead of "fixing" this by disabling bottem halfs everywhere and adding
new locks/refcounting, this patch makes these assumptions valid again by
moving destruction back to process context. Since only the dev->qdisc
pointer is protected by RCU, but ->enqueue and the qdisc tree are still
protected by dev->qdisc_lock, destruction of the tree can be performed
immediately and only the final free needs to happen in the rcu callback
to make sure dev_queue_xmit doesn't access already freed memory.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix incorrect use of RB_EMPTY_NODE in htb_safe_rb_erase, which makes it
skip nodes within the rbtree instead of nodes not in the tree, resulting
in crashes later on.
The root cause for this seems to be the very counter-intuitive behaviour
of the RB_EMPTY_NODE macro, which returns _false_ when the node is empty.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prevents filters from being added if the first generated
handle already exists.
Signed-off-by: Kim Nordlund <kim.nordlund@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
This patch makes the needlessly global struct simp_hash_info static.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support masking the nfmark value before the search. The mask value is
global for all filters contained in one instance. It can only be set
when a new instance is created, all filters must specify the same mask.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The size is verified by x_tables and isn't needed by the modules anymore.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This was simply making templates of functions and mostly causing a lot
of code duplication in the classifier action modules.
We solve this more cleanly by having a common "struct tcf_common" that
hash worker functions contained once in act_api.c can work with.
Callers work with real action objects that have the common struct
plus their module specific struct members. You go from a common
object to the higher level one using a "to_foo()" macro which makes
use of container_of() to do the dirty work.
This also kills off act_generic.h which was only used by act_simple.c
and keeping it around was more work than the it's value.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add code to initialize rb tree nodes, and check for double deletion.
This is not a real fix, but I can make it trap sometimes and may
be a bandaid for: http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=6681
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use hlist instead of list for the hash list. This saves
space, and we can check for double delete better.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Code was a mess in terms of indentation. Run through Lindent
script, and cleanup the damage. Also, don't use, vim magic
comment, and substitute inline for __inline__.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the conditional compilation around HTB_HYSTERSIS
since code was splitting mid expression.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of the macro's being used to obscure the locking.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The HTB network scheduler had debug code that wouldn't compile
and confused and obfuscated the code, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace CHECKSUM_HW by CHECKSUM_PARTIAL (for outgoing packets, whose
checksum still needs to be completed) and CHECKSUM_COMPLETE (for
incoming packets, device supplied full checksum).
Patch originally from Herbert Xu, updated by myself for 2.6.18-rc3.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix lockdep warning with GRE, iptables and Speedtouch ADSL, PPP over ATM.
On Sat, Sep 02, 2006 at 08:39:28PM +0000, Krzysztof Halasa wrote:
>
> =======================================================
> [ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ]
> -------------------------------------------------------
> swapper/0 is trying to acquire lock:
> (&dev->queue_lock){-+..}, at: [<c02c8c46>] dev_queue_xmit+0x56/0x290
>
> but task is already holding lock:
> (&dev->_xmit_lock){-+..}, at: [<c02c8e14>] dev_queue_xmit+0x224/0x290
>
> which lock already depends on the new lock.
This turns out to be a genuine bug. The queue lock and xmit lock are
intentionally taken out of order. Two things are supposed to prevent
dead-locks from occuring:
1) When we hold the queue_lock we're supposed to only do try_lock on the
tx_lock.
2) We always drop the queue_lock after taking the tx_lock and before doing
anything else.
>
> the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is:
>
> -> #1 (&dev->_xmit_lock){-+..}:
> [<c012e7b6>] lock_acquire+0x76/0xa0
> [<c0336241>] _spin_lock_bh+0x31/0x40
> [<c02d25a9>] dev_activate+0x69/0x120
This path obviously breaks assumption 1) and therefore can lead to ABBA
dead-locks.
I've looked at the history and there seems to be no reason for the lock
to be held at all in dev_watchdog_up. The lock appeared in day one and
even there it was unnecessary. In fact, people added __dev_watchdog_up
precisely in order to get around the tx lock there.
The function dev_watchdog_up is already serialised by rtnl_lock since
its only caller dev_activate is always called under it.
So here is a simple patch to remove the tx lock from dev_watchdog_up.
In 2.6.19 we can eliminate the unnecessary __dev_watchdog_up and
replace it with dev_watchdog_up.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CONFIG_DEBUG_SLAB found the following bug:
netem_enqueue() in sch_netem.c gets a pointer inside a slab object:
struct netem_skb_cb *cb = (struct netem_skb_cb *)skb->cb;
But then, the slab object may be freed:
skb = skb_unshare(skb, GFP_ATOMIC)
cb is still pointing inside the freed skb, so here is a patch to
initialize cb later, and make it clear that initializing it sooner
is a bad idea.
[From Stephen Hemminger: leave cb unitialized in order to let gcc
complain in case of use before initialization]
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Chazarain <guichaz@yahoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/sched/sch_htb.c: In function 'htb_change_class':
net/sched/sch_htb.c:1605: error: expected ';' before 'do_gettimeofday'
Signed-off-by: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
The upper bound for HTB time diff needs to be scaled to PSCHED
units rather than just assuming usecs. The field mbuffer is used
in TDIFF_SAFE(), as an upper bound.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Module reference needs to be given back if message header
construction fails.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"return -err" and blindly inheriting the error code in the netlink
failure exception handler causes errors codes to be returned as
positive value therefore making them being ignored by the caller.
May lead to sending out incomplete netlink messages.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TCA_ACT_KIND attribute is used without checking its
availability when dumping actions therefore leading to a
value of 0x4 being dereferenced.
The use of strcmp() in tc_lookup_action_n() isn't safe
when fed with string from an attribute without enforcing
proper NUL termination.
Both bugs can be triggered with malformed netlink message
and don't require any privileges.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the infrastructure for generic segmentation offload.
The idea is to tap into the potential savings of TSO without hardware
support by postponing the allocation of segmented skb's until just
before the entry point into the NIC driver.
The same structure can be used to support software IPv6 TSO, as well as
UFO and segmentation offload for other relevant protocols, e.g., DCCP.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dev_deactivate function has bit-rotted since the introduction of
lockless drivers. In particular, the spin_unlock_wait call at the end
has no effect on the xmit routine of lockless drivers.
With a little bit of work, we can make it much more useful by providing
the guarantee that when it returns, no more calls to the xmit routine
of the underlying driver will be made.
The idea is simple. There are two entry points in to the xmit routine.
The first comes from dev_queue_xmit. That one is easily stopped by
using synchronize_rcu. This works because we set the qdisc to noop_qdisc
before the synchronize_rcu call. That in turn causes all subsequent
packets sent to dev_queue_xmit to be dropped. The synchronize_rcu call
also ensures all outstanding calls leave their critical section.
The other entry point is from qdisc_run. Since we now have a bit that
indicates whether it's running, all we have to do is to wait until the
bit is off.
I've removed the loop to wait for __LINK_STATE_SCHED to clear. This is
useless because netif_wake_queue can cause it to be set again. It is
also harmless because we've disarmed qdisc_run.
I've also removed the spin_unlock_wait on xmit_lock because its only
purpose of making sure that all outstanding xmit_lock holders have
exited is also given by dev_watchdog_down.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Having two or more qdisc_run's contend against each other is bad because
it can induce packet reordering if the packets have to be requeued. It
appears that this is an unintended consequence of relinquinshing the queue
lock while transmitting. That in turn is needed for devices that spend a
lot of time in their transmit routine.
There are no advantages to be had as devices with queues are inherently
single-threaded (the loopback device is not but then it doesn't have a
queue).
Even if you were to add a queue to a parallel virtual device (e.g., bolt
a tbf filter in front of an ipip tunnel device), you would still want to
process the queue in sequence to ensure that the packets are ordered
correctly.
The solution here is to steal a bit from net_device to prevent this.
BTW, as qdisc_restart is no longer used by anyone as a module inside the
kernel (IIRC it used to with netif_wake_queue), I have not exported the
new __qdisc_run function.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Various drivers use xmit_lock internally to synchronise with their
transmission routines. They do so without setting xmit_lock_owner.
This is fine as long as netpoll is not in use.
With netpoll it is possible for deadlocks to occur if xmit_lock_owner
isn't set. This is because if a printk occurs while xmit_lock is held
and xmit_lock_owner is not set can cause netpoll to attempt to take
xmit_lock recursively.
While it is possible to resolve this by getting netpoll to use
trylock, it is suboptimal because netpoll's sole objective is to
maximise the chance of getting the printk out on the wire. So
delaying or dropping the message is to be avoided as much as possible.
So the only alternative is to always set xmit_lock_owner. The
following patch does this by introducing the netif_tx_lock family of
functions that take care of setting/unsetting xmit_lock_owner.
I renamed xmit_lock to _xmit_lock to indicate that it should not be
used directly. I didn't provide irq versions of the netif_tx_lock
functions since xmit_lock is meant to be a BH-disabling lock.
This is pretty much a straight text substitution except for a small
bug fix in winbond. It currently uses
netif_stop_queue/spin_unlock_wait to stop transmission. This is
unsafe as an IRQ can potentially wake up the queue. So it is safer to
use netif_tx_disable.
The hamradio bits used spin_lock_irq but it is unnecessary as
xmit_lock must never be taken in an IRQ handler.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a potential jiffy wraparound bug in the transmit watchdog
that is easily avoided by using time_after().
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When deleting the last child the level of a class should drop to zero.
Noticed by Andreas Mueller <andreas@stapelspeicher.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following one line fix is needed to make loss function of
netem work right when doing loss on the local host.
Otherwise, higher layers just recover.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The targets don't do the basic verification themselves anymore so
the ipt action needs to take care of it.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename policer specific _generic_ methods to be specific to
_act_police_
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In both cases n can't be NULL without crashing anyway.
Coverity #78
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This option should IMHO no longer depend on EXPERIMENTAL.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
ACKed-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of the old __dev_put macro that is just a hold over from pre 2.6
kernel. And turn dev_hold into an inline instead of a macro.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert sch_red to a classful qdisc. All qdiscs that maintain accurate
backlog counters are eligible as child qdiscs. When a queue limit larger
than zero is given, a bfifo qdisc is used for backwards compatibility.
Current versions of tc enforce a limit larger than zero, other users
can avoid creating the default qdisc by using zero.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Keep backlog counter in SFQ qdisc to make it usable as child qdisc
with RED.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When TBF was converted to a classful qdisc, the semantic of the limit
parameter was broken. On initilization an inner bfifo qdisc is created
for backwards compatibility, when changing parameters however the new
limit is ignored and the current child qdisc remains in place.
Always replace the child qdisc by the default bfifo when limit is above
zero, otherwise don't touch the inner qdisc. Current tc version enforce
a limit above zero, other users can avoid creating the inner qdisc by
using zero.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A qdisc should set tcm_info to the child qdisc handle in its class
dump function.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The drop operation is optional and qdiscs must check if childs support it.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows to make decisions based on the revision (and address family
with a follow-up patch) at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The skb is allocated by the function, so it needs to be freed instead
of trimmed on overrun.
Coverity #614
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently when PRIO is configured to use N bands, it lets the packets be
directed to any of the bands 0..N-1. However, PRIO attaches a fifo qdisc
only to the bands that appear in the priomap; the rest of the N bands
remain with a noop qdisc attached. This patch changes PRIO's behavior so
that it attaches a fifo qdisc to all of the N bands.
Signed-off-by: Amnon Aaronsohn <bla@cs.huji.ac.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The default of using jiffies is very bad and results in
underutilization except with very low bandwidth.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This monster-patch tries to do the best job for unifying the data
structures and backend interfaces for the three evil clones ip_tables,
ip6_tables and arp_tables. In an ideal world we would never have
allowed this kind of copy+paste programming... but well, our world
isn't (yet?) ideal.
o introduce a new x_tables module
o {ip,arp,ip6}_tables depend on this x_tables module
o registration functions for tables, matches and targets are only
wrappers around x_tables provided functions
o all matches/targets that are used from ip_tables and ip6_tables
are now implemented as xt_FOOBAR.c files and provide module aliases
to ipt_FOOBAR and ip6t_FOOBAR
o header files for xt_matches are in include/linux/netfilter/,
include/linux/netfilter_{ipv4,ipv6} contains compatibility wrappers
around the xt_FOOBAR.h headers
Based on this patchset we're going to further unify the code,
gradually getting rid of all the layer 3 specific assumptions.
Signed-off-by: Harald Welte <laforge@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mapping between TC_ACTION_SHOT and the qdisc return codes is better
suited to NET_XMIT_BYPASS so as not to confuse TCP
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clean up the net/sched directory a bit by prefix all actions with act_.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also make sure the legacy code is only built when CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT
is not set.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_action_exec only gets a single skb pointer and doesn't own the skb,
but passes double skb pointers (to a local variable) to the action
functions. Change to use single skb pointers everywhere.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To help in reducing the number of include dependencies, several files were
touched as they were getting needed headers indirectly for stuff they use.
Thanks also to Alan Menegotto for pointing out that net/dccp/proto.c had
linux/dccp.h include twice.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here is a new feature for netem in 2.6.16. It adds the ability to
randomly corrupt packets with netem. A version was done by
Hagen Paul Pfeifer, but I redid it to handle the cases of backwards
compatibility with netlink interface and presence of hardware checksum
offload. It is useful for testing hardware offload in devices.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If two packets were queued to be sent at the same time in the future,
their order would be reversed. This would occur because the queue is
traversed back to front, and a position is found by checking whether
the new packet needs to be sent before the packet being examined. If
the new packet is to be sent at the same time of a previous packet, it
would end up before the old packet in the queue. This patch places
packets in the correct order when they are queued to be sent at a same
time in the future.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Bittau <a.bittau@cs.ucl.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On Thu, 17 Nov 2005, David Gómez wrote:
> I found out that if i select NET_CLS_ROUTE4, save my changes and exit
> menuconfig, execute again make menuconfig and go to QoS options, then the new
> available options are visible. So menuconfig has some problem refreshing
> contents :?
No, they were there before too, but you have to go up one level to see
them.
It's better in 2.6.15-rc1-git5, but the menu structure is still a little
messed up, the patch below properly indents all menu entries.
Signed-off-by: Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Jesper Juhl <jesper.juhl@gmail.com>
This is the net/ part of the big kfree cleanup patch.
Remove pointless checks for NULL prior to calling kfree() in net/.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jesper.juhl@gmail.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@conectiva.com.br>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Fixes an invalid memory reference when the basic classifier
is used without any ematches but just actions.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a version string to help support issues.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
